Service

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Repair Manual

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
Jetta 2011 ➤
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Electrical Equipment

rrectne
Edition 01.2016

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information

 Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
90 - Instruments
92 - Wiper/Washer Systems
94 - Exterior Lights, Switches
96 - Interior Lights, Switches
97 - Wiring

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D3E802BB0B8

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Contents

27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Battery Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Battery, General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3 Overview - Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.4 Battery, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.6 Battery Tray, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.7 Battery, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.8 Battery, Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.9 Ground Cable with Battery Monitoring Control Module J367n A, GRemoving . Volkswagenand AG doInstalling . . 13
wage e
2 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y. V.o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .s.n.ot.g.u . . . . . .
lks
17
b a
2.1 Overview - Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.ise. d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ra.n.te. . . 17
ho e
2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing . . . a.u. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o.r a.
t 27
ss c
2.3 Generator, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

ce
e
nl

pt
2.4 Ribbed Belt, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
du

an
itte

y li
2.5 Ribbed Belt Pulley, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
erm

ab
2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

3 Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

h re
3.1 Overview - Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
hole

spec
3.2 Starter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3.3 Starter, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4 Cruise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

rrectness of i
5 Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
5.1 Safety Precautions when Working on Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
l purpos

5.2 General Description for Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

5.3 Voltage Stabilizer, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

nf
ercia

or
6 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

m
m

atio
om

n in
90 - Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
or c

thi
te

1 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
o

m
f

en
ng

1.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

t.
yi Co
op
1.3 Instrument Cluster Multi-Pin Connector Contact Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
C py
t. rig
gh ht
1.4 Outside Air Temperature Sensor G17 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yri
104
p by
co Vo
by lksw
2 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cted
106
agen
Prote AG.
2.1 Overview - Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
2.2 Horn, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

92 - Wiper/Washer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

1 Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.2 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
1.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
1.6 Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
1.7 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2 Windshield Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Contents i
 Jetta 2011 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016 olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o e
2.4 Windshield Washer Pump V5 , Removing
aut
h
and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o. r .a .
.. 121
s c
2.5 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s
122

ce
le
un

pt
2.6 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

an
d
itte

y li
3 Headlamp Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

erm

ab
ility
3.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

ot p

wit
is n
3.2 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

h re
ole,
3.3 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
3.4 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

t to the co
3.5 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
4 Washer Fluid Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

rrectne
4.1 Washer Fluid Hoses, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

ss o
94 - Exterior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
cial p

f inform
1 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
mer

atio
1.1 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
om

n
c

1.2 Overview - Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

i
or

n thi
e

1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

t

sd
iva

o
1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
pr

cum
r
fo

1.5 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

en
ng

t.
yi Co
1.6 Front Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Cop py
ht. rig
1.7 Headlamp Housing Repair Kit, Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
rig ht
py by
o Vo
1.8 Headlamps, Changing from RHD to LHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
1.9 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
AG.

1.10 Headlamp Range Control Positioning Motor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
1.11 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
1.12 High Beam Headlamp Bulb, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
1.13 HID Headlamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
1.14 Daytime Running Lamp/Parking Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
1.15 Daytime Running Lamps, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1.16 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1.17 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
1.18 Static Cornering Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
1.19 HID Headlamp Control Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
1.20 Headlamp Power Output Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2 Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
2.1 Overview - Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.3 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
2.4 Fog Lamp, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
3 Side Marker Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
3.1 Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
4 Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
4.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
4.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
4.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Entry Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
5 Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
5.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
5.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
5.3 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
5.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5.5 Tail Lamps in Body, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.6 Tail Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.7 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
5.8 Brake and Tail Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

ii Contents
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5.9 Back-Up Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

5.10 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
6 High-Mounted Brake Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.3 High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb M25 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
7 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
7.1 License Plate Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
8 Access/Start Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
8.1 Overview - Access/Start Authorization System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
8.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
8.3 Passenger Compartment Antenna for Access/Start Authorization, Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 188
8.4 Front Passenger Access/Start Authorization Antenna, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 189
8.5 Driver Access/Start Authorization Antenna, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
8.6 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment R137 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 190
8.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 190
8.8 Access/Start Authorization Antennas and Sensors, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
8.9 Access/Start Authorization Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
9 Steering Column Switch Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 199
9.3 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
9.4 Steering Column Switch Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
9.5 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 219
9.6 Ignition/Starter Switch D , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
9.7 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 , Removing agen
AG. Vand
olkswInstalling
agen AG
does. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
lksw n
10 Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d. b.y.V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ot. g.u.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
o
226
e ra
10.1 Overview - Parking Aid . . . . . . h.or.is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n. te. e. . . . . . . . . . . 226
t o
10.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 ss
au , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.ac. . . . . . . . . 229
10.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ce 232
e
nl

pt
du

10.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
an
itte

y li
10.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
erm

ab
ility
10.6 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
ot p

wit
, is n

11 High Beam Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

h re
hole

11.1 Overview - High Beam Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

spec
es, in part or in w

11.2 Component Location Overview - High Beam Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

t to the co

11.3 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 245
11.4 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 , Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
rrectness of i

11.5 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 , Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
11.6 Light Recognition Sensor G399 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
l purpos

12 Automatic Headlamp Range Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

12.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
nf
ercia

12.2 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module J745 , Removing and Installing . . 249
rm
m

atio
m

13 Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

o

n in
c

13.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

or

thi
te

sd

13.2 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
iva

o
r
rp

cu

13.3 Trailer Socket U10 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

o

m
f

en
ng

t.
14 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
96 - Interior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
1 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
1.2 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Contents iii
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.3 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

1.4 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
1.5 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp K133 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
1.6 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
1.7 Illuminated Vanity Mirror, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
1.8 Front Interior Lamp W1 Bulb, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
1.9 Center Reading Lamps, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
AG. Volkswagen AG d
genW43
1.10 Rear InteriorolkLamp swa Bulb, Replacing oes
not . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
y V gu
2 Controls ise
d b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.ra.n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
r tee
2.1 Component
ut
ho Location Overview - Instrument Panel or Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
a ac
2.2 Component
ss Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors .......................... 270

ce
le

2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

un

pt
an
d
itte

2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

y li
rm

ab
2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
pe

ility
ot

2.6 Light Switch E1 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

wit
, is n

h re
2.7 Instrument Panel and Switch Illumination Dimmer Switch E20 , Removing and Installing
hole

........................................................................ 275

spec
es, in part or in w

2.8 Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation Key Switch E224 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 276

t to the co
2.9 Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button E492 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
2.10 Rear Center Interior Locking Switch E286 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

rrectness of i
2.11 Driver Interior Locking Button E308 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
2.12 Front Passenger Interior Locking Button E309 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
l purpos

2.13 Fuel Filler Door/Rear Lid Remote Release Button E463 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 280
2.14 Start/Stop Mode Button E693 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
nform
ercia

2.15 ASR/ESP Button E256 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

m

2.16 Parking Aid Button E266 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

com

tion in

2.17 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

r
te o

thi

2.18 Electrical Drive Button E656 , Removing and Installing, High-Voltage Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 286
s
iva

do

2.19 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp K145 , Removing and Installing . . . . 287
r
rp

cum
fo

2.20 Emergency Flasher Button E229 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

en
ng

t.
yi Co
2.21 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Cop py
t. rig
2.22 Mirror Adjustment Switch E43 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
2.23 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 290
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote
2.24 Front Passenger Door Window Regulator Switch E107 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 291
AG.

2.25 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
2.26 Rear Door Window Regulator Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
2.27 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
2.28 Sunroof Tilt Button 1 E582 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
2.29 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
2.30 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
2.31 Garage Door Opener Control Head E284 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
3 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
3.1 Overview - Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
3.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
3.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil D2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3.4 Ignition Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
4 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating/Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
4.3 Central Locking and Anti-Theft Alarm System Antenna R47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
4.4 Alarm Horn H12 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
4.5 Interior Monitoring Sensor G273 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
4.6 Engine Hood Contact Switch F266 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
4.7 Anti-Theft Alarm System Adaptations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
5 Cigarette Lighter and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

iv Contents
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5.1 Converter with Socket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

6 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
1 Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
1.2 E-Box, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1.4 Relay and Fuse Panel Behind Instrument Panel on Driver Side, Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 315
1.5 Fuse Panel on Battery A , Removing and Installing, High-Voltage Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
2 Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
2.3 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic nInterface
AG. VolkswaJ533 gen AG, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
wage does
2.4 Garage Door Opener VControl olks Module J530 , Removing not and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gu 329
by a
d
3 Connectors . . o.ris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.an. te. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
e 331
th e
3.1 Left Door Cut-Off
s au Connector, Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . o.r a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
s
3.2 Right Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

ce
le
un

pt
3.3 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

an
d
itte

y li
4 Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
erm

ab
ility
ot p

5 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Contents v
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016 olksw
en AG. V agen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

vi Contents
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

27 – Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

1 Battery
(Edition 01.2016)
⇒ “1.1 Battery Types”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Battery, General Information”, page 1
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Battery”, page 2
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
⇒ “1.4 Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 4 lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, ir sepage 7
d b ran
tee
tho
or
⇒ “1.6 Battery Tray, Removing and Installing”,
au page 11 ac
ss

ce
e

⇒ “1.7 Battery, Checking”, page 13

nl

pt
du

an
itte

⇒ “1.8 Battery, Charging”, page 13

y li
erm

ab
ility
⇒ “1.9 Ground Cable with Battery Monitoring Control Module
ot p

wit
J367 , Removing and Installing”, page 13
, is n

h re
hole

1.1 Battery Types

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
27 ; Battery, Checking; Different Types of Batteries, Checking .

rrectness of i
1.2 Battery, General Information
l purpos

⇒ “1.2.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions”, page 1

⇒ “1.2.2 Battery Post/Terminal”, page 1

nform
ercia

⇒ “1.2.3 Battery Recharging or Battery Jump Start Terminal, Ve‐

m

at
hicles with Start/Stop System”, page 1
om

ion
c

in t
r

1.2.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions

o

his
ate

do
priv

c
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
um
for

27 ; Battery; Battery General Information .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
1.2.2 Battery Post/Terminal
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
27 ; Battery; Battery General Information .
AG.

1.2.3 Battery Recharging or Battery Jump

Start Terminal, Vehicles with Start/Stop
System

WARNING

Risk of injury. Pay attention to all warnings and safety precau‐

tions. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions”, page 1 .

Information regarding Recharging the Battery or Using the Battery

Jump Start Terminal on Vehicles with Start/Stop
Connect the positive terminal first and then the body ground using
a charge cable. This ensures that the Battery Monitoring Control
Module - J367- is not bridged. Charging the battery directly on the
negative terminal bridges the Battery Monitoring Control Module
- J367- and prevents the Battery Monitoring Control Module -
J367- from recording the battery data during the charging proc‐

1. Battery 1
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

ess. The values stored in the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic

Interface - J533- regarding the battery condition no longer match
the values for the charged Battery - A- .

1.3 Overview - Battery

⇒ “1.3.1 Overview - Battery A Inside Engine Compartment”, page
2
⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Battery A in Luggage Compartment, High-
Voltage Vehicle”, page 3

1.3.1 Overview - Battery - A- Inside Engine Compartment

1 - Battery - A-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.1 Battery A In En‐
gine Compartment, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 4 .
❑ Disconnecting. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in En‐
gine Compartment, Dis‐
connecting”, page 7 .
❑ Connecting. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in En‐
gine Compartment,
Connecting”,
page 8 . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
2 - Battery Positive Cable d by VTer‐
o ot g
ua
minal Clamp o
ir se
ran
tee
th or
❑ Battery terminal
au threa‐ ac
ss
ded connection. Refer
ce
e
nl

to
pt
du

an

⇒ “1.2.2 Battery Post/

itte

y li

Terminal”, page 1 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3 - Nut
wit
, is n

h re

❑ 6 Nm
hole

spec

4 - Positive Cable
es, in part or in w

t to the co

5 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
rrectness of i

6 - Clamping Plate
l purpos

7 - Connector
❑ On Battery Monitoring
nf
ercia

Control Module - J367-

orm
m

atio

8 - Ground Cable
om

n in
or c

9 - Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367-

thi
te

sd
iva

❑ Replacing and Starting. Refer to

o
r
rp

cu

⇒ “1.9.2 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Replacing and Starting”, page 13
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.9.3 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 in Engine Compartment, Removing and Installing”,
C py
t. rig
gh
page 14 .
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
10 - Battery Ground Cable Terminal Clamp
agen
Prote AG.

❑ Battery terminal threaded connection. Refer to ⇒ “1.2.2 Battery Post/Terminal”, page 1 .

11 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm

2 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do Jetta 2011 ➤
wage es n
yV
olks ot g Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
d b ua
ran
ir se tee
12 - Nut ut
ho or
a ac
❑ 20 Nm
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
No Illustration

ility
ot p

wit
♦ Battery tray bolts: 9 Nm
, is n

h re
hole

1.3.2 Overview - Battery - A- in Luggage Compartment, High-Voltage Vehicle

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm

rrectness of i
2 - Nut
l purpos

❑ 6 Nm

nf
ercia

3 - Fuse Panel

orm
m

❑ Removing and instal‐

atio
m

ling. Refer to
o

n in
c

⇒ “1.5 Fuse Panel on

or

thi
e

Battery A , Removing
t

sd
iva

and Installing, High-

o
r
rp

cu
Voltage Vehicle”,
o

m
f

en
ng

page 317 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
4 - Battery Positive Cable Ter‐
t
gh ht
yri by
minal Clamp cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Battery terminal threa‐ Prote AG.
ded connection. Refer
to
⇒ “1.2.2 Battery Post/
Terminal”, page 1 .
5 - Battery - A-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.2 Battery A in
Luggage Compartment,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, High-Voltage Vehi‐
cle”, page 5 .
❑ Disconnecting. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.3 Battery A in
Luggage Compartment,
Disconnecting, High-
Voltage Vehicle”,
page 9 .
❑ Connecting. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.4 Battery A in
Luggage Compartment,
Connecting, High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 10 .
6 - Clamping Plate
7 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
8 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
9 - Ground Cable
10 - Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367-
❑ Replacing and Starting. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Replacing and Starting”, page 13

1. Battery 3
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.4 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 in Luggage Compartment, Removing and Installing,
High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 15 .
11 - Battery Ground Cable Terminal Clamp
❑ Battery terminal threaded connection. Refer to ⇒ “1.2.2 Battery Post/Terminal”, page 1 .
12 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm

No Illustration
♦ Battery tray bolts: 9 Nm

1.4 Battery, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.4.1 Battery A In Engine Compartment, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 4
⇒ “1.4.2 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Removing and In‐
stalling, High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 5
⇒ “1.4.3 Battery A , Adapting”, page 6

1.4.1 Battery - A- In Engine Compartment,

Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Removing by Vol
gu
ara
d
ise nte
– Disconnect the Battery
thor
- A- . Refer to eo
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery
ss a A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
u ra
c
page 7 .
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Vehicles with Diesel Engine

itte

y li
rm

ab

– Remove the air filter housing and the connecting pipe. Refer
pe

ility

to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; Diesel Direct Injection System; Overview

ot

wit
, is n

- Air Filter .
h re
hole

spec

All Vehicles
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the battery jacket -1-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
4
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolt -4- and then remove the clamping plate.

– Remove the Battery - A- -2-.

Installing

Caution

If Battery - A- is not secured properly, the following risks can

occur:
♦ Shortened service life due to vibration damage (explosion
hazard).
♦ If the Battery - A- is not secured properly, the plates within
the Battery - A- can be damaged.
♦ Damage to the battery housing caused by bracket (pos‐
sible electrolyte leakage, high subsequent costs).
♦ Inadequate crash safety.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Pay attention to the replacement part yV
olkidentification
sw es n
when replac‐ ot g
ing the Battery - A- , especiallyisefor
d vehicles with the Start/Stop
b ua
ran
System. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
thor tee
o
u ra
sa c
Install in reverse order ofs removal. Note the following:
ce
le
un

pt

– Make sure the Battery - A- is secure after installing it.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

pe

ility

⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

ot

wit
, is n

8.
h re
hole

– After replacing, the Battery - A- must be adapted. Refer to

spec

⇒ “1.4.3 Battery A , Adapting”, page 6 .

es, in part or in w

t to the co

Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i

⇒ “1.3.1 Overview - Battery A Inside Engine Compartment”,

page 2
l purpos

1.4.2 Battery - A- in Luggage Compartment,

nform
ercia

Removing and Installing, High-Voltage

m

a
com

ti

Vehicle
on in
r
te o

thi

Special tools and workshop equipment required

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Battery 5
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.3 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Disconnecting,
High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 9 .
– Remove the bolt -arrow- and then remove the clamping plate
-1-.
– Remove the Battery - A- -2-.
Installing

Caution

If Battery - A- is not secured properly, the following risks can

occur:
♦ Shortened service life due to vibration damage (explosion
hazard).
♦ If the Battery - A- is not secured properly, the plates within
the Battery - A- can be damaged.
♦ Damage to the battery housing caused by bracket (pos‐
sible electrolyte leakage, high subsequent costs). agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ Inadequate crash safety. d by V gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following: s

ce
le
un

pt
– Make sure the Battery - A- is secure after installing it.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “1.5.4 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Connecting,

wit
is n

High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 10 .

h re
ole,

– After replacing, the Battery - A- must be adapted. Refer to spec

urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “1.4.3 Battery A , Adapting”, page 6 . t to the co

Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
rrectne

⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Battery A in Luggage Compartment, High-

Voltage Vehicle”, page 3
ss o
cial p

1.4.3 Battery - A- , Adapting

inform
mer

atio

If the Battery - A- has been replaced, an adaption must be per‐

om

formed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Procedure
t

sd
iva

o
pr

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐ yri
p by
co Vo
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment

6 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 61 - battery monitoring
♦ Battery monitoring functions
♦ Battery parameterization adaptation

1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”, page
7
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”,
page 8
⇒ “1.5.3 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Disconnecting,
High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 9
⇒ “1.5.4 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Connecting, High-
Voltage Vehicle”, page 10

1.5.1 Battery - A- in Engine Compartment,

Disconnecting

WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Follow all safetyby Vprecautions when working on
ol not
pyrotechnic
gu
ara
components:ris ed
nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Whenss a working on pyrotechnic components (airbag, belt
ra
c
tensioner), the Battery - A- must be disconnected with the
ce
e
nl

ignition turned on, contrary to the following description.

pt
du

an

Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;

itte

y li
erm

Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

Disconnecting
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
t to the co

the ignition key.

– Open the battery jacket -1-.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Battery 7
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Disconnect the battery ground cable terminal clamp -1- from

the battery negative terminal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
1.5.2 Battery - A- in Engine Compartment,
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Connecting aut
ho eo
ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
Caution

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Pay attention to the information regarding the threaded con‐
pe

ility
ot

nection for the battery terminals. Refer to

wit
, is n

⇒ “1.2.2 Battery Post/Terminal”, page 1 .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

rrectness of i
After connecting the Battery - A- and switching the ignition on, the
ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp - K155- lights up continuously. The
l purpos

ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp - K155- goes out automatically if a

straight distance is driven at 15 to 20 km/h. This reactivates the

nform
ercia

Steering Angle Sensor - G85- .

m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Connecting
– Attach the battery ground cable terminal clamp -1- to the neg‐
ative terminal on the Battery - A- -2- and then tighten the nut
to the tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Overview - Battery A Inside Engine Compartment”,
page 2 .
– Close the battery jacket.
– Perform the work steps listed in the table.
Work Steps Required after Connecting the Battery - A- .
Steps Performed
Switch the ignition on using the n AG. Volkswagen AG do
ignition key and switch it Voff wage es n
olks ot g
again. sed by ua
ran
ri tee
o
Read the DTC memory.
aut
h Refer or
ac
to Vehicle Diagnostic
ss Tester .

ce
le

Clock: Check and reset to local

un

pt
an
d

time.
itte

y li
rm

ab
Power window regulator: Open
pe

ility
and close all of the windows.
ot

wit
, is n

Window regulator convenience

h re
closing: The window must close
hole

spec
all the way without having to
es, in part or in w

hold the switch.

t to the co
Perform function test of all elec‐
trical consumers.
The table can be printed out. rrectness of i
l purpos

1.5.3 Battery - A- in Luggage Compartment,

nform
ercia

Disconnecting, High-Voltage Vehicle

m

a
com

tion in
r

Caution
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

♦ Make sure the electrical system of the vehicle is always

um
fo

protected by disconnecting the Battery - A- before working

en
ng

t.
yi
on the electrical system.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Follow all warning messages and Safety Precautions. Re‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
fer to
c by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “1.2.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions”, page 1 .
Prote AG.

Disconnecting
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Disconnect the battery ground cable terminal clamp -3- on the
battery negative terminal.

1. Battery 9
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.5.4 Battery - A- in Luggage Compartment,

Connecting, High-Voltage Vehicle

Caution

Pay attention to the information regarding the threaded con‐

nection for the battery terminals. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Battery Post/Terminal”, page 1 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
After connecting the Battery - A- and switching the ignition on, the
ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp - K155- lights up continuously. The
ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp - K155- goes out automatically if a
straight distance is driven at 15 to
AG20
. Vokm/h.
lkswageThis
n AG dreactivates the
agen
Steering Angle Sensor V- oG85-
lksw .
oes
not
by gu
ara
Connecting ed nte
oris eo
th
au r
– Attach cable terminal clamp -3- thessbattery ground to the neg‐ac
ative terminal on the Battery - A- -1- and then tighten the nut ce
e
nl

pt
to the tightening specification. Refer to
du

an
itte

⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Battery A in Luggage Compartment, High-

y li
erm

ab
Voltage Vehicle”, page 3 .
ility
ot p

wit

– Perform the work steps listed in the table.

, is n

h re
hole

Work Steps Required after Connecting the Battery - A- .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Steps Performed
Switch the ignition on using the
ignition key and switch it off
rrectness of i

again.
l purpos

Read the DTC memory using.

Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
nf
ercia

or

Clock: Check and reset to local

m
m

atio

time.
om

n in
c

Power window regulator: Open

or

thi
e

and close all of the windows.

t

sd
iva

Window regulator convenience

o
r
rp

cu

closing: The window must close

o

m
f

en
ng

all the way without having to

t.
yi Co
op
hold the switch. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Perform function test of all elec‐
p by
co Vo
by lksw
trical consumers. Prote
cted AG.
agen

The table can be printed out.

10 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.6 Battery Tray, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.6.1 Battery Tray in Engine Compartment, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 11
⇒ “1.6.2 Battery Tray in Luggage Compartment, Removing and
Installing, High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 12

1.6.1 Battery Tray in Engine Compartment,

Removing and Installing

WARNING

Risk of injury. Pay attention to all warnings and safety precau‐

tions. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions”, agenpage
AG. Vo1lks. wagen AG
do w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
Removing tho or
s au ac
– Remove the Battery - A-s . Refer to

ce
le

⇒ “1.4.1 Battery A In Engine Compartment, Removing and

un

pt
an
d

Installing”, page 4 .
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; Diesel
pe

ility
ot

Direct Injection System; Overview - Air Filter or ⇒ Rep. Gr.

wit
, is n

24 ; Air Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the bolts -2- from the battery tray -1- and then remove
es, in part or in w

the battery tray -1-.

t to the co
Installing

rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

If Battery - A- is not secured properly, the following risks can

occur: nform
ercia

♦ Shortened service life due to vibration damage (explosion

m

a
com

ti

hazard).
on in
r
te o

thi

♦ If the Battery - A- is not secured properly, the plates within

s
iva

the Battery - A- can be damaged.

do
r
rp

cum
fo

♦ Damage to the battery housing caused by bracket (pos‐

en
ng

t.
yi
sible electrolyte leakage, high subsequent costs).
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ Inadequate crash safety. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Install the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.4.1 Battery A In Engine Compartment, Removing and
Installing”, page 4 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Overview - Battery A Inside Engine Compartment”,
page 2

1. Battery 11
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.6.2 Battery Tray in Luggage Compartment,

Removing and Installing, High-Voltage
Vehicle

WARNING
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Risk of injury. Pay attention to all warnings
olks
wand
age safety precau‐ es n
ot g
tions. Referd by V to ua
ran
⇒ “1.2.1 Warnings and Safety Precautions”,
horis
e
page 1 . tee
t or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

Removing

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Remove the Battery - A- . Refer to
erm

ab
⇒ “1.4.2 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Removing and

ility
ot p

Installing, High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 5 .

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the battery tray -1- and then
hole

spec
remove the battery tray -1-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installing

rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

If Battery - A- is not secured properly, the following risks can

occur:

nf
ercia

♦ Shortened service life due to vibration damage (explosion

orm
hazard).
m

atio
om

n in
♦ If the Battery - A- is not secured properly, the plates within
or c

thi
the Battery - A- can be damaged.
te

sd
iva

o
r

♦ Damage to the battery housing caused by bracket (pos‐

rp

cu
o

sible electrolyte leakage, high subsequent costs).

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Inadequate crash safety.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
AG.

– Install the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.4.2 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Removing and
Installing, High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 5 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Battery A in Luggage Compartment, High-
Voltage Vehicle”, page 3

12 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.7 Battery, Checking

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
27 ; Battery; Battery, Checking .

1.8 Battery, Charging

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
27 ; Battery; Battery, Charging .

1.9 Ground Cable with Battery Monitoring

Control Module - J367- , Removing and
Installing
⇒ “1.9.1 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 ”, page 13
⇒ “1.9.2 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Replacing and
Starting”, page 13
⇒ “1.9.3 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 in Engine Com‐
partment, Removing and Installing”, page 14
⇒ “1.9.4 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 in Luggage
Compartment, Removing and Installing, High-Voltage Vehicle”,
page 15

1.9.1 Battery Monitoring Control Module

AG. Volkswagen- AG
agen does
J367- by Volksw not
gu
a d ran
se
The Battery Monitoring Control hoModule - J367- is installed for ve‐
ri tee
ut or
hicles with the start/stop system.
ss
a ac

ce
le

The Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- will be recognized

un

pt
an
during the battery charging process. The battery data for the bat‐
d
itte

tery charge is then compared with the values in the Data Bus on y li
rm

ab
pe

Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- . ility

ot

wit
, is n

Note the following When Charging or Using the Battery Jump

h re

Start Terminal on Vehicles with the Start/Stop System: Always

hole

spec

First Connect the Charge Cable to the Positive Terminal and Then
es, in part or in w

Connect the Body Ground.

t to the co

Further information can be found in the Start/Stop System chap‐

ter. Refer to ⇒ “5 Start/Stop System”, page 92 .
rrectness of i

1.9.2 Battery Monitoring Control Module -

l purpos

J367- , Replacing and Starting

nform
ercia

The procedure for “replacing the battery monitoring control mod‐

ule” includes the following steps:
m

a
com

tion in

♦ If a new Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- is installed

r
te o

in the vehicle, then the Battery Monitoring Control Module -

thi
s
iva

J367- must be coded.

do
r
rp

cum
fo

♦ Then the Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- must be

en
ng

t.
yi
adapted.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
The Procedure to “Replace the Battery Monitoring Control Mod‐
gh ht
pyri by
ule”. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the “Guided Fault
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
Finding” function.
agen
Prote AG.

Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body

1. Battery 13
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 61 - Battery regulation
♦ Battery regulation functions
♦ Replace control module
After the “Replace the Battery Monitoring Control Module” Pro‐
cedure Occurs, the “Starting After Replacing” Procedure Must Be
Performed.
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 61 - Battery regulation
♦ Battery regulation functions
♦ Starting after replacing

1.9.3 Battery Monitoring Control ModuleAG-. Volkswagen A

J367- in Engine Compartment, olks Remov‐
n G do
wage es n
V ot g
y
ing and Installing d b ua
e ran
is tee
or h
ut or
The “replacing the battery monitoringsscontrol
a module” procedure ac
must be performed each time before removing the Battery Moni‐
ce
le
un

pt

toring Control Module - J367- to read the data stored in the Battery
an
d
itte

Monitoring Control Module - J367- . Refer to

y li
erm

ab

⇒ “1.9.2 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Replacing and

ility
ot p

Starting”, page 13 .
wit
is n

h re

Special tools and workshop equipment required

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

t to the co

Caution
rrectne

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
ss

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

o
cial p

f inform
mer

Removing
atio
om

n
c

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

i
or

n thi
e

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,

t

sd
va

page 7 .
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Loosen the nut -4- a few turns and remove the battery ground
cable terminal clamp and the Battery Monitoring Control Mod‐
ule - J367- -3- from the battery negative terminal.
– Release and disconnect the connector -5-.
– Free up the ground wire -1-.
– Remove the nut -2- and remove the ground cable with the
Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- -1- from the Battery
- A- -6-. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
Installing d byV ua
ran
ise tee
or
Install in reverse order of removal.
au
th Note the following: or
ac
ss
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

ce
e
nl

⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

pt
du

an
itte

8.

y li
erm

ab
The “Start after replacing” procedure must be performed after in‐

ility
ot p

stalling the Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- . Refer to

wit
, is n

h re
⇒ “1.9.2 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Replacing and
hole

Starting”, page 13 .

spec
es, in part or in w

Tightening Specifications

t to the co
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.3.1 Overview - Battery A Inside Engine Compartment”,

rrectness of i
page 2
l purpos

1.9.4 Battery Monitoring Control Module -

nf
ercia

J367- in Luggage Compartment, Re‐

orm
moving and Installing, High-Voltage Ve‐
m

atio
om

n in
hicle
or c

thi
te

sd
a

The “replacing the battery monitoring control module” procedure

iv

o
r
rp

cu
must be performed each time before removing the Battery Moni‐
o

m
f

en
ng

toring Control Module - J367- to read the data stored in the Battery yi
t.
Co
Monitoring Control Module - J367- . Refer to . Cop py
⇒ “1.9.2 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Replacing and
t rig
gh ht
yri by
Starting”, page 13 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Special tools and workshop equipment required
AG.

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.3 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Disconnecting,
High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 9 .

1. Battery 15
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Loosen the nut -2- a few turns and remove the battery ground
cable terminal clamp with the Battery Monitoring Control Mod‐
ule - J367- -1- from the battery negative terminal.
– Release and disconnect the connector.
– Remove the nut -3- and remove the ground cable with the
Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- -1- from the Battery
- A- -4-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.4 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Connecting,
High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 10 .
The “Start after replacing” procedure must be performed after in‐
stalling the Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- . Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Replacing and
Starting”, page 13 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage
⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Battery A in Luggage Compartment, High- es n
Vo ot g
Voltage Vehicle”, page 3 ed
by ua
ran
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2 Generator
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Generator”, page 17
⇒ “2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing”, page 27
⇒ “2.3 Generator, Checking”, page 46
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt, Checking”, page 46
⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pulley, Removing and Installing”, page 47
⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 50

2.1 Overview - Generator

⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Generator, 1.4L Gasoline Engine 90/110/118
kW”, page 18
⇒ “2.1.4 Overview - Generator, 2.0L Gasoline Engine 85 kW”,
page 21
⇒ “2.1.5 Overview - Generator, 2.0L Gasoline Engine 147 kW”,
page 22
⇒ “2.1.6 Overview - Generator, 2.5L Gasoline Engine 125 kW”,
page 23
⇒ “2.1.7 Overview - Generator, 1.8L Gasoline Engine 125 kW”,
page 24
⇒ “2.1.9 Overview - Generator, 2.0L Diesel Engine 81/103 kW”,
page 25

2.1.1 Overview - Generator, 1.2L Gasoline

Engine 77 kW
Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Generator 17
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Screw
❑ 4 Nm
2 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Battery Positive Wire
4 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Nut for the B+ wire
AG. Volkswagen AG d
5 - Cap agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
6- Generator - C- Cap orise nte
th eo
u ra
7- Cap for Carbon Brushes
ss a c

ce
le

8 - Voltage Regulator - C1-

un

pt
an
d
itte

❑ Removing and instal‐

y li
erm

ab
ling. Refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regula‐

wit
is n

tor, Removing and In‐

h re
ole,

stalling”, page 50 .

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

9 - Generator - C-

t to the co
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Generator C ,

rrectne
Removing and Instal‐
ling, 1.2L Gasoline En‐

s
gine, 77 kW”,

s o
cial p

page 27 .
f inform
❑ Checking. Refer to
mer

⇒ “2.3 Generator,
atio
m

Checking”, page 46 .
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

10 - Ribbed Belt Pulley

t

sd
iva

o
r

❑ Nut: 80 Nm
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

❑ Removing and instal‐ yi

t.
Co
ling. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pulley, Removing and Installing”, page 47 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
11 - Bolt p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ 25 Nm
cted agen
Prote AG.

No Illustration
♦ Cable holder nut to the back of the generator: 3.2 Nm

2.1.2 Overview - Generator, 1.4L Gasoline

Engine 90/110/118 kW
Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts.

18 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Bolts
❑ 23 Nm
2 - Ribbed Belt
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt,
Checking”, page 46 .
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Rep.
Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block,
Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed
Belt, Removing and In‐
stalling .
3 - Ribbed Belt Pulley agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Without free-running d by
Vo gu
ara
hub: 65 Nm orise nte
h eo
❑ With free-running hub: aut ra
s c
80 Nm s

ce
e
nl

pt
❑ Removing and instal‐
du

an
itte

ling. Refer to

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pul‐

ility
ot p

ley, Removing and In‐

wit
, is n

stalling”, page 47 .

h re
hole

spec
4 - Generator - C-
es, in part or in w

❑ Removing and instal‐

t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Generator C ,
Removing and Instal‐

rrectness of i
ling, 1.4L Gasoline En‐
l purpos

gine, 90/110/118 kW”,

page 29 .
❑ Checking. Refer to

nform
ercia

⇒ “2.3 Generator,
m

Checking”, page 46 .

at
om

ion
c

5 - Voltage Regulator - C1-

in t
or

his
te

❑ Removing and instal‐

a

do
riv

ling. Refer to ⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 50 .

p

cum
for

en
g

6 - Screw
n

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ 2 Nm
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
7 - Screw
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ 2 Nm
AG.

8 - Nut
❑ 3.2 Nm
❑ Cable Holder
9 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
10 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Nut for the B+ wire
11 - Washer
12 - Cap

2. Generator 19
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.1.3 Overview - Generator, 1.6L Gasoline

Engine 77 kW
Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts.

1 - Bolt
❑ 23 Nm
2 - Ribbed Belt
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt,
Checking”, page 46 .
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Rep.
Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block,
Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed
Belt, Removing and In‐
stalling .
3 - Ribbed Belt Pulley
❑ Without free-running
hub: 65 Nm
❑ With free-running hub:
80 Nm
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pul‐
ley, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 47 .
4 - Generator - C-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.3 Generator C ,
Removing and Instal‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
ling, 1.6L Gasoline En‐ byV
o ot g
ua
gine, 77 kW”, ir se
d ran
tee
page 31 . autho
or
ac
❑ Checking. Refer to ss
ce
e

⇒ “2.3 Generator,
nl

pt
du

an
Checking”, page 46 .
itte

y li
erm

ab
5 - Voltage Regulator - C1-
ility
ot p

wit
❑ Removing and instal‐
, is n

h re

ling. Refer to ⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 50 .

hole

spec

6 - Screw
es, in part or in w

t to the co

❑ 2 Nm
7 - Screw
rrectness of i

❑ 2 Nm
l purpos

8 - Nut
❑ 3.2 Nm
nform
ercia

❑ Cable Holder
m

at

9 - Screw
om

ion
c

in t

❑ 4.5 Nm
or

his
ate

do
riv

10 - Nut
p

cum
or

❑ 20 Nm
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Nut for the B+ wire t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

20 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

11 - Washer
12 - Cap

2.1.4 Overview - Generator, 2.0L Gasoline

Engine 85 kW
Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts.

1 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen
❑ 23 Nm Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
d
2 - Ribbed Belt orise nte
eo
th
❑ Checking. Refer to ss au ra
c
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt,

ce
e
nl

Checking”, page 46 .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Removing and instal‐
erm

ab
ling. Refer to ⇒ Rep.

ility
ot p

Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block,

wit
, is n

Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed

h re
Belt, Removing and In‐
hole

spec
stalling .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - Ribbed Belt Pulley
❑ Without free-running
hub: 65 Nm

rrectness of i
❑ With free-running hub:
l purpos

80 Nm
❑ Removing and instal‐

nform
ercia

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pul‐
m

at
ley, Removing and In‐
om

stalling”, page 47 . ion

c

in t
or

his
te

4 - Generator - C-
a

do
priv

❑ Removing and instal‐

um
for

en
g

ling. Refer to
n

t.
yi Co
⇒ “2.2.4 Generator C , Cop py
t. rig
Removing and Instal‐ yri
gh by
ht
ling, 2.0L Gasoline En‐ cop Vo
by lksw
gine, 85 kW”,
cted agen
Prote AG.
page 33 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Generator,
Checking”, page 46 .
5 - Voltage Regulator - C1-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 50 .
6 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
7 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
8 - Nut
❑ 3.2 Nm
❑ Cable Holder
9 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm

2. Generator 21
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Jetta 2011 ➤ ut
ho eo
ra
a
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
10 - Nut

an
d
itte

y li
erm
❑ 20 Nm

ab
ility
ot p
❑ Nut for the B+ wire

wit
is n

h re
11 - Washer

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
12 - Cap

t to the co
2.1.5 Overview - Generator, 2.0L Gasoline

rrectne
Engine 147 kW

ss o
Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts.
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
1 - Bolt
om

n
c

❑ 20 Nm

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

2 - Screw
iv

o
pr

cum
❑ 2 Nm
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
3 - Washer . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
4 - Screw py by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ 4.5 Nm cted agen
Prote AG.

5 - Nut
❑ 3.2 Nm
❑ Cable Holder
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Nut for the B+ wire
7 - Cap
8 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Voltage Regulator - C1-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regula‐
tor, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 50 .
10 - Generator - C-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.5 Generator C ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, 2.0L Gasoline En‐
gine, 147 kW”,
page 35 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Generator, Checking”, page 46 .
❑ Ribbed Belt Pulley, Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pulley, Removing and Installing”, page 47 .
11 - Ribbed Belt
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt, Checking”, page 46 .
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Re‐
moving and Installing .

22 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

No Illustration
♦ Ribbed belt pulley without freewheel: 65 Nm. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel: 80 Nm. by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
2.1.6 Overview - Generator, 2.5L Gasoline or eo
h
aut ra
Engine 125 kW ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts.

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
1 - Bolt

wit
, is n

h re
❑ 25 Nm

hole

spec
2 - Ribbed Belt
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt,
Checking”, page 46 .

rrectness of i
❑ Removing and instal‐
l purpos

ling. Refer to ⇒ Rep.

Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block,
Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed

nform
ercia

Belt, Removing and In‐

stalling .
m

at
om

ion
3 - Ribbed Belt Pulley
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ Without free-running
at

do
riv

hub: 65 Nm
p

cum
or

❑ With free-running hub:

f

en
ng

t.
yi
80 Nm
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Removing and instal‐ yri
gh by
ht
ling. Refer to
op Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pul‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
ley, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 47 .
4 - Generator - C-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.6 Generator C ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, 2.5L Gasoline En‐
gine, 125 kW”,
page 37 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Generator,
Checking”, page 46 .
5 - Voltage Regulator - C1-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 50 .
6 - Hex Bolt with Washer and Threaded Piece
❑ 4 Nm
7 - Cap
8 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Cap for the Carbon Brushes

No Illustration
♦ B+ wire nut to rear side of generator: 20 Nm

2. Generator 23
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Cable holder nut to the back of the generator: 3.2 Nm

2.1.7 Overviewwa-geGenerator,
n AG. Volkswagen1.8L
AG do Gasoline
es n
Engine
db
y V 125 kW
olks ot g
ua
r
e an
ris tee
Refer to the uParts
tho Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts. or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
1 - Generator - C-
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Removing and instal‐
erm

ab
ling. Refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “2.2.7 Generator C ,

wit
, is n

Removing and Instal‐

h re
hole

ling, 1.8L Gasoline En‐

spec
gine, 125 kW”,
es, in part or in w

t to the co
page 40 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Generator,

rrectness of i
Checking”, page 46 .
l purpos

❑ Voltage Regulator -
C1- , Removing and in‐
stalling. Refer to

nf
ercia

⇒ “2.6.1 Voltage Regu‐

orm
lator C1 , Removing and
m

atio
m

Installing, Bosch”,
o

n in
c

page 50 .
or

thi
e

❑ Ribbed Belt Pulley, re‐

t

sd
iva

moving and installing.

r
rp

cu
o

Refer to
f

en
ng

t.
⇒ “2.5.2 Ribbed Belt
yi Co
op
Pulley with Freewheel,
C py
t. rig
gh
Removing and Instal‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
ling, Bosch”, page 47 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 - Connector
3 - Terminal 30/B+
❑ B+ wire connection
4 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
5 - Cap
6 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4

2.1.8 Overview - Generator, 1.6L Diesel En‐

gine 77 kW
Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts.

24 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
2 - Ribbed Belt d by ara
rise nte
❑ Checking.
utho Refer to eo
ra
ss⇒a
“2.4 Ribbed Belt, c
Checking”, page 46 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Removing and instal‐
itte

y li
ling. Refer to ⇒ Rep.
erm

ab
Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block,

ility
ot p

Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed

wit
, is n

Belt, Removing and In‐

h re
hole

stalling .

spec
es, in part or in w

3 - Ribbed Belt Pulley

t to the co
❑ Without free-running
hub: 65 Nm

rrectness of i
❑ With free-running hub:
80 Nm
l purpos

❑ Removing and instal‐

ling. Refer to

nf
ercia

⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pul‐

orm
ley, Removing and In‐
m

atio
m

stalling”, page 47 .
o

n in
or c

4 - Generator - C- thi
te

sd
iva

❑ Removing and instal‐

o
r
rp

cu

ling. Refer to
o

m
f

en
ng

⇒ “2.2.8 Generator C ,
t.
yi Co
op
Removing and Instal‐
C py
t. rig
gh
ling, 1.6L Diesel Engine,
ht
pyri by
Vo
77 kW”, page 41 .
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
❑ Checking. Refer to
AG.

⇒ “2.3 Generator,
Checking”, page 46 .
5 - Voltage Regulator - C1-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 50 .
6 - Hex bolt with washer and threaded piece
❑ 4 Nm
7 - Cap
8 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Cap for the Carbon Brushes

No illustration
♦ B+ wire nut to rear side of generator: 20 Nm
♦ Cable holder nut to the back of the generator: 3.2 Nm

2.1.9 Overview - Generator, 2.0L Diesel En‐

gine 81/103 kW
Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct bolts and nuts.

2. Generator 25
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
2 - Ribbed Belt
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt,
Checking”, page 46 .
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Rep. wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
s
Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block, yV
olk ot g
ua
Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed ir se
d b ran
tee
Belt, Removing and In‐ utho
or
stalling . ss
a ac

ce
e
nl
3 - Ribbed Belt Pulley

pt
du

an
itte

❑ Without free-running

y li
erm

ab
hub: 65 Nm

ility
ot p

❑ With free-running hub:

wit
, is n

80 Nm

h re
hole

spec
❑ Removing and instal‐
es, in part or in w

ling. Refer to

t to the co
⇒ “2.5 Ribbed Belt Pul‐
ley, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 47 .

rrectness of i
4 - Generator - C-
l purpos

❑ Removing and instal‐

ling. Refer to

nform
ercia

⇒ “2.2.9 Generator C ,
Removing and Instal‐
m

at
ling, 2.0L Diesel Engine,
om

ion
81/103 kW”, page 44 .
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ Checking. Refer to
at

do
riv

⇒ “2.3 Generator,
p

cum
or

Checking”, page 46 .
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
5 - Voltage Regulator - C1- t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ Removing and instal‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
ling. Refer to
co lksw
by
cted agen
⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 50 . Prote AG.

6 - Hex Bolt with Washer and Threaded Piece

❑ 4 Nm
7 - Cap
8 - Bolts
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Cap for the Carbon Brushes

No Illustration
♦ B+ wire nut to rear side of generator: 20 Nm
♦ Cable holder nut to the back of the generator: 3.2 Nm

26 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing

⇒ “2.2.2 Generator C , Removing and Installing, 1.4L Gasoline
Engine, 90/110/118 kW”, page 29
⇒ “2.2.4 Generator C , Removing and Installing, 2.0L Gasoline
Engine, 85 kW”, page 33
⇒ “2.2.5 Generator C , Removing and Installing, 2.0L Gasoline
Engine, 147 kW”, page 35
⇒ “2.2.6 Generator C , Removing and Installing, 2.5L Gasoline
Engine, 125 kW”, page 37
⇒ “2.2.7 Generator C , Removing and Installing, 1.8L Gasoline
Engine, 125 kW”, page 40
⇒ “2.2.9 Generator C , Removing and Installing, 2.0L Diesel En‐
gine, 81/103 kW”, page 44

2.2.1 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐

ling, 1.2L Gasoline Engine, 77 kW
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
Caution tho eo
au ra
c
ss
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

ce
e
nl

pt
du

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

an
itte

y li
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Removing
h re
hole

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to spec

es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,

t to the co

page 7 .
rrectness of i

Caution
l purpos

Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before
removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐
nform
ercia

tention to the running direction. If the belt is installed opposite

the running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the belt will be
m

at

destroyed.
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder

p

cum
or

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove the A/C compressor. Refer to ⇒ Heating and Air Cop py
Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; A/C Compressor Sub-Assembly
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Bracket . copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Generator 27
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

The hoses on the A/C compressor can remain connected.

Tie the A/C compressor -3- to a suitable place under the vehicle
using a binding wire -1- until it is ready to be reinstalled. Make
sure the hoses -2- are not pulled off or kinked.

– Release and disconnect the (DF lead) -1-.

– Remove the cap -arrow-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Remove the nut situatedisebehind
d b it, and disconnect the battery uaran
positive terminal fromthothe
r
Generator - C- . tee
or
au ac
s
– Remove the idler roller. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder
s

ce
le

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Overview - Ribbed Belt Drive .

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C- .
– Remove the Generator - C- .
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

nform
ercia

Caution
m

a
com

ti

♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel

on in

marked when it was removed!

r
te o

thi
s
iva

♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies

do
r
rp

( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐

um
fo

en
g

curely fastened.
n

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
seated in the belt pulley! p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the threaded bushings -A- from the Generator - C-

housing approximately 4 mm in -direction of arrow-.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Generator, 1.2L Gasoline Engine 77 kW”,
page 17 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.
– Start the engine and check the belt routing.
– Turn off the engine.

28 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
2.2.2 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐
autho tee
or
ac
ling, 1.4L Gasoline Engine, 90/110/118
ss

ce
le
kW
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Special tools and workshop equipment required

ility
ot p

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

wit
is n

h re
ole,

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

rrectne
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

ss o
cial p

f inform
Removing
mer

atio
m

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

o

n
c

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,

i
or

n thi
page 7 .
te

sd
iva

o
pr

– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine

cum
r
fo

Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Caution
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before
AG.

removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐
tention to the running direction. If the belt is installed opposite
the running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the belt will be
destroyed.

– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the upper tensioning roller. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ;
Cylinder Block, Belt Pulley Side; Overview - Ribbed Belt Drive .
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .
– Remove the A/C compressor. Refer to ⇒ Heating and Air
Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; A/C Compressor Sub-Assembly
Bracket .
The hoses on the A/C compressor can remain connected.
Tie the A/C compressor -3- to a suitable place under the vehicle
using a binding wire -1- until it is ready to be reinstalled. Make
sure the hoses -2- are not pulled off or kinked.

2. Generator 29
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release and disconnect the (DF lead) -1-.

– Pry off the cap -2-.

– Remove the nut -1- and then remove the B+ wire from the agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
threaded connector on the Generator - C- . olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
– Remove the nut -3- and remove the wire holder -2- from oristhe
e nte
eo
h
Generator - C- . aut ra
c
ss
– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C- .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Remove the Generator - C- .
Installing

rrectne
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

ss o
cial p

f in
Caution

form
mer

atio
♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel
om

n
marked when it was removed!
c

i
or

n thi
te

♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies

sd
iva

o
r

( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐

p

cum
r
fo

curely fastened.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly C py
ht. rig
seated in the belt pulley! rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the threaded bushings -A- from the Generator - C-

housing approximately 4 mm in direction of -arrow-.

30 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Attach the wire holder -arrow- on the back of the Generator -

C- in the 9 o'clock position.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Generator, 1.4L Gasoline Engine
90/110/118 kW”, page 18 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Start the engine and check the belt routing. byV
ol not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Turn off the engine. hor eo
aut ra
ss c

2.2.3 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
ling, 1.6L Gasoline Engine, 77 kW
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Special tools and workshop equipment required

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
hole

spec
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Caution

rrectness of i
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and
l purpos

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

nf
ercia

orm
Removing
m

atio
om

n in
c

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

or

thi
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
te

sd
a

page 7 .
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine

en
ng

t.
yi
Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Disconnect the connector from the DF lead -1- and remove the
rig ht
py by
o Vo
cap -2-. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Generator 31
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Disconnect the B+ wire -arrow- from the Generator - C- .

Caution

Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before
removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐
tention to the running direction. If the belt is installed opposite
the running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the belt will be
destroyed.

– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bracket together with the tensioner. Refer to ⇒
Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block, Belt Pulley Side; Overview -
Ribbed Belt Drive .

– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

– Remove the wire holder -arrow- from the Generator - C- .

hole

spec

– Remove the Generator - C- .

es, in part or in w

t to the co

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution

♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel

nform
ercia

marked when it was removed!

m

at
om

♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies

on
c

( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐

in t
or

his
e

curely fastened.
at

do
priv

♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly

um
for

en

seated in the belt pulley!

ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Remove the threaded bushings -A- from the Generator - C- cted agen
Prote AG.
housing approximately 4 mm in -direction of arrow-.

32 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
ed b ara
nte
Jetta 2011 ➤
ris
ut
ho eo
ra
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
s a c
s
– Attach the cable holder -arrow- to the back of the Generator -

ce
e
nl

pt
du

C- in the 3 o'clock position.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

ility
ot p

tion. Refer to

wit
⇒ “2.1.3 Overview - Generator, 1.6L Gasoline Engine 77 kW”,
, is n

h re
page 20 .
hole

spec
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.
– Start the engine and check the belt routing.

rrectness of i
– Turn off the engine.
l purpos

2.2.4 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐

nform
ercia

ling, 2.0L Gasoline Engine, 85 kW

m

at
om

ion
Special tools and workshop equipment required
c

in t
or

his
te

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

a

do
priv

cum
or

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
Caution
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and
agen
Prote AG.
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine
Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air
Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
– Disconnect the connector (DF lead) -1- and remove the cap
-2-.

2. Generator 33
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Disconnect the B+ wire -arrow- from the Generator - C- .

Caution

Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before
removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐
tention to the running direction.
agen If the belt is Ainstalled
AG. Volkswagen G d
oes opposite
the running directionyor olkswpositioned incorrectly, the
is nobelt
t gu will be
V
destroyed. ris
ed
b ara
nt ee
tho or
s au ac
s
– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove the tensioner together with the lifting eye. Refer to ⇒

ility
ot p

Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block, Belt Pulley Side; Overview -

wit
Ribbed Belt Drive .
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C- .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Remove the wire holder -arrow- from the Generator - C- .

o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the Generator - C- .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Installing
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the threaded bushings -A- from the Generator - C-

housing approximately 4 mm in direction of -arrow-.

34 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Attach the wire holder -arrow- on the back of the Generator -

C- in the 12 o'clock position.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.4 Overview - Generator, 2.0L Gasoline Engine 85 kW”,
page 21 .

Caution

♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel

marked when it was removed!
♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies
( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐
curely fastened.
♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly
seated in the belt pulley!

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.
– Start the engine and check the belt routing.
– Turn off the engine.

2.2.5 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐

ling, 2.0L Gasoline Engine, 147 kW
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Caution tho tee
or
au ac
ss
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and ce
e
nl

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to pt

du

an
itte

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 . y li

erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Removing
h re
hole

spec

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,

t to the co

page 7 .
rrectness of i

Caution
l purpos

Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before
removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐
nf
ercia

tention to the running direction. If the belt is installed in the

o

opposite rotation direction, or is installed in the opposite instal‐

rm
m

atio

led location, then the belt will be ruined!

om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
a

– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder

iv

o
r
rp

cu

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .

o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Generator 35
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows- and move the coolant pipes and
hose -1- upward. This will make space for removing the Gen‐
erator - C- .

Note

The coolant pipes and the hose can remain connected.

. Volkswag
AG en AG
agen does
olksw not
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer
edb
y V
to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. gu
ara
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation . horis nte
eo
aut ra
– Remove the A/C compressor.
ss Refer to ⇒ Heating and Air c
Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; A/C Compressor Sub-Assembly

ce
le
un

pt
Bracket .

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
The hoses on the A/C compressor can remain connected.
ot

wit
, is n

Tie the A/C compressor -3- to a suitable place under the vehicle

h re
hole

using a binding wire -1- until it is ready to be reinstalled. Make

spec
sure the hoses -2- are not pulled off or kinked.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tio
– Remove the bottom bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C-
n in
r

from underneath.
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.

– Remove the upper bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C- .
– Pivot the Generator - C- slightly to the left in order to be able
to access the connections on the back of the generator.

36 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release and disconnect the (DF lead) -1-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
– Pry up the cap -1-. au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the nut -2- and then remove the B+ wire -1- that is
underneath from the threaded connector on the Generator -
C- .

nf
ercia

orm
– Remove the Generator - C- .
m

atio
om

n in
Installing
or c

thi
te

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

Caution
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel yri
p by
o Vo
marked when it was removed!
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies
( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐
curely fastened.
♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly
seated in the belt pulley!

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.5 Overview - Generator, 2.0L Gasoline Engine 147 kW”,
page 22 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.
– Start the engine and check the belt routing.
– Turn off the engine.

2.2.6 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐

ling, 2.5L Gasoline Engine, 125 kW
Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Generator 37
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine
Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Bring the lock carrier into the service position. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock Carrier; Service Position .

Caution

Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before
removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐
tention to the running direction. If the belt is installed opposite
the running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the belt will be
destroyed.

– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder . Volkswagen AG

gen AG
Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and
olkInstalling
swa . does
not
V gu
by ara
– Release and disconnect the connector (DF rislead) -1- and re‐
ed nte
move the cap -2-. tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

– Disconnect the B+ wire -arrow- from the Generator - C- .

l purpos

– Remove the upper idler roller, the lower idler roller and the
ribbed belt tensioning roller for the Generator - C- and the
nf

coolant pump. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder Block, Belt

ercia

Pulley Side; Overview - Ribbed Belt Drive .

rm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

38 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C- .

– Remove the wire holder -arrow- from the Generator - C- .

– Remove the Generator - C- .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Caution

♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel

marked when it was removed!
♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies
( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐
curely fastened.
♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly
seated in the belt pulley!

– Remove the threaded bushings -A- from the Generator - C-

housing approximately 4 mm in direction of -arrows-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Attach the cable holder -arrow- to the back of the Generator -

t to the co

C- in the 9 o'clock position.

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
rrectne

⇒ “2.1.6 Overview - Generator, 2.5L Gasoline Engine 125 kW”,

page 23 .
ss o

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

cial p

f in

⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

form
mer

8.
atio
m

– Start the engine and check the belt routing.

o

n
c

i
or

n thi

– Turn off the engine.

te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
39
agen
Prote AG.
2. Generator
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.2.7 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐

ling, 1.8L Gasoline Engine, 125 kW
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
Removing

Caution

Always follow the instructions AGin

. Vothe
lkswaRepair
gen AG Manual exactly
when disconnectingVand agen
wconnecting the Battery - nA-
ot g. Refer to
s does
olk
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting
ed by and Connecting”, page ua7 .
ra
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

ce
le

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,

un

pt
an
d

page 7 .
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Caution

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐

t to the co
tention to the running direction. If the ribbed belt is installed
opposite the running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the
ribbed belt will be destroyed. rrectnes

– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder

s o

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .

cial p

f inform

– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

mer

atio
m

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Move the coolant pipe -1- to the side.

40 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -1 and 2-.

– Pivot the Generator - C- -3- to the right in the direction of travel.
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.
– Pry off the cap -2- and remove the underlying nut.
– Remove the 30/B+ terminal -3-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
– Remove the Generator
ir se
d - C- -4- upward out of the vehicle. ran
tee
tho
or
Installing au ac
ss

ce
le

Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Caution

ility
ot p

wit
is n

♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel

h re
ole,

marked when it was removed!

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies

t to the co
( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐
curely fastened.

rrectne
♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly
seated in the belt pulley!
ss o
cial p

f in

Tightening Specifications
form
mer

atio

♦ Refer to
om

⇒ “2.1.7 Overview - Generator, 1.8L Gasoline Engine 125 kW”,

n
c

i
or

page 24
thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

2.2.8 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
ling, 1.6L Diesel Engine, 77 kW
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Special tools and workshop equipment required p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- Prote AG.

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine
Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Bring the lock carrier into the service position. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock Carrier; Service Position .

2. Generator 41
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Caution

Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before
removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐
tention to the running direction. If the belt is installed opposite
the running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the belt will be
destroyed.

– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .
– Remove the A/C compressor. Refer to ⇒ Heating and Air
Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; A/C Compressor Sub-Assembly
Bracket .
The hoses on the A/C compressor can remain connected.
Tie the A/C compressor -3- to a suitable place under the vehicle
using a binding wire -1- until it is ready to be reinstalled. Make
sure the hoses -2- are not pulled off or kinked.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
– Release and disconnect the (DF lead) -1-.
, is n

h re
hole

– Pry off the cap -2-.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

– Remove the nut -1- and then remove the B+ wire from the
his
te

threaded connector on the Generator - C- .

a

do
priv

cum
or

– Remove the nut -3- and remove the cable holder -2- from the
f

en
ng

t.
Generator - C- . Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

42 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -1- and nut -2- for the fuel filter -3- and then
move the fuel filter -3- to the side. The fuel hoses can remain
connected.

– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C- .

– Remove the Generator - C- .
Installing
en AG . Volkswag
Install in reverse order of removal.
ksw
aNote the following:
gen AG does
n ol ot g
yV ua
edb ran
Caution ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel

ce
e
nl

pt
marked when it was removed!
du

an
itte

y li
erm

♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies

ab
ility
( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐
ot p

wit
curely fastened.
, is n

h re
hole

♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly

spec
seated in the belt pulley!
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

– Remove the threaded bushings -A- from the Generator - C-

housing approximately 4 mm in -direction of arrow-.
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Attach the cable holder -arrow- to the back of the Generator -
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
C- in the 3 o'clock position.
agen
Prote AG.

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.8 Overview - Generator, 1.6L Diesel Engine 77 kW”,
page 24 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.
– Start the engine and check the belt routing.
– Turn off the engine.

2. Generator 43
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.2.9 Generator - C- , Removing and Instal‐

ling, 2.0L Diesel Engine, 81/103 kW
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine
Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
A n AG d G. Volkswage
agen
– Bring the lock carrier into the service
Volksw position. Refer to ⇒ Body
oes
not
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Lock ed byCarrier; Service Position . gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Caution ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Mark the top of the ribbed belt and the running direction before
itte

y li

removal. Make sure the belt is installed correctly and pay at‐
erm

ab

tention to the running direction. If the belt is installed opposite

ility
ot p

the running direction or is positioned incorrectly, the belt will be

wit
is n

h re

destroyed.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder

Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .
rrectne

– Remove the A/C compressor. Refer to ⇒ Heating and Air

Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; A/C Compressor Sub-Assembly
Bracket .
ss o
cial p

The hoses on the A/C compressor can remain connected.

inform
mer

Tie the A/C compressor -3- to a suitable place under the vehicle
atio

using a binding wire -1- until it is ready to be reinstalled. Make

om

sure the hoses -2- are not pulled off or kinked.

c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

44 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen Electrical Equipment
oes
not - Edition 01.2016
Vo gu
d by ara
– Release and disconnect the (DF lead) h-1-.ise nte
t or eo
au ra
– Pry off the cap -2-. ss c

ce
e
nl
– Remove the nut -1- and then remove the B+ wire from the

pt
du

an
itte
threaded connector on the Generator - C- .

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove the nut -3- and remove the cable holder -2- from the
l purpos

Generator - C- .

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the bolts -1- and nut -2- for the fuel filter -3- and then Prote AG.
move the fuel filter -3- to the side. The fuel hoses can remain
connected.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Generator - C- .

– Remove the Generator - C- .

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Caution

♦ When installing a used ribbed belt, note direction of travel

marked when it was removed!
♦ Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all assemblies
( Generator - C- , A/C compressor, vane pump) are se‐
curely fastened.
♦ When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly
seated in the belt pulley!

2. Generator 45
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the threaded bushings -A- from the Generator - C-

housing approximately 4 mm in direction of -arrows-.

– Attach the cable holder -arrow- to the back of the Generator -

C- in the 3 o'clock position.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
. Volkswagen AG
tion. Refer to wagen AG does
⇒ “2.1.9 Overview - Generator, 2.0L olks
y V Diesel Engine 81/103
not
b gu
ara
kW”, page 25 . ris
ed
nte
tho eo
– Connect the Battery - A-ss.aRefer
u
to ra
c
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

ce
e
nl

8.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Start the engine and check the belt routing.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Turn off the engine.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

2.3 Generator, Checking

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
rrectness of i
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
l purpos

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
nf
ercia

♦ Body
rm
m

atio
m

♦ Electrical Equipment
o

n in
or c

thi

♦ 27 - Starter, voltage supply

te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

♦ Electrical Components
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
♦ C - generator
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
2.4 Ribbed Belt, Checking
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

If defects are identified, the ribbed belt must be replaced. This

can help prevent failures and malfunctions.

Procedure
– Rotate the engine on the vibration damper/belt pulley using a
wrench socket.
– Check the ribbed belt for:
♦ Cracks in the underside (surface cracks, fragmenting, cross-
section breaks)
♦ Layer separation (outer layer, tension cords)

46 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Wear-through on the underside

♦ Fraying of tension cords
♦ Edge wear (material wear, frayed edges, hardened edges,
glazed edges, surface cracks)
♦ Oil and grease traces
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
2.5 Ribbed Belt Pulley, Removing andy VIn‐
olks
wag does
not
gu
stalling or
ise
db ara
nte
eo
h
ut ra
⇒ “2.5.1 Ribbed Belt Pulley without Freewheel, Removing
ss
a and c
Installing”, page 47

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
⇒ “2.5.2 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Removing and In‐

itte

y li
stalling, Bosch”, page 47
erm

ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.5.3 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Removing and In‐

wit
, is n

stalling, Valeo”, page 49

h re
hole

spec
2.5.1 Ribbed Belt Pulley without Freewheel,
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required

rrectness of i
♦ Generator Belt Socket - 3310-
l purpos

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

nform
ercia

Removing
m

– Remove the Generator - C- . Refer to

at
om

io
⇒ “2 Generator”, page 17 .

n
c

in t
or

his
e

– Secure the Generator - C- in a vise at the mounting points.

at

do
priv

c
– Remove the ribbed belt pulley nut from the generator shaft

um
for

using the Generator Belt Socket - 3310- .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Installing t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Generator”, page 17 .

2.5.2 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Re‐

moving and Installing, Bosch
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
Removing
– Remove the Generator - C- . Refer to
⇒ “2 Generator”, page 17 .
– Secure the Generator - C- in a vise at the mounting points.
– Remove the cap from the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel.
The threads on the generator shaft are a left-handed thread,
therefore, rotate it clockwise to loosen and counter-clockwise to
tighten.

2. Generator 47
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Insert the Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400- into the pulley with rib‐
bed belt pulley with freewheel for the Generator - C- using and
open-end wrench.
– Place an M10 multi-point socket -1- into the generator shaft.
– Turn the threaded connection to the right while counterholding
it with the wrench.
– Hold the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel in place by hand and
turn it at the Generator - C- input shaft until the ribbed belt
pulley with freewheel can be removed.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Next, install the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel by hand onto
the Generator - C- input shaft until it stops.
The Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- must be rear‐
ranged for installing the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel as
follows:

– Release the socket insert -1- and remove it from the handle
-2-.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Turn the handle -2- on the Torque Wrench 1332olks 40-200Nm -
wag does
not
VAG1332- 180 degrees and install the socket
ed
by V insert -1-. gu
ara
is nte
or
– Set the rotation direction of the torque
au
th wrench bit to left. eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Place an M10 multi-point socket -1- into the generator shaft.

t to the co

– Counterhold the Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400- with the wrench.

– Tighten the free-wheeling ribbed belt pulley by turning the
rrectness of i

Generator - C- input shaft to the left using the Torque Wrench

1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- .
l purpos

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

tion. Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Generator”, page 17 .
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

48 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.5.3 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Re‐

moving and Installing, Valeo
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Torx Key Socket Set - VAG1603A/1-
Removing
– Remove the Generator - C- . Refer to gen AG. Volkswagen AG
does
⇒ “2 Generator”, page 17 . Vol
ksw
a
not
y gu
db ara
– Secure the Generator - C- in
or
isae vise at the mounting points. nte
h eo
ut ra
– Remove the cap from the
ss ribbed belt pulley with freewheel.
a c

ce
le

The threads on the generator shaft are a left-handed thread,

un

pt
an
d

therefore, rotate it clockwise to loosen and counter-clockwise to

itte

y li
tighten.
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

– Insert the Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400- into the pulley with rib‐

wit
, is n

bed belt pulley with freewheel for the Generator - C- using and

h re
hole

open-end wrench.

spec
es, in part or in w

– Install the Torx Key Socket Set - VAG1603A/1- in the gener‐

t to the co
ator shaft.
– Turn the threaded connection to the right while counterholding

rrectness of i
it with the wrench.
l purpos

– Hold the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel in place by hand and
turn it at the Generator - C- input shaft until the ribbed belt
pulley with freewheel can be removed.

nform
ercia

Installing
m

a
com

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following: tion in

r
te o

thi

– Next, install the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel by hand onto
s
iva

do

the Generator - C- input shaft until it stops.

r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

The Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- must be rear‐

n

t.
yi Co
op
ranged for installing the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel as C py
t. rig
follows:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release the socket insert -1- and pull it out of the handle -2-.
– Turn the handle -2- on the Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm -
VAG1332- 180 degrees and install the socket insert.
– Set the rotation direction of the Torque Wrench 1332
40-200Nm - VAG1332- bit to the left.

2. Generator 49
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Install the Torx Key Socket Set - VAG1603A/1- in the gener‐

ator shaft.
– Counterhold the Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400- with the wrench.
– Tighten the free-wheeling ribbed belt pulley by turning the
Generator - C- input shaft to the left using the Torque Wrench
1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- .
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Generator”, page 17 .
Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and In‐

t to the co
stalling
⇒ “2.6.1 Voltage Regulator C1 , Removing and Installing, Bosch”,

rrectne
page 50

s
⇒ “2.6.2 Voltage Regulator C1 , Removing and Installing, Valeo”,

s o
page 51
cial p

f inform
2.6.1 Voltage Regulator - C1- , Removing and
mer

atio
m

Installing, Bosch
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Special tools and workshop equipment required

t

sd
iva

o
pr

♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Removing
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Remove the Generator - C- . Refer to
rig ht
py by
o Vo
⇒ “2 Generator”, page 17 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolt and the nuts -arrows- and remove the cap
from the Generator - C- .

50 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Voltage Regulator - C1- .

– Remove the Voltage Regulator - C1- from the Generator - C- .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Generator”, page 17 .

2.6.2 Voltage Regulator - C1- , Removing and

Installing, Valeo
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-
Removing
– Remove the Generator - C- . Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
⇒ “2 Generator”, page 17 . olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
– Remove the locking rings -arrows-orisand remove the cap from
e nte
eo
the Generator - C- . aut
h
ra
ss c
– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the Voltage Regulator - C1- .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
– Remove the Voltage Regulator - C1- from the Generator - C- .
s

Installing
s o
cial p

f i

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

nform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Generator 51
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Open the tabs -arrows- and remove the cap from the Voltage
Regulator - C1- .
– Push the carbon brushes in the Voltage Regulator - C1- hous‐
ing and then insert the Voltage Regulator - C1- in the Gener‐
ator - C- .
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Generator”, page 17 .

– Push the cap into the guide rails -arrows- until it audibly en‐
gages.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

52 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3 Starter
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Starter”, page 53
⇒ “3.2 Starter, Removing and Installing”, page 56
⇒ “3.3 Starter, Checking”, page 90

3.1 Overview - Starter agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG
ed by Trans‐ gu
ara
mission”, page 53 horis nte
eo
aut ra
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”,
ss page 54 c

ce
e
nl

pt
⇒ “3.1.3 Overview - Starter, 1.8L Gasoline Engine and Automatic
du

an
itte

Transmission”, page 55

y li
erm

ab
ility
3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG Transmission
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
1 - Starter - B-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Starter, Check‐
ing”, page 90 .

rrectness of i
2 - B+ Wire Connection to
l purpos

Starter - B-
3 - Nut

nf
ercia

❑ 20 Nm

orm
m

atio
4 - Bolt
om

n in
c

❑ M12 = 75 Nm
or

thi
te

sd
❑ M10 = 40 Nm
iva

o
r
rp

cu
❑ Quantity: 2
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
5 - Cap
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 53
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission

1 - Starter - B-
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Starter, Check‐
ing”, page 90 .
2 - B+ Wire Connection to
Starter - B-
3 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
4 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ 75 Nm
5 - Cap
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Cable Holder

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

54 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3.1.3 Overview - Starter, 1.8L Gasoline Engine and Automatic Transmission

1 - Starter - B-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.4 Starter, Re‐
moving and Installing,
1.8L Gasoline Engine
125 kW, Automatic
Transmission”,
page 62 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Starter, Check‐
ing”, page 90 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 80 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
3 - Bracket
❑ For the wiring harness
4 - Connector
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Cap n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
8 - Terminal 30/B+ d b ua
ran
ir se tee
ho
9 - Bracket aut or
ac
ss
❑ For the wiring harness
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 55
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3.2 Starter, Removing and Installing

⇒ “3.2.2 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L Gasoline Engine
85 kW, Automatic Transmission”, page 58
⇒ “3.2.3 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.5L Gasoline Engine
125 kW, Automatic Transmission”, page 60
⇒ “3.2.4 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.8L Gasoline Engine
125 kW, Automatic Transmission”, page 62
⇒ “3.2.6 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.4L Gasoline Engine,
90/110/118 kW, DSG Transmission”, page 66
⇒ “3.2.7 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L Gasoline Engine
85 kW, DSG Transmission”, page 68
⇒ “3.2.8 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L Gasoline Engine
147 kW, DSG Transmission”, page 70
⇒ “3.2.10 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L Diesel Engine,
81/103 kW, DSG Transmission”, page 73
⇒ “3.2.12 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.4L Gasoline Engine,
90/110/118 kW, Manual Transmission”, page 77
⇒ “3.2.14 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L Gasoline Engine
85 kW, Manual Transmission”, page 80
⇒ “3.2.15 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L Gasoline Engine
147 kW, Manual Transmission”, page 82
⇒ “3.2.16 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.5L Gasoline Engine
125 kW, Manual Transmission”, page 84
⇒ “3.2.18 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L Diesel Engine,
81/103 kW, Manual Transmission”, page 88

3.2.1 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.6L

Gasoline Engine olksw 77 kW, Automatic
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
Transmission y V gu
d b ara
ise r n tee
ho
Special tools and workshop
sa
ut equipment required or
ac
s
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Caution
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

es, in part or in w

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

t to the co

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

rrectness of i

Removing
l purpos

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
nf
ercia

page 7 .
orm
m

– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air

atio
m

Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .

o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

56 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the

-direction of the arrow-.

– Remove the positive cable -1- and then release and discon‐
nect the terminal 50 connector -2-.
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .

– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 57
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the nut -1- from the upper starter bolt.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the nut form the ground cable -1- and then move the
cable -2- to the side.
– Remove the Starter - B- .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
Installing byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
Install in reverse order of removal.
tho Note the following: tee
or
au ac
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
ss
ce
e

tion. Refer to
nl

pt
du

⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG

an
itte

y li

Transmission”, page 53 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

wit
, is n

⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

h re

8.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

3.2.2 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L

Gasoline Engine 85 kW, Automatic
rrectness of i

Transmission
l purpos

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
nform
ercia

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

Caution
his
ate

do
priv

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

um
for

en

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

ng

t.
yi Co
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

58 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air
Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the direction of
-arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
hole

terminal 50 connector -2-.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
– Remove the nut -1- from the upper starter bolt. s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .

3. Starter 59
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Jetta 2011 ➤ ut
ho eo
ra
a
Electrical Equipment - Edition
s 01.2016
s c

ce
le
un

pt
– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.
mer

atio
m

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

o

n
c

i
or

n
– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the Starter - B- downward and out of the vehicle.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG
Transmission”, page 53 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

3.2.3 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.5L

Gasoline Engine 125 kW, Automatic
Transmission
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .

60 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine

Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the air filter housing and the connecting pipe. Refer
to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
– Release and disconnect the connector (terminal 50) -1-.

– Remove the cap -1- from the solenoid switch in the direction
of -arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Remove the nut -1- and remove the by Vpositive cable -2- from the
ol not
gu
ara
solenoid switch. rise
d
nte
tho eo
– Remove the nut -1- fromssthe
a upper starter bolt.
u ra
c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 61
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .

– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt. by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
– Remove the cable holder -2-. hor eo
aut ra
c
– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-. ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the Starter - B- downward and out of the vehicle.

rrectness of i

Installing
l purpos

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

nform
ercia

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

tion. Refer to
m

at
om

⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG

ion
c

Transmission”, page 53 .
in t
or

his
ate

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

do
priv

⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

um
for

en

8.
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
3.2.4 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.8L
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Gasoline Engine 125 kW, Automatic
Transmission
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

62 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Removing

Caution

Always follow the instructions in the Repair Manual exactly

when disconnecting and connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .
– Remove the nut -2-.
– Remove the bracket -1- for the wiring harness.

– Remove the bolt -1-.

– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air
Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

– Slide the cap -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 63
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Jetta 2011 ➤ Volksw not
gu
y
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016 rise
d b ara
nte
th o eo
au ra
– Remove the nut -3- and remove terminal 30/B+
ss -2-. c

ce
le
un
– Remove the nut -2-.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the bracket -1- for the wiring harness.

nform
ercia

– Remove the bolt -1-.

m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the Starter - B- -2- upward out of the vehicle.

Installing
Install in the reverse order of removal while noting the following:
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1.3 Overview - Starter, 1.8L Gasoline Engine and Auto‐
matic Transmission”, page 55

3.2.5 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.2L

Gasoline Engine 77 kW, DSG Trans‐
mission
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .

64 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air

Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the
-direction of the arrow-.

– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
terminal 50 connector -2-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
– Remove the ground wire fromthor the upper starter bolt -arrow-.
is tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

s

– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.

s o
cial p

Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .

inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 65
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the Starter - B- downward and out of the vehicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG
Transmission”, page 53 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

3.2.6 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.4L

Gasoline Engine, 90/110/118 kW, DSG
Transmission agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
Special tools and workshop dequipment
by
V
required ua
ran
e
ris tee
♦ Torque Wrench 1331
au
tho5-50Nm - VAG1331- or
ac
ss
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

Caution
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

is n

h re

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

ole,

spec

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Removing
rrectne

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
ss o
cial p

– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air

inform

Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .

mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

66 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release and disconnect the connector (terminal 50)

gen AG
. Vo-1-.
lkswagen AG
wa does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the cap -1- from the solenoid switch in the direction
of -arrow-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the nut -1- and remove the positive cable -2- from the
C py
ht. rig
solenoid switch.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Remove the nut -1- from the upper starter bolt and disconnect
cted agen
Prote AG.
the ground wire -2-.

– Remove the upper starter bolt.

– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

3. Starter 67
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the Starter - B- from the vehicle.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
d by Vo gu
ara
tion. Refer to orise nte
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG
auth eo
ra
Transmission”, page 53 . ss c

ce
le
un

pt
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

an
d
itte
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

y li
erm

ab
8.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

3.2.7 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Gasoline Engine 85 kW, DSG Trans‐

t to the co
mission
Special tools and workshop equipment required

rrectne
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

ss
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

o
cial p

f inform
mer

Caution

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

thi
te

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

sd
iva

o
r

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Removing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
c by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
Prote AG.

page 7 .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air
Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the direction of
-arrow-.

68 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
d byV
o ot g
ua Jetta 2011 ➤
ran
ho
ir se Electrical Equipment
tee - Edition 01.2016
ut or
a ac
ss
– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the

ce
e
nl
terminal 50 connector -2-.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the nut -1- from the upper starter bolt.

nform
ercia

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .

– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

3. Starter 69
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.
– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
– Remove the Starter - B- downwardut
hor
and out of the vehicle. eo
a ra
s c
Installing s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

ility
ot p

tion. Refer to

wit
, is n

⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG

h re
Transmission”, page 53 .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

t to the co
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

rrectness of i
3.2.8 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L
l purpos

Gasoline Engine 147 kW, DSG Trans‐

nf
ercia

mission

orm
m

atio
m

Special tools and workshop equipment required

o

n in
or c

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Caution C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and by c lksw
cted agen
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to Prote AG.

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air
Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .

70 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the direction
Vol
ksw
a of not
-arrow-. ed by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the

rrectness of i
terminal 50 connector -2-.
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.
agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the Starter - B- from the vehicle.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG
Transmission”, page 53 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

3.2.9 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.6L

Diesel Engine 77 kW, DSG Transmis‐
sion
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

3. Starter 71
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; Diesel
Direct Injection System; Overview - Air Filter .
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the
-direction of the arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le

– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
un

pt
an
d

terminal 50 connector -2-.

itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the nut -arrow- and disconnect the ground wire from
nform
ercia

the upper starter bolt.

m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

72 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

n AG. Volkswagen A
– Remove the noise insulation. Referolkto
sw⇒
ageBody Exterior; Rep.
G do
es n
ot g
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation . d by V ua
r e an
ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.
– Remove the cable holder -2-.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Remove the Starter - B- downward.
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
Installing
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG
Transmission”, page 53 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

3.2.10 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L

Diesel Engine, 81/103 kW, DSG Trans‐
mission
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .

3. Starter 73
 olksw
agen AG
Jetta 2011 ➤ wage
n AG. V does
olks not
Electrical Equipment
d by V - Edition 01.2016 gu
a
e ran
ris tee
ho
– Remove theaairut filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; Dieselor ac
Direct Injection
ss System; Overview - Air Filter .

ce
le
un

pt
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the direction of

an
d
itte

y li
-arrow-.
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
terminal 50 connector -2-.
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip the wire -1- from the wire holder -2-.

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

74 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the Starter - B- upward from the vehicle.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Automatic Transmission/DSG
Transmission”, page 53 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

3.2.11 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.2L

Gasoline Engine 77 kW, Manual Trans‐
mission
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
AG. VolkswaDisconnecting”,
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in EnginesCompartment, gen AG
agen does
k w
page 7 . by
Vol not
gu
d ara
se nte
– Remove the air filter
tho housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air
ri e or
Filter; Overviews - Air Filter Housing .
au ac
s
ce
e

– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the

nl

pt
du

-direction of the arrow-.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 75
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
terminal 50 connector -2-.

– Remove the ground wire from the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation . n AG. Volkswagen AG
wage does
Volks not
gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

76 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the Starter - B- downward and out of the vehicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”, page 54 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

3.2.12 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.4L

Gasoline Engine, 90/110/118 kW, Man‐
ual Transmission
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructionsswaregarding

gen AG disconnecting
. Volkswagen AG
does and
connecting the Battery
y Volk
- A- . Refer not to
gu
edb
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 . ara
ris nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
Removing
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

y li
erm

ab

⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,

ility
ot p

page 7 .
wit
, is n

h re

– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air

hole

Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Release and disconnect the connector (terminal 50) -1-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 77
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the cap -1- from the solenoid switch in the direction
of -arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
– Remove the nut -1- and disconnect the positive cable -2- from
, is n

h re
the solenoid switch threaded connector.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

– Remove the nut -1- from the upper starter bolt and disconnect
o

his
te

the ground wire -2-.

a

do
priv

cum
or

– Remove the upper starter bolt that is located behind.

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Cop py
. rig
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the nut -1- and the wire holder -2- from the lower
starter bolt.
– Remove the lower starter bolt -2-.

78 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the Starter - B- downward and out of the vehicle.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”, page 54 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
3.2.13 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.6L yV
olks es n
ot g
ua
b
Gasoline Engine 77 kW, Manual Trans‐ ho
ir se
d ran
tee
mission ut or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

Special tools and workshop equipment required

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Caution
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,

rrectness of i
page 7 .
l purpos

Removing

nform
ercia

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

m

at
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
om

ion
page 7 .
c

in t
or

his
te

– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the

a

do
riv

-direction of the arrow-.

p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
terminal 50 connector -2-.

3. Starter 79
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the ground cable from the starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .

– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-. an

itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove the Starter - B- .
ility
ot p

wit

Installing
, is n

h re
hole

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

spec
es, in part or in w

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

t to the co

tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”, page 54 .
rrectness of i

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
l purpos

8.
nform
ercia

3.2.14 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L

m

at

Gasoline Engine 85 kW, Manual Trans‐

om

ion
c

mission
in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

Special tools and workshop equipment required

p

cum
for

en
g

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
80
AG.
Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air
Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the direction of
-arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
h re
ole,

terminal 50 connector -2-.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

– Remove the ground cable from the starter bolt -arrow-.

t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Starter 81
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-.

– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.wagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation . olks not
yV gu b ara
ed nte
– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt. thoris e or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

t to the co
– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Remove the Starter - B- downward and out of the vehicle. yi

t.
Co
op py
Installing t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”, page 54 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
8.

3.2.15 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L

Gasoline Engine 147 kW, Manual
Transmission
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .

82 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air

Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
– Remove the cap -1- from the solenoid switch in the direction
of -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– Release and disconnect the connector (terminal 50) -1-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the nut -2- and disconnect the positive wire -3- from
the solenoid switch.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Cop py
t. rig
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation . gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.
– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-.

3. Starter 83
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Remove the Starter - B- downward.
Vol
ksw
a
not
y gu
db ara
Installing rise nte
tho eo
Install in reverse au of removal.
order
s Note the following:
ra
c
s

ce
e
nl

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

pt
du

an
tion. Refer to
itte

y li
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”, page 54 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

wit
, is n

⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

h re
hole

8.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3.2.16 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.5L

rrectness of i
Gasoline Engine 125 kW, Manual
l purpos

Transmission
Special tools and workshop equipment required

nf
ercia

orm
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
m

atio
om

n in
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

Caution
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and Cop py
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine
Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air
Filter; Overview - Air Filter Housing .
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the direction of
-arrow-.

84 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Jetta 2011 ➤
olksw Electrical Equipment
not - Edition 01.2016
y V gua
db ran
rise tee
– Remove the positive cable -1-, and
au
tho release and disconnect the or
ac
terminal 50 connector -2-. s s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
– Remove the ground cable from the starter bolt -arrow-.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-.
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .
– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-.

3. Starter 85
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the Starter - B- .

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐y Vo lk ot g
ua
tion. Refer to ir se
d b ran
tee
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”, page
utho 54 . or
a ac
ss
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

ce
le
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page

un

pt
an
d
8.

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
3.2.17 Starter, Removing and Installing, 1.6L
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Diesel Engine 77 kW, Manual Transmis‐

t to the co
sion
Special tools and workshop equipment required

rrectne
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

ss
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332-

o
cial p

f inform
mer

Caution

atio
om

n
c

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

i
or

n thi
e

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

t

sd
va

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Removing
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to cop Vo
by lksw
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
cted agen
Prote AG.
page 7 .
– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine
Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; Diesel
Direct Injection System; Overview - Air Filter .
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the
-direction of the arrow-.

86 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
terminal 50 connector -2-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
– Remove the nut -arrow- and disconnect the ground wire from

h re
the upper starter bolt.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

– Remove the upper starter bolt -arrow-.

his
ate

do
riv

– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.

p

cum
or

Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

3. Starter 87
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Jetta 2011 ➤ thor eo
u ra
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
ss a c

ce
le
un

pt
– Remove the lower starter bolt -arrow-.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Remove the Starter - B- downward.

pe

ility
ot
Installing

wit
, is n

h re
hole
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

spec
es, in part or in w
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

t to the co
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”, page 54 .

rrectness of i
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, page
l purpos

8.

nform
ercia

3.2.18 Starter, Removing and Installing, 2.0L

m

Diesel Engine, 81/103 kW, Manual

a
com

tion in
Transmission
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
Special tools and workshop equipment required
r
rp

cum
fo

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Caution
agen
Prote AG.

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.1 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Disconnecting”,
page 7 .
– Remove the engine cover. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10 ; Engine
Cover; Engine Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; Diesel
Direct Injection System; Overview - Air Filter .
– Remove the cap from the solenoid switch in the direction of
-arrow-.

88 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the positive cable -1-, and release and disconnect the
terminal 50 connector -2-.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
– Remove the ground cable from the starter bolt -arrow-.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-.

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Co
op py
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Remove the nut -1- from the lower starter bolt.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the cable holder -2-.

– Remove the starter bolt -arrow-.

3. Starter 89
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the Starter - B- .

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Manual Transmission”, page 54 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Battery A in Engine Compartment, Connecting”, pageagen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
8. V olksw not
g by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
3.3 Starter, Checking

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Procedure

y li
erm

ab
ility
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
ot p

wit
, is n

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

h re
hole

spec
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body

rrectness of i
♦ Electrical Equipment
l purpos

♦ 27 - Starter, voltage supply

♦ Electrical Components

nf
ercia

or
♦ Starter -B-

m
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

90 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

4 Cruise Control System

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
27 ; Cruise Control System .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Cruise Control System 91

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5 Start/Stop System
⇒ “5.1 Safety Precautions when Working on Start/Stop System”,
page 92
⇒ “5.2 General Description for Start/Stop System”, page 92
⇒ “5.3 Voltage Stabilizer, Removing and Installing”, page 94

5.1 Safety Precautions when Working on

Start/Stop System
If Working on a Vehicle with Stop/Start, Note the Following:

WARNING
G. Volkswagen AG d
Risk of personal injury due to the engine starting automatically
ksw
agen
A
oes
not
on vehicles with Stop/Start System. y Vol gu
db ara
ise nte
♦ The engine can start automatically on vehicles
ut
ho
r
with Stop/ eo
Start (recognizable by a symbol in the instrument cluster).
a ra
ss c

ce
e

♦ Make sure the system is deactivated when working on a

nl

pt
du

an
vehicle with the Stop/Start system.
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
5.2 General Description for Start/Stop Sys‐
, is n

h re
hole

tem

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
General Information
The Start/Stop System reduces fuel consumption by turning off
the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill and turning the en‐

rrectness of i
gine back on when the driver starts to drive. The Stop/Start
l purpos

System works automatically when the vehicle is driven for ap‐

proximately four seconds at a minimum of 3 km/h.

nform
ercia

Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator

m

The Start/Stop System is integrated in the software for the Engine

at
om

Control Module - J623- as a function. ion

c

in t
or

his
e

The Engine Control Module - J623- is equipped with OBD.

at

do
priv

For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

um
for

en

“Guided Fault Finding” function.

ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Battery Recharging or Battery Jump Start Terminal, Vehicles with t. C rig
gh ht
Start/Stop System pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Connect the positive terminal first and then the body ground using Prote AG.
a charge cable. This ensures that the Battery Monitoring Control
Module - J367- is not bridged. Charging the battery directly on the
negative terminal bridges the Battery Monitoring Control Module
- J367- and prevents the Battery Monitoring Control Module -
J367- from recording the battery data during the charging proc‐
ess. The values stored in the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic
Interface - J533- regarding the battery condition no longer match
the values for the charged Battery - A- .
Replacing the Battery - A- On a Vehicle with the Start/Stop Sys‐
tem.
Vehicles with a start/stop system only have an AGM battery as
the starter battery instead of the typical lead battery due to its
higher cycle life.
Refer to the Parts Catalog when performing repairs for the correct
part identification. The components of the Stop/Start System do

92 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
by Vol
gu
ara
Jetta 2011 ➤
d
orise nte
eo
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
th
au ra
s c
not have a special markings and look the same as the other com‐
s

ce
e

ponents from the outside.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
The following Components Make up the Start/Stop System:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Battery - A- . Refer to ⇒ “1 Battery”, page 1 .

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Generator - C- . Refer to ⇒ “2 Generator”, page 17 .
hole

spec
♦ Voltage Regulator - C1- . Refer to
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “2.6 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”,
page 50 .
♦ Starter - B- . Refer to ⇒ “3 Starter”, page 53 .

rrectness of i
♦ Brake Lamp Switch - F- . Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep. Gr.
l purpos

47 ; Brake Booster/Brake Master Cylinder; Brake Lamp

Switch, Removing and Installing .

nform
ercia

♦ Clutch Pedal Switch - F36- . Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 30 ; Clutch

m

Mechanism, Servicing; Clutch Position Sensor - G476- , Re‐

at
om

i
moving and Installing .

on
c

in t
or

♦ Start/Stop Mode Button - E693- . Refer to ⇒ page 94 .

his
ate

do
priv

c
♦ Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- . Refer to ⇒ Rep.
um
for

Gr. 19 . en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - G79- . Refer to ⇒ Rep.
C py
t. rig
gh
Gr. 20 ; Accelerator Mechanism; Overview - Accelerator Ped‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
al Mechanism .
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Transmission Neutral Position Sensor - G701- . Refer to ⇒
Rep. Gr. 34 ; Mechatronic .
♦ ABS Control Module - J104- . Refer to ⇒ Brake System; Rep.
Gr. 45 ; Control Module and Hydraulic Unit .
♦ Climatronic Control Module - J255- . Refer to ⇒ Heating, Ven‐
tilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 .
♦ Instrument Cluster Control Module - J285- . Refer to
⇒ “1 Instrument Cluster”, page 98 .
♦ Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- . Refer to
⇒ “1.9.1 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 ”, page 13 .
♦ Power Steering Control Module - J500- . Refer to ⇒ Suspen‐
sion, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Electromechanical
Steering Gear .
♦ Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- . Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 319 .
♦ Voltage Stabilizer - J532- . Refer to
⇒ “5.3 Voltage Stabilizer, Removing and Installing”,
page 94 .
♦ Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- . Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 326 .
♦ Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ;
Engine Control Module or ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; Engine Control
Module .
Voltage Stabilizer - J532-
The Voltage Stabilizer - J532- is installed inside the instrument
panel behind the glove compartment. It stabilizes the voltage fluc‐
tuations in the vehicle electrical system to 12 volts, which are
caused by the stop/start system.

5. Start/Stop System 93
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
This is the Effect If the Voltage Stabilizer - J532- is Faulty
olks
wage es n
ot g
byV ua
If the Voltage Stabilizer - J532- is faulty and the rvoltage
ised supply is ran
tee
insufficient, devices like the Radio/RNS or telephone
utho will be reset. or
If the above-mentioned electrical equipment ss is reset each time
a ac
the engine starts in Start/Stop mode, then this indicates a defec‐

ce
e
nl

pt
tive Voltage Stabilizer - J532- . Currently, no malfunction entry is

du

an
itte
directly logged for the Voltage Stabilizer - J532- in the DTC mem‐

y li
erm

ab
ory for either the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533-

ility
ot p
or the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- . If the

wit
radio, the radio/RNS and the telephone all malfunction at the , is n

h re
same time, first check the fuse for the Voltage Stabilizer - J532- .
hole

spec
Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component loca‐
es, in part or in w

tions.

t to the co
Start/Stop Mode Button - E693-

rrectness of i
The Start/Stop Mode Button - E693- is located with the switches
inside the center console in front of the gearshift lever. The switch
l purpos

manually switches the Start/Stop System on and off.

Start/Stop Mode Button - E693- , Removing and installing. Refer

nform
ercia

to
⇒ “2.14 Start/Stop Mode Button E693 , Removing and Installing”,
m

at
om

page 281 .

ion
c

in t
or

5.3 Voltage Stabilizer, Removing and Instal‐

his
ate

do
riv

ling
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
⇒ “5.3.1 Voltage Stabilizer J532 , Removing and Installing ”, page
yi Co
op
94
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
5.3.1 Voltage Stabilizer - J532- , Removing
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
and Installing
AG.

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove
Compartment, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the nuts -arrows-, the Voltage Stabilizer - J532- -3-
and the bracket -1-, paying attention to the wires that are still
connected.
– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the Voltage Stabilizer - J532- -3- from the bracket
-1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ page 94 .
Component Tightening Specification
Voltage Stabilizer - J532- nuts 1.5 Nm

94 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5.3.2 Voltage Stabilizer - J532- , Removing

and Installing, RHD
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove
Compartment, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connector -3-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows- and remove the Voltage Stabilizer
- J532- -2- together with the bracket -1-.
– Remove the Voltage Stabilizer - J532- -2- from the bracket
-1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ page 95 .
Component Tightening Specification
Voltage Stabilizer - J532- nuts 1.5 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Start/Stop System 95
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

6 Special Tools

Special tools and workshop

equipment required
♦ Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400-
♦ Torque Wrench 1332
40-200Nm - VAG1332-
♦ Torx Key Socket Set -
VAG1603A/1-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

96 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-

♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Generator Belt Socket - VAS3310-
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. Special Tools 97
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

90 – Instruments
1 Instrument Cluster
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 98
⇒ “1.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and Installing”, page 103
⇒ “1.3 Instrument Cluster Multi-Pin Connector Contact Assign‐
ment”, page 104
⇒ “1.4 Outside Air Temperature Sensor G17 , Removing and
Installing”, page 104

1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster

⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 98
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 99
⇒ “1.1.3 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, High Ver‐
sion”, page 99
⇒ “1.1.4 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, Gasoline
Engine, Low Version”, page 101
⇒ “1.1.5 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, Diesel En‐
gine, Low Version”, page 102

1.1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster

The following components are integrated in the instrument clus‐
ter:
♦ Instrument Cluster Control Module - J285-
♦ Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module - J362-
♦ Speedometer - G21- wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
♦ Tachometer - G5- byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
♦ Fuel Gauge - G1- auth or
ac
ss
♦ Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge - G3-
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

♦ Multifunction indicator
itte

y li
erm

ab

♦ High Version indicator lamps. Refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “1.1.3 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, High

wit
, is n

Version”, page 99
h re
hole

spec

♦ Low Version indicator lamps, gasoline engine. Refer to

es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.1.4 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, Gasoline

t to the co

Engine, Low Version”, page 101

♦ Low Version indicator lamps, diesel engine. Refer to
rrectness of i

⇒ “1.1.5 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, Diesel

Engine, Low Version”, page 102
l purpos

To audibly support the visual displays, the instrument panel has

an integrated buzzer that is activated by the Instrument Cluster
nf
ercia

Control Module - J285-

rm
m

atio
m

All indicator lamps are equipped with Light-Emitting Diodes

o

n in
c

(LEDs). Servicing the instrument cluster is not planned. In the

or

thi

event of malfunctions, the entire instrument cluster must be re‐

te

sd
iva

placed. Refer to
o
r
rp

cu

⇒ “1.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and Installing”, page 103 .

o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
The Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is not a
Co
Cop py
component of the instrument cluster. Refer to
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

98 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen Jetta
oes 2011 ➤
olksw not
yV gu
ed b Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
ara
nte
ris
ho eo
ut ra
⇒ “2.3 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface J533
ss a, Removing c
and Installing”, page 326 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator

itte

y li
erm

ab
The instrument cluster is equipped with OBD.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

h re
“Guided Fault Finding” function.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
1.1.2 Overview - Instrument Cluster

t to the co
1 - Instrument Cluster

rrectness of i
❑ Screw: 1.5 Nm

l purpos
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to

nf
ercia
⇒ “1.2.2 Instrument

or
Cluster, Removing and

m
m

atio
Installing”, page 103 .
om

n in
c

❑ Replacing. Refer to
or

thi
e

⇒ “1.2.1 Instrument
t

sd
iva

Cluster, Replacing”,

o
r
rp

cu
page 103 .
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
❑ With Instrument Cluster
Co
op py
Control Module - J285-
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
2 - Brake Fluid Level Warning
co lksw
by
cted agen
Switch - F34- Prote AG.

❑ Refer to ⇒ Brake Sys‐

tem; Rep. Gr. 47 ; Brake
Booster/Brake Master
Cylinder; Overview -
Brake Booster/Brake
Master Cylinder .
3 - Oil Level Thermal Sensor -
G266-
❑ Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 17
4 - Outside Air Temperature
Sensor - G17- Connector
5 - Outside Air Temperature
Sensor - G17-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Outside Air Tem‐
perature Sensor G17 ,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 104 .
6 - Windshield Washer Fluid
Level Sensor - G33-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 , Removing and Installing”, page 121 .
7 - Engine Coolant Level Sensor - G32-
❑ Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 19

1.1.3 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Sym‐

bols, High Version
Different instrument clusters are used, depending on vehicle
equipment. Therefore, the arrangement of the indicator lamps
may deviate from the illustration.

1. Instrument Cluster 99
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Glow Plug Indicator Lamp -

K29-
❑ Only on vehicles with a
diesel engine
- Engine Electronics Indicator
Lamp - K149-

2 - Electronic Power Control

Malfunction Indicator Lamp -
K132-
3 - Fuel Filler Door Lock Indi‐
cator Lamp - K201-
4 - Oil Pressure Indicator Lamp
- K3-
5 - Lamp Failure Indicator
Lamp - K170-
6 - Rear Fog Lamp Indicator
Lamp - K13-
7 - Windshield Washer Fluid
Level Indicator Lamp - K37-
8 - High Beam Indicator Lamp
- K1-
9 - Seat Belt Indicator Lamp -
K19-
10 - ABS Indicator Lamp - K47-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
11 - ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp agen oes
olksw not
- K155- ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
12 - Brake System Indicator aut
ho eo
ra
Lamp - K118- ss c
ce
e
nl

13 - Cruise Control Indicator

pt
du

an
itte

Lamp - K31-
y li
erm

ab

14 - Tire Pressure Monitoring

ility
ot p

Display Indicator Lamp - K220-

wit
, is n

h re
hole

15 - Brake Pad Wear Indicator Lamp - K32-

spec
es, in part or in w

16 - Shift Lock Indicator Lamp - K169-

t to the co

17 - Low Fuel Level Indicator Lamp - K105-

18 - Door Ajar Indicator Lamp - K166-
rrectness of i

19 - Rear Lid -Open- Indicator Lamp - K127-

l purpos

20 - Airbag Indicator Lamp - K75-

nf
ercia

21 - Malfunction Indicator Lamp - K83-

rm
m

atio
m

22 - Electromechanical Power Steering Indicator Lamp - K161-

o

n in
or c

23 - Engine Coolant Level/Temperature Indicator Lamp - K28-

thi
te

sd
iva

24 - Generator Indicator Lamp - K2-

r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

25 - Not Assigned
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

100 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.1.4 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Sym‐

bols, Gasoline Engine, Low Version
Different instrument clusters are used, depending on vehicle
equipment. Therefore, the arrangement of the indicator lamps
may deviate from the illustration.

1 - Electronic Power Control

Malfunction Indicator Lamp -
K132-
2 - Generator Indicator Lamp -
K2-
3 - Fuel Filler Door Lock Indi‐
cator Lamp - K201-
4 - Oil Pressure Indicator Lamp
- K3-
5 - Lamp Failure Indicator
Lamp - K170-
6 - Rear Fog Lamp Indicator
Lamp - K13-
7 - High Beam Indicator Lamp
- K1-
8 - Airbag Indicator Lamp -
K75-
9 - Seat Belt Indicator Lamp -
K19-
10 - ABS Indicator Lamp - K47-
11 - ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp
- K155- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
12 - Brake System Indicator byV
ol not
gu
ara
Lamp - K118- rised
nte
ho eo
ut
13 - Cruise Control Indicator ss a ra
c
Lamp - K31-
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

14 - Not Assigned
itte

y li
erm

ab

15 - Not Assigned
ility
ot p

wit

16 - Low Engine Coolant Level

, is n

h re

Indicator Lamp - K36-

hole

spec

17 - Not Assigned
es, in part or in w

t to the co

18 - Malfunction Indicator Lamp - K83-

19 - Electromechanical Power Steering Indicator Lamp - K161-
rrectness of i

20 - Windshield Washer Fluid Level Indicator Lamp - K37-

l purpos

21 - Rear Lid -Open- Indicator Lamp - K127-

nf
ercia

22 - Door Ajar Indicator Lamp - K166-

orm
m

atio

23 - Low Fuel Level Indicator Lamp - K16-

om

n in
c

24 - Shift Lock Indicator Lamp - K169-

or

thi
te

sd
a

❑ Only on vehicles with an automatic transmission

iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

25 - Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Indicator Lamp - K220-

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Instrument Cluster 101

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.1.5 Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Sym‐

bols, Diesel Engine, Low Version
Different instrument clusters are used, depending on vehicle
equipment. Therefore, the arrangement of the indicator lamps
may deviate from the illustration. Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
olksw not
yV gu
1 - Glow Plug Indicator Lamp - rise
db ara
nte
K29- tho eo
s au ra
c
2 - Generator Indicator Lamp - s

ce
le

K2-
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
3 - Diesel Particulate Filter In‐
rm

ab
dicator Lamp - K231-
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

4 - Oil Pressure Indicator Lamp

h re
- K3-
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

5 - Lamp Failure Indicator

t to the co
Lamp - K170-
6 - Rear Fog Lamp Indicator

rrectness of i
Lamp - K13-
l purpos

7 - High Beam Indicator Lamp

- K1-

nform
ercia

8 - Airbag Indicator Lamp -

K75-
m

a
com

tio
9 - Seat Belt Indicator Lamp -

n in
r

K19-
te o

thi
s
iva

10 - ABS Indicator Lamp - K47- do

r
rp

cum
fo

11 - ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp

en
ng

t.
yi Co
- K155- t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
12 - Brake System Indicator yri
p by
o Vo
Lamp - K118-
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
13 - Cruise Control Indicator
Lamp - K31-
14 - Not Assigned
15 - Not Assigned
16 - Low Engine Coolant Level
Indicator Lamp - K36-
17 - Not Assigned
18 - Malfunction Indicator Lamp - K83-
19 - Electromechanical Power Steering Indicator Lamp - K161-
20 - Windshield Washer Fluid Level Indicator Lamp - K37-
21 - Rear Lid -Open- Indicator Lamp - K127-
22 - Not Assigned
23 - Door Ajar Indicator Lamp - K166-
24 - Low Fuel Level Indicator Lamp - K16-
25 - Shift Lock Indicator Lamp - K169-
❑ Only on vehicles with an automatic transmission
26 - Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Indicator Lamp - K220-

102 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “1.2.1 Instrument Cluster, Replacing”, page 103
⇒ “1.2.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and Installing”,
page 103

1.2.1 Instrument Cluster, Replacing

The “instrument cluster replacement” procedure includes the fol‐
lowing work to be completed:
♦ If a new Instrument Cluster is installed, the Instrument Cluster
Control Module - J285- must be adjusted to the different equip‐
ment characteristics, codes
wageand service data. does
n AG. Volkswagen AG
ks not
Vol g
♦ To adapt the integrated
db
y Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control uModule
ara
se nte
- J362- to thethEngine
ori Control Module - J623- , the data from eo
the Engine sControl
au Module - J623- must be stored in the newr ac
instruments cluster.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

♦ Also, all ignition keys must be adapted after installing a new

an
itte

y li
instrument cluster.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The Procedure to “Replace the Instrument Cluster”. Refer to Ve‐

wit
, is n

hicle Diagnostic Tester in the “Guided Fault Finding” Function.

h re
hole

spec
Procedure
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐ rrectness of i
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
l purpos

♦ Body
nf
ercia

♦ Electrical Equipment
rm
m

atio
m

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
o

n in
or c

♦ 17 - Instrument Cluster
thi
te

sd
iva

♦ Instrument cluster functions

r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

♦ Instrument Cluster, Replacing

t.
yi Co
Cop py

1.2.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and In‐

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
stalling
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Before removing the instrument cluster, perform the “Replace in‐

strument cluster” procedure to read out the data saved in the
Instrument Cluster Control Module - J285- . Refer to
⇒ “1.2.1 Instrument Cluster, Replacing”, page 103 .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
It is not necessary to remove the steering wheel.
– Pull the steering wheel all the way out and then lower as far
down as it will go.
– Remove the instrument cluster trim with the left and center
instrument panel vents. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Cluster Trim, Left and Cen‐
ter Instrument Panel Vents, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the upper section of the steering column trim panel.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments

1. Instrument Cluster 103

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

and Covers; Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and In‐

stalling .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Pull the instrument cluster straight
agen
AGto
. Vthe rear
olkswagenout
AG dof the instru‐
oes
ment panel while paying Voattention
lksw to the connected wires.
not
g by ua
ed ra
– Pivot the lockinghobracket
ris -1- in the direction of -arrow- and ntee
disconnect theauconnector
t -2-. or
ac
s s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove the instrument cluster from the vehicle.

t to the co
Installing

rrectness of i
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
l purpos

tions.

nform
ercia

Tightening Specifications
m

♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 99

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

1.3 Instrument Cluster Multi-Pin Connector

n

t.
yi Co
op
Contact Assignment
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
High Version
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1- Buzzer
2- 32-Pin Connector

Low Version
1- 32-Pin Connector
2- Buzzer
Do not disassemble instrument cluster. In the event of malfunc‐
tions, replace complete instrument cluster.
Connector Assignment, Instrument Cluster. Refer to ⇒ Wiring di‐
agrams, Troubleshooting & Component locations.

1.4 Outside Air Temperature Sensor -

G17- , Removing and Installing
The Outside Air Temperature Sensor - G17- is clipped into the
front bumper trim panel.

104 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.
– Remove the Outside Air Temperature Sensor - G17- -2- from
the holder on the bumper trim panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Instrument Cluster 105

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2 Horn
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Horn”, page 106
⇒ “2.2 Horn, Removing and Installing”, page 106

2.1 Overview - Horn AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
1 - Nut rised
nte
ho eo
❑ 10 Nm s aut ra
c
s
❑ Tightening specification

ce
e
nl

pt
for the bracket bolt to
du

an
itte

longitudinal member: 20

y li
erm

ab
Nm

ility
ot p

wit
2 - Low Tone Horn - H7-
, is n

h re
❑ Removing and Instal‐
hole

spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w

⇒ “2.2 Horn, Removing

t to the co
and Installing”,
page 106 .

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

In “Guided Fault Finding”, the Low

Tone Horn - H7- can be found under
nform
ercia

the name Signal Horn and Dual

Tone Horn - H1- .
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

3 - Nut
his
ate

do

❑ 10 Nm
priv

cum
or

❑ Tightening specification
f

en
ng

t.
for the bracket bolt to
yi Co
op
longitudinal member: 20
C py
ht. rig
Nm
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
4 - High Tone Horn - H2-
agen
Prote AG.

❑ Removing and Instal‐

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Horn, Removing
and Installing”,
page 106 .

Note

In “Guided Fault Finding”, the High

Tone Horn - H2- can be found under
the name Signal Horn and Dual
Tone Horn - H1- .

2.2 Horn, Removing and Installing

The High Tone Horn - H2- / Low Tone Horn - H7- are activated
by the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- .
The High Tone Horn - H2- is installed under the longitudinal mem‐
ber on the right and the Low Tone Horn - H7- is installed under
the longitudinal member on the left.

106 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Note

In “Guided Fault Finding”, the High Tone Horn - H2- / Low Tone
Horn - H7- can be found under the name Signal Horn and Dual
Tone Horn - H1- .

Remove the High Tone Horn - H2- .

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .
– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the nut -3- and remove the High Tone Horn - H2-
-1-.
Low Tone Horn - H7- , Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 50 ; Noise Insulation .
– Disconnect the connector -3-.

– Remove the nut -2- and remove the Low Tone Horn - H7-
-1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
When installing, position the horns so that they are not touching
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
any surrounding components. Volksw not
g y ua
db ran
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening
ris
e
specifica‐ tee
tion. utho or
a ac
ss
Check the horns. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Tightening Specifications
y li
erm

ab

♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Horn”, page 106

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
107
AG.
2. Horn
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

92 – Wiper/Washer Systems
1 Windshield Wiper System
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 108
⇒ “1.2 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service Position”,
page 109
⇒ “1.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing”, page 110
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”,
page 110
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 111
⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing and Installing”,
page 112

1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System

1 - Joint-Free Windshield Wip‐

er
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Wiper Blade, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 110 .
❑ Park Position, Adjust‐
ing. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
Arms, Adjusting”, yV
olks ot g
ua
page 111 . ir se
d b ran
o tee
h
2 - Windshield Wiper Arm aut or
ac
ss
❑ Removing and instal‐
ce
e
nl

pt

ling. Refer to
du

an
itte

⇒ “1.4 Windshield Wiper

y li
erm

ab

Arms, Removing and In‐

ility
ot p

stalling”, page 110 .

wit
, is n

h re

3 - Nut
hole

spec

❑ 20 Nm
es, in part or in w

t to the co

❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Bolt
rrectness of i

❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
l purpos

5 - Windshield Wiper Motor - V-

with Wiper Motor Control Mod‐
nform
ercia

ule - J400-
m

at

❑ Removing and instal‐

om

ion

ling. Refer to
c

in t
or

⇒ “1.6.2 Windshield
his
ate

Wiper Motor V , Remov‐

do
priv

ing and Installing”, page

um
for

en
g

113 .
n

t.
yi Co
op
❑ Wiper Motor Control
C py
t. rig
gh
Module - J400- , coding/
ht
pyri by
Vo
APP function, deactivating. Refer to
co lksw
by
cted agen
⇒ “1.2.2 Wiper Motor Control Module J400 , Deactivating APP Function”, page 109 . Prote AG.

108 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

6 - Wiper Frame with Linkage

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6.1 Wiper Frame with Linkage and Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing”, page 112 .

No Illustration
♦ Windshield Wiper Motor - V- bolts to the wiper frame with link‐
age: 8 Nm
♦ Windshield wiper motor crank to windshield wiper motor shaft:
18 Nm

1.2 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service

Position
⇒ “1.2.1 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service Position”,
page 109
⇒ “1.2.2 Wiper Motor Control Module J400 , Deactivating APP
Function”, page 109

1.2.1 Windshield Wiper, Bringing into Service

Position
The windshield wiper arms must be in the “service/winter position”
AG. Volkswagen AG d
in order to remove the wiper blades. The “service/winter
kswagen position” oes
not
is activated by operating the windshield y Vol
wiper lever in the “one- gu
d b ara
touch wiping” position within 10 seconds
orise after switching off the nte
ignition. Refer to the Owner's Manual.
auth eo
ra
ss c
1.2.2 Wiper Motor Control Module - J400- ,
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Deactivating APP Function
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
The windshield wiper system is equipped with the APP function
ot p

wit
(alternating park position).
, is n

h re
hole

The APP function causes the wiper, after every second time it is spec
switched off, to move up one level after reaching the lowest po‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
sition.
To install the motor crank on the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- , it
is necessary to shut off the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- in the
rrectness of i

lower park position. This is attained by deactivating the APP func‐

tion.
l purpos

Note the following:

nf
ercia

♦ An activation of APP function is not possible.

rm
m

atio
m

♦ APP function is automatically activated after 100 wiping cy‐

o

n in
c

cles. This applies to Windshield Wiper Motors - V- in which the

or

thi

APP function was deactivated as well as new Windshield Wip‐

te

sd
iva

er Motors - V- .
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

Procedure
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module

1. Windshield Wiper System 109

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions

♦ Coding the wiper motor control module/deactivating the APP
function

1.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing

Right and left wiper blades may not be interchanged during in‐
stallation.
Joint-free wiper blades are very flexible. Grasp the wiper blades
in the area for the wiper blade mount only and lift them away from
the windshield.
To remove wiper blades, wiper arms must be put into “service/
winter position”. The “service/winter position” is activated by op‐
erating windshield wiper lever in “one-touch wiping” setting within
10 seconds after switching off the ignition.
Removing
– Move the wiper arms into “service/winter position” by moving
windshield wiper lever into “one-touch wiping” position within
10 seconds after switching off the ignition.
– Fold the wiper arm up.
– Tilt the wiper blade -1- on wiper arm all the way in direction of
-arrow A-.
– Remove the wiper blade -1- from the wiper arm axle
-arrow B-.
Installing
– Push the wiper blade onto the wiper arm axle.
– Turn the wiper blade all the way on the wiper arm axle.
– Carefully fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and
ce
le
un

pt

Installing
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

Special tools and workshop equipment required

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

h re
hole

spec

♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - T10369-

es, in part or in w

t to the co

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
rrectness of i

– Pry out the caps -arrows- using a screwdriver.

l purpos

– Remove the nuts -arrows-.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

110 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Slide the arms of the Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - Puller 1 -

T10369/1- -2- under the windshield wiper arm -4- as shown in
the illustration.

Caution AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
The windshield wiper shaft can be damaged. rise
d b ara
nte
tho eo
Always use the thrust piece -3- to loosen
s au the windshield wiper ra
c
arm. s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Turn the pressure bolt -1- for the Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - Puller

ility
ot p

1 - T10369/1- clockwise until the thrust piece -3- makes con‐

wit
tact with the wiper arm shaft. Turn the pressure bolt -1- for the
is n

h re
Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - Puller 1 - T10369/1- clockwise with a
ole,

spec
hex socket wrench until the windshield wiper arm -4- comes
urposes, in part or in wh

loose off the shaft.

t to the co
– Remove the Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - Puller 1 - T10369/1- and
the wiper arm.

rrectne
Installing

s
Tighten the nuts on the wiper arms only after the wiper arms have

s o
been adjusted.
cial p

f inform
– Deactivate the APP function. Refer to
mer

⇒ “1.2.2 Wiper Motor Control Module J400 , Deactivating APP

atio
m

Function”, page 109 .

o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

– Switch the windshield wipers on and off when the ignition is

t

sd
va

switched on so that the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- goes into

i

o
pr

cum
r

its park position.

fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Mount both windshield wiper arms in the approximate park t. C rig
gh ht
positions on the wiper arm shafts and tighten the nuts pyri by
Vo
co
-arrows- hand-tight.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust the windshield wiper arms. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 111 .
– Install the cover and trim panel.

1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
Procedure
– Deactivate the APP function. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Wiper Motor Control Module J400 , Deactivating APP
Function”, page 109 .
– Let the wiper return to its park position and then switch off the
ignition.
– Adjust the windshield wiper arms at this time.
Driver Side
Distance -a- between tips of wiper lips and upper edge of plenum
chamber cover must be 10 mm.

1. Windshield Wiper System 111

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– If necessary, adjust the windshield wiper blade park position

by repositioning the windshield wiper arm.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
Front Passenger Side
Distance -b- between tips of wiper lips and upper edge of plenum
chamber cover must be 10 mm.
– If necessary, adjust the windshield wiper blade park position
by repositioning the windshield wiper arm.

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

tion.
Tightening Specifications
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
♦ Refer to Vol
ksw
a
not
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”,
ed
by page 108 gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

1.6 Windshield Wiper Motor - V- , Removing

spec
es, in part or in w

and Installing

t to the co
⇒ “1.6.1 Wiper Frame with Linkage and Windshield Wiper Motor
V , Removing”, page 112
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.6.2 Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing and Installing”,
l purpos

page 113

1.6.1 Wiper Frame with Linkage and Wind‐

nform
ercia

shield Wiper Motor - V- , Removing

m

at
om

ion

Procedure
c

in t
or

his
te

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
a

do
riv

the ignition key.

p

cum
for

en
ng

– Remove the windshield wiper arms. Refer to

t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”, page C py
t. rig
110 .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr. 50 ; Plenum Chamber Cover; Plenum Chamber
Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

112 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
aut
h
ra Jetta 2011 ➤
s c
s Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the wiper frame -2-

itte

y li
erm
upward from the vehicle.

ab
ility
ot p
Installing

wit
is n

h re
ole,
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

t to the co
tion.
Tightening Specifications

rrectne
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 108

ss o
cial p

f inform
1.6.2 Windshield Wiper Motor - V- , Removing
mer

atio
m

and Installing
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

General Information
t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
The Wiper Motor Control Module - J400- is integrated with the

um
r
fo

en
ng

Windshield Wiper Motor - V- .

t.
yi Co
op py
Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
The Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- is equipped by c lksw
cted agen
with OBD. Prote AG.

For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

“Guided Fault Finding” function.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the wiper frame together with the linkage. Refer to
⇒ “1.6.1 Wiper Frame with Linkage and Windshield Wiper Mo‐
tor V , Removing”, page 112 .
– Pry off the ball head -arrow- of linkage -1- from motor crank
using Pry Lever - 80-200- .
– Remove the nut -1-.
– Remove the motor crank -2- from the windshield wiper motor
shaft.

– Remove the mounting bolts -arrows- and remove the Wind‐

shield Wiper Motor - V- with the Wiper Motor Control Module
- J400- from the wiper frame.
Installing

1. Windshield Wiper System 113

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Insert the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- with the Windshield

Wiper Motor Control Module - J400- into the wiper frame and
tighten the bolts -arrows-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Attach the motor crank -4- to the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- ot

wit
, is n
shaft -2- so that the three points shown in the illustration -1-,

h re
-2- and -3- line up.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Tighten the motor crank and the Windshield Wiper Motor - V-

t to the co
shaft with the nut -2-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
– Push the ball head -arrow- from the linkage -1- onto the motor
r
te o

crank.

thi
s
iva

do
r

Tightening Specifications
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

♦ Refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 108 C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.7 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- ,

Removing and Installing
The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- can be installed again
if it is not damaged when removing it from the retaining plate on
the windshield (for example when replacing the windshield). If the
windshield is cracked in the area near the Rain/Light Recognition
Sensor - G397- , then the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397-
cannot be used again.
Store the removed Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- in a
dust-free area and keep the silicone connecting pads from getting
dirty.
If a Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- is replaced with a
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- with a different part num‐
ber, the new Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- must be
coded. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Coding”,
page 325 .
The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- cannot be optionally
installed. Refer to the Parts Catalog for the correct Rain/Light
Recognition Sensor - G397- .

114 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- , Servicing, Manufacturer

TRW. Refer to
⇒ “1.7.1 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Servicing, Man‐
ufacturer TRW”, page 116 .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mir‐
ror, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connector -A- from the Rain/Light Recognition
Sensor - G397- -1-.
Not every Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- has the third
opening. If this opening is not there, pry it out at another suitable
location.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Pry the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -1- out of the
pe

ility
ot

retaining plate -2- at the opening -3- using a suitable flat-head

wit
, is n

screwdriver.
h re
hole

spec

While removing, the complete Rain/Light Recognition Sensor -

es, in part or in w

G397- and not just the upper shell of the Rain/Light Recognition
t to the co

Sensor - G397- must be pried off.

Installing
rrectness of i

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

l purpos

Caution
nform
ercia

♦ Always clean the windshield surface inside the Rain/Light

m

a
com

ti

Recognition Sensor - G397- holder before installing. Re‐

on in

move any traces of the connecting pad still remaining on

r
te o

thi

the windshield.
s
iva

do
r
rp

♦ Surface (connecting pads) of Rain/Light Recognition Sen‐

um
fo

en

sor - G397- must not be contaminated or damaged when

ng

t.
yi Co
installing. Replace the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor -
t. Cop py
G397- if the connecting pad is damaged.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Surface (connecting pads) of the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor
- G397- must not be contaminated when installing.
If the surface (connecting pads) of the Rain/Light Recognition
Sensor - G397- is contaminated, it can be potentially cleaned by
“applying” and then “pulling off” one or more adhesive strips.
– Clean the windshield around the base plate thoroughly with
isopropyl alcohol. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; In‐
terior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mirror Baseplate,
Servicing .
– Remove the cap from the new Rain/Light Recognition Sensor
- G397- .

1. Windshield Wiper System 115

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Insert the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -1- into the

retaining plate on the windshield -2- and then press it in se‐
curely.
Approximately 10 minutes after installing, there must be no air
bubbles between the windshield and connecting pads for the
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- .

– Connect the connector -A- and install the wire cover to secure
the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -1-.
– Install the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mir‐
ror, Removing and Installing .
– Code the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- using the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Coding”,
page 325 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
1.7.1 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- ,

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Servicing, Manufacturer TRW

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Only TRW can replace the housing and optical unit if the optical

ility
ot p

unit (coupling cushion) is damaged.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

The housing and optical unit are always delivered with mounting

spec
clips. Remove these clips if they are not needed.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Procedure
– Remove the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- . Refer to rrectness of i
⇒ “1.7 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Removing and
Installing”, page 114 .
l purpos

Caution
nf
ercia

orm
m

The rain sensor electronics may be damaged.

atio
om

n in
c

Be careful not to insert the screwdriver all the way through the
or

thi
e

housing up to the rain sensor electronics.

t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Do not touch the rain sensor electronics.

o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

116 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Jetta 2011 ➤
ksw Electricalgu Equipment - Edition 01.2016
ol not
byV ara
ed
ris nte
– Press the tab -2- on both asides
ut
ho
and separate the upper section eo
ra
-1- with optical unit froms the lower section -3-.
s c

ce
e
nl
– Remove the rain sensor electronics at the connector -4- from

pt
du

an
itte
the old lower section and install the new electronics the exact

y li
erm

ab
same way.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Caution
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Do not touch the optical unit.

t to the co
Remove the protective cover just before installing the Rain/
Light Recognition Sensor - G397- .

rrectness of i
l purpos

– Assemble the new housing upper section with optical unit and
protective cover with the housing lower section.

nf
ercia

orm
– Pry the clip and bracket -1- out of the rain sensor housing -2-
m

atio
m

with a screwdriver.
o

n in
or c

– Install the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- . Refer to

thi
te

sd
a

⇒ “1.7 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Removing and

iv

o
r
rp

Installing”, page 114 .

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
– Code the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- using the
yi Co
op
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester. Refer to
C py
ht. rig
⇒ “2.2.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Coding”,
rig ht
py by
o Vo
page 325 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Windshield Wiper System 117

 olkswagen AG
wag en AG. V
Jetta 2011 ➤ olks
does
not
yV gu
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016sed b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
2 Windshield Washer System

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 118

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
⇒ “2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”,

ot

wit
page 119

, is n

h re
hole
⇒ “2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 , Removing

spec
and Installing”, page 121 es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer Pump V5 , Removing and Installing”,
page 121

rrectness of i
⇒ “2.5 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 122
l purpos

⇒ “2.6 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 122

2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System

nform
mercia

a
com

tio
1 - Right Windshield Washer

n in
r

Spray Nozzle
te o

thi
s
iva

❑ Removing and instal‐

do
r
rp

c
ling. Refer to

um
fo

⇒ “2.5 Spray Nozzles,

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Removing and Instal‐ Cop py
ling”, page 122 . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
co Vo
by lksw
cted
⇒ “2.6 Spray Nozzles,
agen
Prote AG.
Adjusting”, page 122 .
2 - Left Windshield Washer
Spray Nozzle
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Spray Nozzles,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 122 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Spray Nozzles,
Adjusting”, page 122 .
3 - Hose
❑ Hose repair. Refer to
⇒ “4 Washer Fluid Ho‐
ses”, page 128 .
4 - Washer Fluid Reservoir Fill‐
er Neck
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Filler Neck, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 119 .
5 - Windshield Washer Fluid
Level Sensor - G33-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Windshield
Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 , Removing and Installing”, page 121 .
6 - Windshield Washer Pump - V5-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer Pump V5 , Removing and Installing”, page 121 .

118 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
7 - Washer Fluid Reservoir olks
w es n
ot g
byV ua
❑ Removing and installing. Referris to ⇒ “2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing
e d ran
te and Installing”, page 119 .
tho eo
s au ra
c
s

ce
e
nl
No Illustration

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Windshield washer fluid reservoir to body: 8 Nm

erm

ab
ility
2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Installing
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

The windshield washer fluid reservoir has three parts. The indi‐

t to the co
vidual components are connected. In order to guarantee the
correct position of the parts with respect to each other, make sure
that the guides present on the individual components interlock in

rrectness of i
each other during assembly.
l purpos

1- Filler tube, removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “2.2.1 Filler Neck, Removing and Installing”, page 119 .

nform
ercia

2- Filler Tube Connecting Pipe to Windshield Washer Fluid

Reservoir The connecting pipe and the windshield washer
m

at
om

fluid reservoir are removed together. Refer to

ion
c

⇒ “2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”,

in t
or

his
e

page 120 .
at

do
priv

c
3- Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and installing. Refer to

um
for

⇒ “2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”,

en
ng

t.
yi Co
page 120 . . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2.1 Filler Neck, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the connecting pipe -3- from the filler neck -2- for the
washer fluid reservoir.
– Remove the bolt -1-.
– Unclip the hose bracket from the filler neck -2- and remove it
from the vehicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

2. Windshield Washer System 119

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

The casting mark on the bottom side of the filler neck must be
inserted into the hole -arrow-.
The connecting pipe -1- and filler neck -2- must be joined so that
the guides -arrows- interlock in each other.

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

tion.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Tightening Specifications Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
♦ Refer to orise nte
eo
⇒ “2.1 Overview a-utWindshield Washer System”, page 118
h
ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

2.2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and t to the co

Installing
rrectness of i

Removing
l purpos

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
nform
ercia

– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper Cover; Front Bumper Cover, Re‐
m

moving and Installing .

com

tion in
r

– Turn the clip to unlock the hose connection and then remove
te o

thi

it from the Windshield Washer Pump - V5- -3-.

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

– Catch any draining washer fluid in a suitable container.

fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Release and disconnect the connector from the Windshield Cop py
t. rig
Washer Pump - V5- -3-. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
– Release and disconnect the Windshield Washer Fluid Level
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Sensor - G33- connector -4-.
AG.

120 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the screws -2,5, and 6- then remove the washer fluid
reservoir -1- from the vehicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 118

2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor

- G33- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the right air grille from the front bumper. Refer to ⇒
Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper Cover; Front
Bumper Cover Attachments .
– Release and disconnect the Windshield Washer Fluid Level
Sensor - G33- connector -2-.
– Pull the Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33- -2- out
of the rubber seal on the washer fluid reservoir -1-.
– Catch any draining washer fluid in a suitable container.
Installing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Install in reverse order sof d bremoval. Note the following:
y ara
ri e nte
ho eo
– Bleed the headlamp aut washer system after finishing assembly ra
c
work. Refer tos ⇒ page 125 .
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

2.4 Windshield Washer Pump - V5- , Re‐

m

moving and Installing

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

Removing
o

his
ate

do
riv

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
p

cum
or

the ignition key.

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove the right air grille from the front bumper. Refer to ⇒ Cop py
t. rig
Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper Cover; Front yri
gh by
ht
Bumper Cover Attachments . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Windshield Washer System 121

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Turn the clip to unlock the hose connection and then remove
it from the Windshield Washer Pump - V5- -3-.
– Catch any draining washer fluid in a suitable container.

– Pull the Windshield Washer Pump - V5- -2- upward and out of
the washer fluid reservoir -1- and release and disconnect the
connector. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
Installing byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
Install in reverse order of removal.
tho Note the following: eo
au ra
c
ss
– Bleed the headlamp washer system after finishing assembly

ce
le

work. Refer to ⇒ page 125 .

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

2.5 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing

t to the co
Removing

rrectness of i
– Push the spray nozzle upward -arrow A- and remove it from
the door -arrow B-.
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Pull the hose -1- off the spray nozzle and disconnect the con‐ cop Vo
by lksw
cted
nector -2-.
agen
Prote AG.

Installing
– Connect the connector -2- and attach the hose -1-.
– Slide spray nozzle into installation opening until it engages
audibly.
– Adjust the spray nozzles. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 122 .

2.6 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting

If the spraying field is uneven due to dirt in the nozzle, remove the
spray nozzles and flush the nozzle out in the opposite direction
of the spray. It is then permitted to blow compressed air opposite

122 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

the spray direction. Do not clean the spray nozzles using any ob‐
jects.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Windshield Washer System 123

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3 Headlamp Washer System

⇒ “3.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System”, page 124
⇒ “3.2 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , Removing and Installing”,
page 125
⇒ “3.3 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 125
⇒ “3.4 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 126
⇒ “3.5 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 126

3.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System

1 - Washer Fluid Reservoir Fill‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do

er Neck olkswage es n
ot g
yV
❑ Removing and instal‐ d b ua
ran
ir se
ling. Refer to tho tee
or
⇒ “2.2.1 Filler Neck, Re‐ ss
au ac
moving and Installing”,

ce
le
un

page 119 .

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2 - Washer Fluid Reservoir
erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Removing and instal‐

wit
ling. Refer to
is n

h re
⇒ “2.2 Washer Fluid
ole,

spec
Reservoir, Removing
urposes, in part or in wh

and Installing”,

t to the co
page 119 .
3 - Headlamp Washer Pump -

rrectne
V11-
❑ Removing and instal‐

s
ling. Refer to

s o
⇒ “3.2 Headlamp
cial p

f in
Washer Pump V11 , Re‐

form
mer

moving and Installing”,

atio
page 125 .
om

n
c

i
or

n
4 - Right Spray Nozzle Holder
thi
te

with Spray Nozzles

sd
iva

o
pr

❑ Spray Nozzles, Remov‐

um
r
fo

en
ng

ing and installing. Refer yi

t.
Co
to . Cop py
⇒ “3.3 Spray Nozzles,
t rig
gh ht
yri by
Removing and Instal‐ cop Vo
by lksw
ling”, page 125 . cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Spray Nozzles, Adjust‐
ing. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Spray Nozzles,
Adjusting”, page 126 .
❑ Lift cylinder for spray
nozzles, removing and
installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 126 .
5 - Hose
6 - Left Spray Nozzle Holder with Spray Nozzles
❑ Spray Nozzles, Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 125 .
❑ Spray Nozzles, Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 126 .
❑ Lift cylinder for spray nozzles, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 126 .

124 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

No Illustration
♦ Lift cylinder for spray nozzles to the front bumper cover: 4.5
Nm

3.2 Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- , Re‐

moving and Installing
The Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- is attached to the washer
fluid reservoir in the right wheel housing.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper Cover; Front Bumper Cover, Re‐
moving and Installing .
– Remove the Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- -2- upward out
of the washer fluid reservoir -1-.
– Release and disconnect the connector.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Pull the clip on the connection to remove the connectingVopipe,
lksw
a
not
and remove the connecting pipe from the HeadlampedWasher
by gu
ara
Pump - V11- -2-. ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
Installing ss c

ce
le
un

pt
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

an
d
itte

y li
– Bleed the headlamp washer system after finishing assembly
erm

ab
ility
work. Refer to ⇒ page 125 .
ot p

wit
is n

Headlamp Washer System, Bleeding

h re
ole,

spec
– Fill the washer fluid reservoir.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Start the engine.
– Switch the headlamps on.

rrectne
– Operate the headlamp washer system several times (3 to 5
impulses for every 3-second period).

ss o
– Repeat the bleeding procedure until the lift cylinders and spray
cial p

f in
nozzles function correctly.

form
mer

atio
m

3.3 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing

o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Removing and installing the left spray nozzle holder is shown in

t

sd
va

the following illustrations. Removing and installing the right spray

i

o
pr

cum
r

nozzle holder is identical.

fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Removing Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove p by
o Vo
by c lksw
the ignition key. Prote
cted AG.
agen

3. Headlamp Washer System 125

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Pull the spray nozzles and the cap -1- off the bumper cover
until it stops.
– Remove the cap -1- from the mountings -arrows- on the spray
nozzle holder.

– Lift the retaining hook -arrow- slightly and remove the spray
nozzle holder.
Installing
Use the catches on the spray nozzle holder to adjust how far the
cap of the spray nozzle is pulled onto the bumper cover. The cap
will not close if the spray nozzle bracket is not pushed back far
enough. If the spray nozzle bracket moves with too much force,
the cap and the bumper cover will get deformed.
– Push the spray nozzle holder into the lift cylinder until it locks
in place.
– Place the cap on the spray nozzle bracket and let the lift cyl‐
inder draw inward. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Check the cap for proper seating on the bumper cover. d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
– Bleed the headlamp washer system after finishing
ut
h assembly
o eo
ra
work. Refer to ⇒ page 125 . ss a c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
3.4 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

If the spraying field is uneven due to dirt in the nozzle, remove the

h re
hole

spray nozzles and flush the nozzle out in the opposite direction

spec
of the spray. It is then permitted to blow compressed air opposite
es, in part or in w

t to the co
the spray direction. Do not clean the spray nozzles using any ob‐
jects.

3.5 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing

rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing and installing the left spray nozzle lift cylinder is shown
in the following illustrations. Removing and installing the right
spray nozzle is identical.
nform
ercia

Removing
m

a
com

tio

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
n in
r
te o

the ignition key.

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

126 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Pull the spray nozzles and the cap -1- off the bumper cover
until it stops.
– Remove the cap -1- from the mountings -arrows- on the spray
nozzle holder.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper Cover; Front Bumper Cover, Re‐
moving and Installing .

– Press on the clip -arrow- and pull the hose connection off of
the lift cylinder.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Press both locking mechanisms in directionisof ed -arrow- together
b ua
ran
at the same time and pull the lift cylinder -2-
th out and downward
or tee
or
out from the bracket in the bumper cover ss
au
-1-. ac

ce
e

Installing
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Bleed the headlamp washer system after finishing assembly

wit
, is n

work. Refer to ⇒ page 125 .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Headlamp Washer System 127

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

4 Washer Fluid Hoses

lksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
n o ot g
yV ua
⇒ “4.1 Washer Fluid Hoses, Servicing”,
ise
db page 128 ran
r tee
ho
ut or
4.1 Washer Fluid Hoses, Servicing ss
a ac

ce
e
nl

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.

pt
du

an
92 ; Washer Fluid Hoses .
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

128 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - T10369-

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt

♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Special Tools 129

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

94 – Exterior Lights, Switches

1 Headlamps
⇒ “1.1 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions”,
page 130
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Headlamps”, page 133
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136
⇒ “1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 137
⇒ “1.5 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting”, page 138
⇒ “1.6 Front Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing”,
page 140
⇒ “1.7 Headlamp Housing Repair Kit, Installing”, page 142
. Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oe
⇒ “1.10 Headlamp Range Control yV
olksPositioning Motor, Removing
s no
t gu
and Installing”, page 147 ised b ara
n r tee
ho
⇒ “1.11 Low Beam Headlamp
sa
ut Bulb, Replacing”, page 148 or
ac
s
⇒ “1.12 High Beam Headlamp Bulb, Replacing”, page 149

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

⇒ “1.13 HID Headlamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”,

y li
erm

ab
page 150

ility
ot p

wit
⇒ “1.14 Daytime Running Lamp/Parking Lamp Bulb, Removing
, is n

h re
and Installing”, page 153
hole

spec
⇒ “1.15 Daytime Running Lamps, Removing and Installing”, page
es, in part or in w

t to the co
155
⇒ “1.16 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid, Removing and
Installing”, page 155
rrectness of i

⇒ “1.17 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Removing and Installing”,

l purpos

page 156
⇒ “1.18 Static Cornering Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”,
nform
ercia

page 156
m

at
om

⇒ “1.19 HID Headlamp Control Module, Removing and Installing”,

ion
c

page 157
in t
or

his
ate

⇒ “1.20 Headlamp Power Output Module, Removing and Instal‐

do
priv

ling”, page 158

um
for

en
ng

t.
1.1 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Pre‐
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
cautions
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING

♦ Never change bulbs if not familiar with the corresponding

steps, safety precautions and the tool.

If Working on HID Headlamps, Note the Following:

♦ Information on Dangerous High Voltage/Currents. Refer to
⇒ page 131 .
♦ Notes on Pressure/Temperature/Radiation/Electric Arc. Refer
to ⇒ page 131 .
♦ Assembly Instructions for HID Headlamp Bulbs. Refer to
⇒ page 132 .

130 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
autho eo
ra Jetta 2011 ➤
ss c
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
♦ Disposal Regulations for HID Headlamp Bulbs. Refer to
itte

y li
⇒ page 132 .
rm

ab
pe

ility
Special tools and workshop equipment required
ot

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Protective eyewear
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Gloves

t to the co
Information on Dangerous High Voltage/Currents

rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos

♦ Light system control modules, connectors or components

in the bulb socket area conduct dangerous high-voltage.

nform
ercia

♦ Control module and igniter operation is only permitted with

m

a
lamp.
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
WARNING
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
• Switch off the ignition and all electrical consumers and re‐
C py
t. rig
gh
move the ignition key.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
• When working on headlamp system, ensure all compo‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
nents are without voltage, including relieving residual volt‐
age after switching headlamps off.
• Residual voltages are discharged by switching low beam
on and off again after ignition key was removed.
• Make sure lamps cannot be switched on when working on
headlamp system.

Notes on Pressure/Temperature/Radiation/Electric Arc

WARNING

♦ There are pressures from 7 bar (101.52 psi) (cold) to 100

bar (1450.3 psi) (hot) in the bulb glass of the HID bulb.
Temperatures up to 700 °C (1292 °F) are reached on the
hot bulb glass.
♦ The bulb glass can explode and there is a danger of burn‐
ing.
♦ Always wear protective eyewear and gloves when remov‐
ing and installing HID headlamp bulbs.

1. Headlamps 131
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

WARNING

• Lamp must only be operated in headlamp housing (pro‐

tection against contact because of hot lamp, absorption of
ultraviolet radiation, avoiding danger of glare, explosion
protection).
• Bulb glass of bulbs can become very hot – danger of
burns!
• Avoid looking directly into the light beam, since the UV
rays given off by the HID lamp are approximately 2.5 times
stronger than those of a halogen bulb.
• Do not look into the beam of light (danger of glare). It may
interfere with the ability to see for a significant period of
time.

WARNING

• Avoid contact with burst bulb glass.

• H7 bulbs and HID bulbs (Xenon / Bi-Xenon) are under
pressure and can burst when replaced - danger of injury!
• Always wear protective eyewear and gloves when remov‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
ing and installing HID headlamp bulbs. Volksw
oes
not
by gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Assembly Instructions on HID Headlamp Bulbs ss
au ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Caution
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
♦ Switch off the ignition and all electrical consumers and re‐
ot p

wit
move the ignition key.
is n

h re
ole,

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass with bare hands, use clean

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

gloves. The remaining fingerprint would evaporate due to

t to the co
the heat of the operated bulb and condense on the reflec‐
tor which would impair headlamp luminosity.
♦ A bulb must only be replaced with one of the same version.

rrectne
Bulb identification can be found on the bulb socket or on
the bulb glass. ss o
♦ Connectors must engage correctly during installation and
cial p

f in

make sure there is a secure fit.

form
mer

atio
om

n
c

Disposal Regulations for HID Headlamp Bulbs

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

WARNING
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
• HID headlamp bulbs must go into hazardous waste. Never Cop py
dispose of HID headlamp bulbs in the regular house hold
ht. rig
rig ht
by
waste. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
• HID lamps contain metallic mercury (Hg) and traces of
AG.

thallium, they must not be destroyed.

• These components must be returned for proper recycling
in accordance with national legislation.
• Dispose of only in the designated containers at the re‐
sponsible collection point.

132 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.2 Overview - Headlamps

⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Headlamp, Halogen Bulbs, Halogen Head‐
lamps”, page 133
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Headlamp, HID Headlamp Bulbs, Cornering
Lamp, Xenon Headlamp”, page 133
⇒ “1.2.3 Overview - Headlamp, Halogen Bulbs, Halogen Head‐
lamps”, page 134
⇒ “1.2.4 Overview - Headlamp, HID Headlamp Bulbs, Cornering
Lamp, Xenon Headlamp”, page 135

1.2.1 Overview - Headlamp, Halogen Bulbs,

Halogen Headlamps
Always switch off headlamps and remove ignition key before
working on headlamps.
Familiarity with the function and operation of the lighting system
is required if there are customer concerns.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Malfunction Recognition and oMalfunction Indicator oes
lksw no
V t gu
by a
The Vehicle Electrical System
ris
ed Control Module - J519- is equipped
ran
tee
with OBD. utho or
a ac
ss
For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

ce
e
nl

“Guided Fault Finding” function.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
1.2.2 Overview - Headlamp, HID Headlamp
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Bulbs, Cornering Lamp, Xenon Head‐

wit
, is n

lamp h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Familiarity with the function and operation of the lighting system

t to the co

is required if there are customer concerns.

Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos

Observe the safety precautions for the HID headlamps. Refer

to
⇒ “1.1 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions”,
nf
ercia

page 130 .
rm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

General Information
thi
te

sd
iva

HID headlamps and cornering lamps have “Bi-Xenon” function.

r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

HID headlamps generate only the low beam headlamp in stand‐

t.
yi Co
op
ard Xenon headlamps. “Bi-Xenon” allows “one” HID headlamp to C py
t. rig
generate the low beam and high beam headlamp. For this pur‐ gh ht
yri by
pose, an electro-mechanical adjuster ( Left Headlamp Reflector cop Vo
by lksw
cted
Adjustment Solenoid - N395- / Right Headlamp Reflector Adjust‐
agen
Prote AG.
ment Solenoid - N396- ) opens the dimmed region of low beam
headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high beam
light emission results.
For this reason, the high beam is also adjusted automatically with
the low beam on “Bi-Xenon” headlamps.
HID headlamps and cornering lamps do not have “auxiliary high
beams”.
Cornering lamps system performs the following functions:
♦ Swiveling low beams and high beams (dynamic cornering
lamp) at vehicle speeds above 10 km/h (6.21 mph) and steer‐
ing angle.

1. Headlamps 133
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Cornering lamp bulb (stationary cornering lamp) at sharp

curves (curve radius smaller than 500 m) or on turning-off and
vehicles speeds below 40 km/h (24.8 mph)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
d
The automatic headlamp range control, cornering lamps orise and Ve‐ nte
eo
hicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- areautequipped with
h
ra
OBD. ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

du

an
itte
“Guided Fault Finding” function.

y li
erm

ab
ility
Malfunctions in the headlamp range control or in the variable front
ot p

wit
lighting will be displayed in the instrument cluster via the Lamp
, is n

h re
Failure Indicator Lamp - K170- .
hole

spec
1.2.3 Overview - Headlamp, Halogen Bulbs, Halogen Headlamps
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 - Cap

rrectness of i
2 - Cap
l purpos

3 - Left Low Beam Headlamp

Bulb - M29- / Right Low Beam

nf
ercia

Headlamp Bulb - M31-

orm
m

❑ Bulb: H7 12 V/55 W

atio
om

n in
❑ Replacing. Refer to
or c

thi
⇒ “1.11 Low Beam
te

sd
a

Headlamp Bulb, Re‐

iv

o
r
rp

cu
placing”, page 148 .
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
4 - Left Front Side Marker
Co
op py
Lamp Bulb - M33- / Right Front
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Side Marker Lamp Bulb - M34- p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Bulb: 12 V/3 W
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Front Side Mark‐
er Lamp Bulb, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
165 .
5 - Left Daytime Running Lamp
Bulb - L174- / Right Daytime
Running Lamp Bulb - L175-
❑ Bulb: 12 V/P21 W
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “1.14.1 Daytime Run‐
ning Lamp Bulb, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 153 .
6 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
7 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
8 - Front End Support
9 - Headlamps
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
❑ Installation position, correcting. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting”, page 138 .
❑ Headlamp housing repair kit, installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Headlamp Housing Repair Kit, Installing”, page 142 .

134 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “1.4.1 Headlamp, Adjusting, Halogen Headlamp”, page 137 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
11 - Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- / Right Front Turn Signal Bulb - M7-
❑ Bulb: 12 V/PY21 W
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6.1 Front Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing, Halogen Headlamp”, page 140 .
12 - Left Position Lamp Bulb - M1- / Right Position Lamp Bulb - M3-
❑ Bulb: 12 V/W5 W
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “1.14.2 Position Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 154 .
13 - Left High Beam Headlamp Bulb - M30- / Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb - M32-
❑ Bulb: H7 12 V/55 W
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “1.12 High Beam Headlamp Bulb, Replacing”, page 149 .

1.2.4 Overview - Headlamp, HID Headlamp Bulbs, Cornering Lamp, Xenon

Headlamp

1 - Cap
AG. Volkswagen AG d
2 - Cap lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
y
3 - Left Cornering Lamp Bulb - rise
d b ara
nte
L148- / Right Cornering Lamp utho eo
ra
Bulb - L149- ss a c

ce
e

❑ Bulb: H7 12 V/55 W
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Replacing. Refer to
itte

y li
erm

⇒ “1.18 Static Cornering

ab
ility
Lamp Bulb, Removing
ot p

wit
and Installing”,
, is n

h re
page 156 .
hole

spec
4 - Left Front Turn Signal Bulb
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- M5- / Right Front Turn Signal
Bulb - M7-
❑ Bulb: 12 V PY 21 W

rrectness of i
❑ Replacing. Refer to
l purpos

⇒ “1.6.2 Front Turn Sig‐

nal Bulb, Removing and
Installing, Xenon Head‐
nf
ercia

lamp”, page 140 .

orm
m

atio

5 - Left Headlamp Beam Ad‐

om

n in

justment Motor - V48- / Right

or c

Headlamp Beam Adjustment

thi
te

sd
a

Motor - V49-
iv

o
r
rp

cu

❑ Removing and instal‐

o

m
f

en
ng

ling. Refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.10 Headlamp C py
t. rig
Range Control Position‐
gh ht
pyri by
ing Motor, Removing
co Vo
by lksw
cted
and Installing”,
agen
Prote AG.
page 147 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “1.10.2 Headlamp
Beam Adjustment Mo‐
tor, Checking”,
page 148 .

1. Headlamps 135
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Jetta 2011ised b ➤ ara
nte
r
Electrical
ut
ho Equipment - Edition 01.2016 eo
ra
s a c
s
6 - Left HID Headlamp Bulb - L13- / Right HID Headlamp Bulb - L14-

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

❑ Bulb: D3S 12 V/35 W

itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Safety precautions. Refer to ⇒ “1.1 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions”, page 130 .

ility
ot p

❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “1.13 HID Headlamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 150 .

wit
is n

h re
ole,

7 - Bolt

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ 5 Nm

t to the co
❑ Quantity: 2
8 - Guide Bushings

rrectne
9 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

ss o
cial p

f
10 - Adjusting Bushings

inform
mer

❑ Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting. Refer to

atio
⇒ “1.5 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting”, page 138 .
om

n
c

i
or

n
11 - Headlamps

thi
te

sd
a

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
iv

o
pr

cum
r

❑ Headlamp installation position, correcting. Refer to

fo

en
ng

⇒ “1.5 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting”, page 138 .

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Headlamp housing repair kit, installing. Refer to
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “1.7 Headlamp Housing Repair Kit, Installing”, page 142 . p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
12 - Left HID Headlamp Control Module - J343- / Right HID Headlamp Control Module - J344-
Prote AG.

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “1.19 HID Headlamp Control Module, Removing and Installing”, page 157 .
13 - Screw
❑ 1.4 Nm
14 - Screw
❑ 1.4 Nm
15 - Left Headlamp Power Output Module - J667- / Right Headlamp Power Output Module - J668-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.20 Headlamp Power Output Module, Removing and Installing”, page 158 .
16 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
17 - Front End Support
18 - Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module - J745-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “12.2.1 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module J745 , Removing and Installing”, page
249 .

No Illustration
♦ Rear level control system sensor, removing and installing. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 42 ; Sub‐
frame, Transverse Link and Tie Rod (Multi-Link Suspension) .

1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
The following illustrations depict removal and installation of the
left headlamp. Removing and installing the right headlamp is
identical.

136 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper Cover; Front Bumper Cover, Re‐
moving and Installing .
– Release and disconnect the connector from the headlamp.
– Remove the rear bolt -3- from the headlamp.
– Remove the front bolt -1- from the headlamp.
– Remove the top bolt -2- from the headlamp.
– Remove the headlamp forward from the opening in the body.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– First install the upper bolt -2-.
– Then install the bolt -1- on the front of the headlamp.

– Then install the bolt -3- to the back of the headlamp.

– Connect and lock the connector to the headlamp.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Overview - Headlamps”, page 133 .
– Make sure the gap dimensions are even in the headlamp in‐
stallation position.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
If the gap dimensions are uneven, then adjust the headlamp olksin‐
wag does
not
stallation position. Refer to ed
byV gu
ara
⇒ “1.5 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting”,hopage
ris 138 . nte
eo
t
au ra
– Check the headlamp functions. ss c
ce
e
nl

pt

– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer

du

an
itte

to ⇒ “1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 137 .

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting

wit
, is n

h re
hole

⇒ “1.4.1 Headlamp, Adjusting, Halogen Headlamp”, page 137

spec
es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.4.2 Headlamp, Adjusting, Xenon Headlamp”, page 138

t to the co

⇒ “1.4.3 Perform Basic Setting, Xenon Headlamp”, page 138

rrectness of i

1.4.1 Headlamp, Adjusting, Halogen Head‐

l purpos

lamp
Halogen headlamp, adjusting. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
nform
ercia

20.1 .
m

at

Make sure that the adjusting element for horizontal adjustment is

om

ion

sealed off with a plug in the US version.

c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Headlamps 137
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the plug -2- from the headlamp -1- before adjusting
it. Replace the plug -2- after completing the adjustment.

1.4.2 Headlamp, Adjusting, Xenon Headlamp

It is necessary to perform a “basic setting” in order to aim the
headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.3 Perform Basic Setting, Xenon Headlamp”, page 138 .
Make sure that the adjusting element for horizontal adjustment is
sealed off with a plug in the US version.
– Remove the plug -2- from the headlamp -1- before adjusting
it. Replace the plug -2- after completing the adjustment.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

1.4.3 Perform Basic Setting, Xenon Head‐

pe

ility
ot

lamp
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Procedure
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
rrectness of i

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
l purpos

♦ Body
nform
ercia

♦ Electrical Equipment
m

a
com

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
ion in
r
te o

♦ Automatic Headlamp Range Control

thi
s
iva

do

♦ Functions
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

♦ Performing the basic setting

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py

1.5 Headlamp Installation Position, Correct‐

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
ing
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

When determining the installation position of the headlamp, if the

gaps between the headlamp and body are uneven, the installation
position must be corrected.
It is not necessary to remove the front bumper to adjust the head‐
lamps.

138 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Illustrations depict the left headlamp.

Procedure
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the radiator grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
66 ; Radiator Grille; Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing .
– Loosen the rear bolt -3- from the headlamp.

– Loosen the bolts -2- at the top.

– Loosen the front screw -1- from the headlamp.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
– Turn the adjusting bushing -arrow- in and out on the front of
hole

spec
the headlamp to adjust the headlamp so that it is flush with the
es, in part or in w

vehicle body.

t to the co
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Overview - Headlamps”, page 133 .
rrectness of i
– Check and correct the headlamp position and make sure the
l purpos

gap dimensions are even.

– Install the radiator grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
nf
ercia

66 ; Radiator Grille; Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing .

orm
m

atio

– Check the headlamp functions.

om

n in
c

– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer

or

thi
e

to ⇒ “1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 137 .

t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Headlamps 139
 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Jetta 2011 ➤ ut
ho eo
ra
a
Electrical Equipment -sEdition 01.2016
s c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
1.6 Front Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and

itte

y li
rm

ab
Installing

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n
⇒ “1.6.1 Front Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing, Halo‐

h re
gen Headlamp”, page 140 hole

spec
es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.6.2 Front Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing, Xenon

t to the co
Headlamp”, page 140

1.6.1 Front Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and

rrectness of i
Installing, Halogen Headlamp
l purpos

It is not necessary to remove the headlamp when replacing the

headlamp bulb.

nform
ercia

The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left head‐

m

a
lamp.
com

tion in
r

Removing
te o

thi
s
iva

do
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
r
rp

cum
the ignition key.
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of -arrow- and remove t. Cop py
the Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- from the headlamp to‐
rig
gh ht
yri by
ward the rear. op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull the Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- -2- in the direction
of -arrow- out of the bulb socket -1-.
Bulb: 12 V/PY21 W
Installing

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.
♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐
ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Check the headlamp functions.

1.6.2 Front Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and

Installing, Xenon Headlamp
It is not necessary to remove the headlamp when replacing the
headlamp bulb.
The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left head‐
lamp.

140 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the cap -2-.

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of -arrow- and remove
the Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- from the headlamp to‐
ward the rear.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

– Pull the Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- -2- in the direction
pt
an
d

of -arrow- out of the bulb socket with the connector -1-.

itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

Bulb: 12 V/PYSV21 W
ility
ot

wit
, is n

Installing
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Caution
t to the co

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
rrectness of i

light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb

glass.
l purpos

♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐

nform

ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.

mercia

a
com

tion in

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

r
te o

thi
s

– Check the headlamp functions.

iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Headlamps 141
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
1.7 Headlamp HousingyRepair
Vol
ksw
ag
Kit, Installingdoes not g
b ua
ed ran
If one or more headlamp mounting ris tabs are damaged or broken tee
utho
off, they can be replaced by installing the repair set. It is not nec‐ or
a ac
essary to replace the entire headlamp.
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
Component Location Overview of Repair Tabs du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1- Inner Repair Tab

ility
ot p

2- Center Repair Tab

wit
, is n

h re
hole

3- Outer Repair Tab

spec
es, in part or in w

4- Lower Repair Tab

t to the co
Check whether there is no further damage on the headlamp that
makes installation of the repair set superfluous.

rrectness of i
There are two different repair kits, one for left headlamp and one
l purpos

for the right headlamp. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

The repair kit contains an outer, a center and an inner headlamp

nf
ercia

mounting tab and the necessary screws.

orm
m

atio
The following illustrations show the repair of the mounting tabs on
om

the left headlamp. Repairing a right headlamp is identical.

n in
or c

thi
e

⇒ “1.7.1 Outer Mounting Tab, Repairing”, page 142

t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
⇒ “1.7.2 Center Mounting Tab, Repairing”, page 143
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
⇒ “1.7.3 Inner Mounting Tab, Repairing”, page 143
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “1.7.4 Lower Mounting Tab, Repairing”, page 144
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.7.1 Outer Mounting Tab, Repairing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-
Procedure
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
– Remove the rest of the old headlamp mounting tab -1-.

142 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Mount the new mounting tab -1- on the bulb socket on the
headlamp and tighten the screws -2- with 1.0 Nm.
– Install the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer
to ⇒ “1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 137 .

1.7.2 Center Mounting Tab, Repairing

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-
Procedure
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the headlamp. Refer to . Volkswagen AG
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 . kswagen AG does
not
Vol
y gu
– Remove the rest of the old headlamp mounting tab
ise
d-1-.
b ara
n r tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Mount the new mounting tab -1- on the bulb socket on the
headlamp and tighten the screws -2- with 1.0 Nm.
l purpos

– Install the headlamp. Refer to

⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 . nform
ercia

– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer

m

at
om

to ⇒ “1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 137 .

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
1.7.3 Inner Mounting Tab, Repairing
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-
Procedure
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .

1. Headlamps 143
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the rest of the old headlamp mounting tab -1-.

– Mount the new mounting tab -1- on the bulb socket on the
headlamp and tighten the screws -2- with 1.0 Nm.
– Install the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer
to ⇒ “1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 137 .

1.7.4 Lower Mounting Tab, Repairing

G. Volkswagen
Special tools and workshop
lksw
agequipment
en A required
AG do
es n
o ot g
yV ua
♦ Torque Screwdriveredb - VAG1624- ran
ris tee
tho
Procedure s au or
ac
s
ce

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
e
nl

pt
du

the ignition key.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

– Remove the headlamp. Refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .

wit
, is n

h re

– Remove the rest of the old headlamp mounting tab -1-.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

144 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
. Volkswagen AG
does gen AG
– Mount the new mountingVtab
olks -1- on the bulb socket on
wa nothe
t gu
headlamp and tighten
ed the
by screws -2- with 1.0 Nm. ara
is nte
or
– Install the headlamp.
au
th Refer to eo
ra
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp,
ss Removing and Installing”, page 136 . c

ce
e
nl

pt
– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer
du

an
itte

to ⇒ “1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 137 .

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1.8 Headlamps, Changing from RHD to

rrectness of i
LHD
l purpos

The instrument cluster menu is used to convert HID headlamps

with cornering lamps Owner's Manual.

nf
ercia

or
The headlamp retrofit set consists of two foils.

m
m

atio
m

The headlamp conversion kits for converting from RHD to LHD or

o

n in
or c

from LHD to RHD have different part numbers.

thi
te

sd
iva

Clean the headlamp glass.

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
Remove any adhesive still on the headlamp glass after removing
ng

t.
yi Co
the adhesive foil. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Procedure pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Turn the Light Switch - E1- to “0”. Prote AG.

– Clean the headlamp glass.

Left headlamp
– Peel off the protective film on the back of the assembly foil
-D- only in area -C-.
– Align the top and bottom of the assembly foil -D- with the upper
and lower edge -A- of the headlamp glass.
– At the same time align the assembly foil -D- with the line -B-
on the line on the headlamp glass.
– Press firmly in area -C- on the headlamp glass.
– Carefully remove the assembly foil -D- from the headlamp
glass.
The cover foil -C- remains on the headlamp glass.
Right Headlamp

1. Headlamps 145
 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Jetta 2011 d ➤
by ua
ran
ir se
Electrical
tho Equipment - Edition 01.2016 tee
or
au ac
ss
– Peel off the protective film on the back of the assembly foil

ce
le
un

pt
-D- only in area -C-.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

– Align the top and bottom of the assembly foil -D- with the upper

ab
ility
and lower edge -A- of the headlamp glass.
ot p

wit
is n

– At the same time align the assembly foil -D- with the line -B-

h re
ole,

on the line on the headlamp glass.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Press firmly in area -C- on the headlamp glass.

t to the co
– Carefully remove the assembly foil -D- from the headlamp
glass.

rrectne
The cover foil -C- remains on the headlamp glass.

ss
Any remaining residue should be removed with an alcohol- or al‐

o
cial p

f
cohol-water-based cleaning solution. For example, a cloth mois‐

inform
tened with isopropyl alcohol.
mer

atio
Inform the customer how to remove any remaining glue after re‐
om

n
moving the cover.
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

1.9 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD en

ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
The instrument cluster menu is used to convert HID headlamps
t. rig
gh ht
yri
with cornering lamps Owner's Manual.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
The headlamp retrofit set consists of two foils.
Prote AG.

The headlamp conversion kits for converting from RHD to LHD or

from LHD to RHD have different part numbers.
Clean the headlamp glass.
Remove any adhesive still on the headlamp glass after removing
the adhesive foil.
Procedure
– Turn the Light Switch - E1- to “0”.
– Clean the headlamp glass.
Left headlamp
– Peel off the protective film on the back of the assembly foil
-D- only in area -C-.
– Align the top and bottom of the assembly foil -D- with the upper
and lower edge -A- of the headlamp glass.
– At the same time align the assembly foil -D- with the line -B-
on the line on the headlamp glass.
– Press firmly in area -C- on the headlamp glass.
– Carefully remove the assembly foil -D- from the headlamp
glass.
The cover foil -C- remains on the headlamp glass.
Right Headlamp

146 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
d byV
o ot g
ua Jetta 2011 ➤
ran
ho
ir se Electrical Equipment - Edition
tee 01.2016
aut or
a
ss c
– Peel off the protective film on the back of the assembly foil

ce
le
-D- only in area -C-.

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Align the top and bottom of the assembly foil -D- with the upper

rm

ab
and lower edge -A- of the headlamp glass.

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n
– At the same time align the assembly foil -D- with the line -B-

h re
on the line on the headlamp glass.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
– Press firmly in area -C- on the headlamp glass.

t to the co
– Carefully remove the assembly foil -D- from the headlamp
glass.

rrectness of i
The cover foil -C- remains on the headlamp glass.
l purpos

Any remaining residue should be removed with an alcohol- or al‐

cohol-water-based cleaning solution. For example, a cloth mois‐

nform
ercia

tened with isopropyl alcohol.

m

Inform the customer how to remove any remaining glue after re‐

a
com

tio
moving the cover.

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
1.10 Headlamp Range Control Positioning
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Motor, Removing and Installing
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “1.10.1 Headlamp Range Control Positioning Motor, Removing cop Vo
by lksw
and Installing”, page 147 cted agen
Prote AG.

⇒ “1.10.2 Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor, Checking”,

page 148

1.10.1 Headlamp Range Control Positioning

Motor, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
The headlamp range control positioning motor may be checked.
Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester before removing. Refer to
⇒ “1.10.2 Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor, Checking”,
page 148 .
– Remove the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
– Remove the cap -1-.
– Remove the HID headlamp bulb. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 HID Headlamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”,
page 150 .
– Turn the adjustment motor -1- in the direction of -arrow- with
a small screwdriver.

1. Headlamps 147
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Move the adjustment motor toward the rear in direction of

-arrow- when the end position is reached.
– Push the ball head of the adjustment axle out of the joint -1-
and remove the adjustment motor from the bayonet -2-.

– Release and disconnect the connector on the adjustment mo‐ agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
tor. V olksw not
g by ua
ed ran
Installing oris tee
th or
au ac
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:ss

ce
le
un

– Check the headlamp functions.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Perform the basic setting on the headlamps. Refer to
erm

ab
⇒ “1.4.3 Perform Basic Setting, Xenon Headlamp”,

ility
ot p

page 138 .

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
1.10.2 Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor,
Checking

rrectne
Procedure

ss o
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
cial p

f inform
mer

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

atio
m

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

o

n
c

i
or

n
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:

thi
te

sd
va

♦ Body
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

♦ Electrical Equipment
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
♦ 55 - Headlamp Range Control by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Electrical Components
♦ Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor

1.11 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb, Replacing

It is not necessary to remove the headlamp when replacing the
headlamp bulb.
The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left head‐
lamp.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.

148 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the cap -1-.

– Turn the bulb socket -1- with the Left Low Beam Headlamp
Bulb - M29- in the direction of -arrow- and remove it from the
headlamp.
– Remove the Left Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M29- -2- in the
direction of -arrow- from the bulb socket -1-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Bulb: H7 12 V/55 W lkswagen oes
not
o
yV gu
Installing edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Caution
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

y li
erm

ab

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the

ility
ot p

light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb

wit
is n

glass.
h re
ole,

♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.

t to the co

– Check the headlamp functions.

rrectne

– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer

to
ss

⇒ “1.4.1 Headlamp, Adjusting, Halogen Headlamp”,

o
cial p

page 137 .
inform
mer

atio

1.12 High Beam Headlamp Bulb, Replacing

om

n
c

i
or

n thi

It is not necessary to remove the headlamp when replacing the

te

sd
va

headlamp bulb.
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left head‐

en
ng

t.
yi
lamp.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Removing
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
agen
Prote AG.
the ignition key.

1. Headlamps 149
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the cap -2-.

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of -arrow- and remove
it together with the Left High Beam Headlamp Bulb - M30- from
the headlamp.
– Remove the Left High Beam Headlamp Bulb - M30- -1- in the
direction of -arrow- from the bulb socket -2-.

Bulb: H7 12 V/55 W
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Installing lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by ara
d
ise nte
Caution uthor eo
a ra
ss c
♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers
ce
le
un

pt

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the

an
d
itte

light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb

y li
rm

ab

glass.
pe

ility
ot

wit

♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐

, is n

h re

ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Check the headlamp functions.
rrectness of i

– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer

l purpos

to
⇒ “1.4.1 Headlamp, Adjusting, Halogen Headlamp”,
page 137 .
nform
mercia

1.13 HID Headlamp Bulb, Removing and In‐

com

tion in

stalling
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left head‐

r
rp

cum
fo

lamp.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

150 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

WARNING

♦ There are pressures from 7 bar (101.52 psi) (cold) to 100

bar (1450.3 psi) (hot) in the bulb glass of the HID bulb.
Temperatures up to 700 °C (1,292 °F) are reached on the
hot bulb glass.
♦ The bulb glass can explode and there is a danger of burn‐
ing.
♦ Always wear protective eyewear and gloves when remov‐
ing and installing HID headlamp bulbs.
♦ Observe the safety precautions for the HID headlamp
bulb. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions”,
page 130 .

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
– Remove the cap -1-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Headlamps 151
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the connector -3- and disconnect it downward.

– Release the spring clip -2- on both sides.

WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ There are pressures from 7 bar (101.52 psi) ed by(cold) to 100
V gu
ara
bar (1450.3 psi) (hot) in the bulb glass of horthe
is HID bulb. The nte
eo
hot bulb glass can reach temperatures aut of up to 700 °C ra
c
(1,292 °F). ss

ce
e
nl

pt
♦ The bulb glass can explode and there is a danger of burn‐ du

an
itte

y li
ing.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Always wear protective eyewear and gloves when remov‐

wit
ing and installing HID headlamp bulbs.
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Carefully remove the Left HID Headlamp Bulb - L13- -1- out of

t to the co
the reflector toward the rear.
Bulb: D3S 12 V/35 W

rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

Caution

nf
ercia

orm
♦ Do not touch the bulb glass of the HID headlamp bulb
m

atio
m

during installation. Fingers leave traces of grease on the

o

n in
c

bulb glass which can evaporate when the HID headlamp

or

thi
e

bulb is switched on causing the bulb glass to cloud.

t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
♦ The bulb glass of the HID headlamp must not be exposed
o

m
f

en
ng

to any mechanical strain. The bulb glass is extremely sen‐

t.
yi Co
sitive and is also under high pressure. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Avoid looking directly into the light beam, since the UV p by
o Vo
by c
rays given off by the HID lamp are approximately 2.5 times
lksw
cted agen
Prote
stronger than those of a halogen bulb.
AG.

♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐

ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Check the headlamp functions.
– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer
to
⇒ “1.4.2 Headlamp, Adjusting, Xenon Headlamp”, page 138 .

152 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.14 Daytime Running Lamp/Parking Lamp

Bulb, Removing and Installing
⇒ “1.14.1 Daytime Running Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”,
page 153
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “1.14.2 Position Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”,Volkswa not
gu
page 154 ed
by ara
nte
ris
tho eo
1.14.1 Daytime Running Lamp Bulb, Removing ss
au ra
c
and Installing

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
♦ It is not necessary to remove the headlamp when replacing
hole

spec
the headlamp bulb.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left
headlamp.
♦ If the day time running lamp bulb cannot be removed as de‐

rrectness of i
scribed, then the headlamp must be removed. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
l purpos

Removing

nform
ercia

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
m

at
om

the ignition key.

ion
c

in t
or

– Remove the cap -1-.

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of -the arrow- and re‐
move it together with the Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb -
L174- from the headlamp.
– Remove the Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174- -2- in
the direction of -the arrow- from the bulb socket -1-.

1. Headlamps 153
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Bulb: 12 V/P21 W agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
Installing rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Caution

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

y li
rm

ab
will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
pe

ility
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
ot

wit
, is n

glass.

h re
hole

spec
♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐
es, in part or in w

ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.

t to the co
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

rrectness of i
– Check the headlamp functions.
l purpos

– Check the headlamp position and adjust the headlamp. Refer

to ⇒ “1.4 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 137 .

nform
mercia

a
1.14.2 Position Lamp Bulb, Removing and In‐
com

tion in
stalling
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
It is not necessary to remove the headlamp when replacing the
r
rp

cum
fo

headlamp bulb.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left head‐ C py
t. rig
lamp. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Removing Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the cap -2-.

– Remove the bulb socket -1- with the Left Position Lamp Bulb
- M1- in the direction of -arrow- from the reflector toward the
rear.
– Pull the Left Position Lamp Bulb - M1- -2- in the direction of
-arrow- straight out of the bulb socket -1-.

154 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Glass base bulb: 12 V/W5 db W ara
rise nte
ho eo
Installing aut ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Caution

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

ility
ot p

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the

wit
, is n

light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb

h re
hole

glass.

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐

t to the co
ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.

rrectness of i
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
l purpos

– Check the headlamp functions.

nf
ercia

o
1.15 Daytime Running Lamps, Removing

rm
m

atio
and Installing
om

n in
or c

thi
⇒ “1.15.1 Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Mod‐
te

sd
a

ule, Removing and Installing”, page 155

iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

1.15.1 Daytime Running Lamp and Position

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Lamp LED Module, Removing and In‐
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
stalling
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The Left Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module
- L176- and the Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp
LED Module - L177- are located inside the headlamp and cannot
be replaced individually.
If a failure occurs, the entire headlamp must be replaced. Refer
to ⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .

1.16 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Sole‐

noid, Removing and Installing
⇒ “1.16.1 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid, Removing
and Installing”, page 155
⇒ “1.16.2 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid, Checking”,
page 156

1.16.1 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Sole‐

noid, Removing and Installing
HID headlamps generate only the low beam headlamp in stand‐
ard Xenon headlamps. “Bi-Xenon” allows “one” HID headlamp to
generate the low beam and high beam headlamp. For this pur‐
pose, an electro-mechanical adjuster (the Left Headlamp Reflec‐
tor Adjustment Solenoid - N395- / Right Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid - N396- ) opens the dimmed region of low
beam headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high
beam light emission results.
The Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid - N395- / Right
Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid - N396- is located in‐
side the headlamp and cannot be replaced or adjusted separate‐
ly.
If a failure occurs, the entire headlamp must be replaced. Refer
to ⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .

1. Headlamps 155
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.16.2 Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Sole‐

noid, Checking
Use the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- output
diagnostic test mode to check the Left Headlamp Reflector Ad‐
justment Solenoid - N395- / Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment
Solenoid - N395- . Refer to
⇒ “2.2.5 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Output
Diagnostic Test Mode”, page 323 .

1.17 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Remov‐

ing and Installing
⇒ “1.17.1 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 156
⇒ “1.17.2 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Checking”, page 156

1.17.1 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Remov‐

ing and Installing swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
by
The Left Swivel Module Position Sensor - G474-se/dRight Swivel ara
nte
Module Position Sensor - G475- is located inside
thori the headlamp eo
and cannot be replaced or adjusted separately.
ss
au ra
c

ce
le

If a failure occurs, the entire headlamp must be replaced. Refer

un

pt
an
to ⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
1.17.2 Swivel Module Position Sensor, Check‐
pe

ility
ot

wit
ing
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Procedure
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

rrectness of i
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
l purpos

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
nform
ercia

♦ Electrical Equipment
m

a
com

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
ion in
r
te o

♦ 55 - Headlamp Range Control

thi
s
iva

do
r

♦ Electrical Components
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

♦ Swivel module position sensor

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
1.18 Static Cornering Lamp Bulb, Removing
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
and Installing
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

It is not necessary to remove the headlamp when replacing the

headlamp bulb.
The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left head‐
lamp.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.

156 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the cap -2-.

The Left Cornering Lamp Bulb - L148- -1- is held in the reflector
with a wire retainer -2-.
– Press the bulb socket -1- together with the Left Cornering
Lamp Bulb - L148- upward (until the bulb feels looser) and
remove them from the reflector, while paying attention to the
wires that are still connected.

– Remove the Left Cornering Lamp Bulb - L148- -2- from the
bulb socket with the connector -1-.
Bulb: H7 12 V/55 W
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen Caution oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
e
♦ During installation,
horis ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐nte
eo
ter gettings ain
ut the headlamp will cause damage. ra
c
s
♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers
ce
e
nl

pt
du

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the

an
itte

y li

light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb

erm

ab

glass.
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

spec
es, in part or in w

– Guide the Left Cornering Lamp Bulb - L148- into the headlamp
t to the co

housing.
– Press the Left Cornering Lamp Bulb - L148- into the reflector
rrectness of i

in the illustrated installation position.

l purpos

– Check the headlamp functions.

nform
ercia

1.19 HID Headlamp Control Module, Remov‐

m

ing and Installing

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

The Left Hid Headlamp Control Module - J343- / Right Hid Head‐
o

his
te

lamp Control Module - J344- is installed on the lower headlamp.

a

do
priv

cum
or

The following illustrations show removing and installing a left

f

en
ng

headlamp.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Headlamps 157
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the HID lamp control module -1- straight downward
from the headlamp housing.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Caution

Make sure the seal fits correctly when installing the HID head‐
lamp control module. Water getting in the headlamp will cause
damage.

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

tion. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.4 Overview - Headlamp, HID Headlamp agBulbs,
en AG. VCorner‐
olkswagen AG
does
ing Lamp, Xenon Headlamp”, page 135 .
o lksw not
yV g b ua
ed ran
– Check the headlamp functions. horis tee
t or
au ac
ss
1.20 Headlamp Power Output Module, Re‐
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
moving and Installing
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
⇒ “1.20.1 Headlamp Power Output Module, Removing and In‐
ot p

stalling”, page 158 wit

, is n

h re
hole

⇒ “1.20.2 Headlamp Power Output Module, Checking”, spec

page 159
es, in part or in w

t to the co

1.20.1 Headlamp Power Output Module, Re‐

moving and Installing
rrectness of i

The Left Headlamp Power Output Module - J667- / Right Head‐

l purpos

lamp Power Output Module - J668- is located at the bottom of the

respective headlamp housing.
nform
ercia

The following illustrations show removing and installing a left

headlamp.
m

at
om

ion
c

Removing
in t
or

his
ate

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
do
priv

the ignition key.

cum
for

en
ng

t.
The headlamp power output module may be checked before re‐
yi Co
op
moving. Refer to
C py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “1.20.2 Headlamp Power Output Module, Checking”,
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
page 159 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the headlamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 136 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
When removing the Right Headlamp Power Output Module -
J668- from the headlamp housing, the connector is also discon‐
nected at the same time.

158 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the Right Headlamp Power Output Module - J668-

-1- straight downward from the headlamp housing.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Caution

Make sure the seal fits correctly when installing the Right
Headlamp Power Output Module - J668- . Water getting in the
headlamp will cause damage.

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

tion. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.4 Overview - Headlamp, HID Headlamp
agen
AG.Bulbs,
VolkswaCorner‐
gen AG
does
ing Lamp, Xenon Headlamp”, page olksw .
135 not
yV gu b ara
ed
The Cornering Lamp and Headlamp tho
ris Range Control Module - nte
e or
J745- must be coded after installing
s au a new Right Headlamp Power ac
Output Module - J668- and sthen the basic setting for the head‐

ce
e
nl

lamps must be performed. Refer to

pt
du

an
⇒ “12.2 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
itte

y li
J745 , Removing and Installing”, page 249 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Check the headlamp functions.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
1.20.2 Headlamp Power Output Module,
es, in part or in w

Checking

t to the co
Procedure

rrectness of i
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
l purpos

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐ nf
ercia

o
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
rm
m

atio
m

♦ Body
o

n in
or c

thi

♦ Electrical Equipment
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
♦ 55 - Headlamp Range Control
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Electrical Components
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Headlamp Power Output Module Prote
cted AG.
agen

1. Headlamps 159
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2 Fog Lamp
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Fog Lamps”, page 160
⇒ “2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 161
⇒ “2.3 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 163

2.1 Overview - Fog Lamps

⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Fog Lamps, Jetta”, page 160
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Fog Lamps, Jetta GLI”, page 161

2.1.1 Overview - Fog Lamps, Jetta

1 - Front Bumper Cover

2 - Fog Lamp Housing
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Fog Lamp, Re‐
moving and Installing,
Jetta”, page 161 .
3 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Breather Hose
5 - Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb -
L22- / Right Front Fog Lamp
Bulb - L23-
❑ Bulb: H11 12 V/51 W
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
❑ Removing and instal‐ lkswage es n
o ot g
ling. Refer to byV ua
d ran
⇒ “2.3.1 Fog Lamp Bulb, ir se tee
ho
Removing and Instal‐ aut or
ac
ling, Jetta”, page 163 . ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

6 - Cap
an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

160 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.1.2 Overview - Fog Lamps, Jetta GLI

1 - Fog Lamp Housing

❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “2.2.2 Fog Lamp, Re‐lkswagen oes
not
moving and Installing,
d byV
o gu
ara
Jetta GLI”, pageori162
se . nte
h eo
ut ra
2 - Screw ss
a c

ce
e

❑ 2 Nm
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Quantity: 2
itte

y li
erm

ab
3 - Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb -

ility
ot p

L22- / Right Front Fog Lamp

wit
, is n

Bulb - L23-

h re
hole

spec
❑ Bulb: H11 12 V/51 W
es, in part or in w

❑ Removing and instal‐

t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.2 Fog Lamp Bulb,
Removing and Instal‐

rrectness of i
ling, Jetta GLI”,
l purpos

page 163 .
4 - Front Bumper Cover

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing

⇒ “2.2.1 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing, Jetta”, page 161
⇒ “2.2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing, Jetta GLI”,
page 162

2.2.1 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing,

Jetta
The following illustrations depict removal and installation of left
fog lamp.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.

2. Fog Lamp 161

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
– Remove the cap -1-. by Vo lk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the bolt -arrow-.

rrectness of i
– Remove the fog lamp housing from the bumper cover.
l purpos

– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the fog lamp housing. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Installing
AG.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Fog Lamps, Jetta”, page 160 .
– Check and adjust the fog lamp setting. Refer to ⇒ Mainte‐
nance ; Booklet 20.1 .

2.2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing,

Jetta GLI
The following illustrations depict removal and installation of left
fog lamp.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the front spoiler. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
63 ; Front Bumper Cover; Front Bumper Cover Attachments .
– Release and disconnect the connector.
– Remove the bolts -2-.

162 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Move the fog lamp -1- slightly and pull it out of the mounts
-arrows- in the bumper cover -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Fog Lamps, Jetta GLI”, page 161 .
– Check and adjust the fog lamp setting. Refer to ⇒ Mainte‐
nance ; Booklet 20.1 .

2.3 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “2.3.1 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing, Jetta”,
page 163
AG. Volkswagen A
⇒ “2.3.2 Fog Lamp Bulb, ksRemoving
wage
n
and Installing,
G do
esJetta
not GLI”,
page 163 y Vol gu
db ar an
ise te
or
2.3.1 s aFog
ut
h
Lamp Bulb, Removing and Instal‐
eo
ra
c
ling, Jetta
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
The following illustrations depict removal and installation on the
itte

y li
erm

left fog lamp.

ab
ility
ot p

Removing
wit
, is n

h re

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
hole

spec

the ignition key.

es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the fog lamp. Refer to

⇒ “2.2.1 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing, Jetta”,
page 161 .
rrectness of i

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of -arrow- and remove
l purpos

it.
The bulb is permanently attached to the bulb socket and cannot
nform
ercia

be replaced separately.
m

at

Bulbs: H11 12 V/55 W

om

ion
c

in t
r

Installing
o

his
ate

do
riv

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

p

cum
for

en

– Check and adjust the fog lamp setting. Refer to ⇒ Mainte‐

ng

t.
yi Co
nance ; Booklet 20.1 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.3.2 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Jetta GLI
The following illustrations depict removal and installation on the
left fog lamp.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.

2. Fog Lamp 163

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the maintenance cover -1- from the front wheel hous‐
ing liner.

– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of -arrow- and remove
it.
The bulb is permanently attached to the bulb socket and cannot
be replaced separately.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Bulb: H11 12 V/51 W
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Installing
wit
is n

h re

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Check and adjust the fog lamp setting. Refer to ⇒ Mainte‐

t to the co

nance ; Booklet 20.1 .

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

2.4 Fog Lamp, Adjusting

atio
om

n
c

i
or

Fog Lamps, Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 20.1 .

thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

164 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3 Side Marker
wage
Lamp
n AG. Volkswagen AG
doe
ks s no
Vol t
⇒ “3.1 Front Side
ed Marker Lamp Bulb, Removing and rInstalling”,
by gu
aa
page 165 horis nte
e
t or
au ac
3.1 ss Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb, Remov‐

ce
e
nl

ing and Installing

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
The front side marker lamp bulb is located inside the front head‐

ility
ot p

lamp.

wit
, is n

h re
It is not necessary to remove the headlamp when replacing the
hole

headlamp bulb.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The following illustrations show changing a bulb in the left head‐
lamp.
Removing

rrectness of i
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
l purpos

the ignition key.

– Remove the cap -1-.

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of -arrow- and remove
it together with the Left Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb - M33-
from the headlamp.
– Remove the Left Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb - M33- -2- in
the direction of -arrow- from the bulb socket -1-.

3. Side Marker Lamp 165

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Bulb: 12 V/3 W
Installing

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.
♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap.
nAG. VoWa‐
lkswagen AG
lkswage
ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.
does
not
Vo gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
h
ut
Install in reverse order of removal.ss aNote the following: ra
c

ce
le

– Check the headlamp functions.

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

166 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

4 Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror”,
page 167
⇒ “4.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and
Installing”, page 167
⇒ “4.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Entry Lamp, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 168

4.1 Overview - Lampsagen

AG. Voin Exterior
lkswagen AG Rearview
does
Mirror by Volksw not
gu
a
d ran
ise
General Information
ut
ho
r tee
or
sa ac
The Driver Exterior
s Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb - L131- /

ce
e

Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb -

nl

pt
du

an
L132- (turn signal) are inside the exterior mirror housing.
itte

y li
erm

ab
In addition, there is a Driver Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) - W52- /

ility
ot p

Front Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W53- ,

wit
, is n

located in each of the exterior rearview mirror housings that lights

h re
hole

the dark entry area around the driver and passenger door.

spec
es, in part or in w

1- Exterior Rearview Mirror

t to the co
2- Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W52- / Front
Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W53-

rrectness of i
3- Driver Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb - L131- /
l purpos

Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb

- L132- nf
ercia

Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator

orm
m

atio

The Driver Door Control Module - J386- / Front Passenger Door

om

Control Module - J387- is equipped with OBD.

n in
or c

thi
e

For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

t

sd
iva

“Guided Fault Finding” function.

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
4.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal
Co
Cop py
t. rig
Bulb, Removing and Installing
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
The Driver Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb - L131- / Prote AG.
Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb -
L132- are installed in the left and right exterior rearview mirror
housing.
Both the Driver Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb - L131- /
Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb -
L132- must be replaced if faulty.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the Driver Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb
- L131- / Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Sig‐
nal Bulb - L132- . Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;
Exterior Rearview Mirror .
Installing
– Install the Driver Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb -
L131- / Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal
Bulb - L132- . Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Exterior
Rearview Mirror .

4. Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror 167

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

4.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Entry Lamp,

Removing and Installing
Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W52- / Front Pas‐
senger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W53- are inte‐
grated in the mirror housing.
It is not necessary to remove the exterior mirror in order to remove
and install the Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror -
W52- / Front Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror
- W53- .
The Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W52- and
Front Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W53-
are removed and installed the same way, so the description is
only given for one side.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the mirror housing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror .
– Lift the Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W52-
-1- out of the lower section of the mirror housing. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Remove the Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror by
V -
ol not
gu
ara
W52- -1- in direction of -arrow- out of the bulb socketrise-2-.
d
nte
ho eo
ut
Replacing the Bulb ss a ra
c

ce
le

– Remove the plug-in bulb -2- in the direction of -arrow- from the
un

pt
an
bulb socket -1-.
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Bulbs: 12 V/6 W plug-in bulb

rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following: nform

ercia

– Perform a functionality test on the exterior mirror.

m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

168 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
5 Tail Lamps d b ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps”, page 169 ss c

ce
e
nl
⇒ “5.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps”, page 172

pt
du

an
itte

y li
⇒ “5.3 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing”, page 173

erm

ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “5.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 174

wit
, is n

h re
⇒ “5.5 Tail Lamps in Body, Removing and Installing”, page 175

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “5.6 Tail Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 175

t to the co
⇒ “5.7 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 176
⇒ “5.8 Brake and Tail Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page

rrectness of i
176
l purpos

⇒ “5.9 Back-Up Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 177

⇒ “5.10 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 178

nf
ercia

orm
5.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps
m

atio
om

n in
c

⇒ “5.1.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, Bulbs”, page 169

or

thi
te

sd
a

⇒ “5.1.2 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, LED”, page 171

iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

5.1.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, Bulbs

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Tail Lamps 169

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Side Panel Tail Lamp Hous‐

ing
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.5 Tail Lamps in
Body, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 175 .
2 - Left Rear Turn Signal Bulb
- M6- / Right Rear Turn Signal
Bulb - M8-
❑ 12 V P 21 W AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Removing and instal‐ olksw not
yV gu
ling. Refer to ised b ara
nte
⇒ “5.10 Turn Signal ut
hor eo
Bulb, Removing and In‐ ss a ra
c
stalling”, page 178 .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

3 - Left Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb -

itte

y li
M21- / Right Brake/Tail Lamp
erm

ab
Bulb - M22-

ility
ot p

wit
is n

❑ 12 V P 21/5 W

h re
ole,

❑ Removing and instal‐

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

ling. Refer to

t to the co
⇒ “5.8 Brake and Tail
Lamp Bulb, Removing
and Installing”,
page 176 .

rrectne
4 - Bulb Holder

ss
❑ Removing and instal‐

o
cial p

f
ling. Refer to

inform
⇒ “5.3.1 Bulb Holder,
mer

Removing and Instal‐

atio
m

ling, Body Tail Lamp”,

o

n
c

i
page 173 .
or

n thi
te

sd
va

5 - Screw
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

❑ By hand to a maximum
en
ng

t.
of 3 Nm
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

170 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
d by Jetta 2011
gu
ara ➤
ise nte
thor Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016 eo
au ra
ss c
5.1.2 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, LED

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
The side panel tail lamps contain:

erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
1 - Side Panel Tail Lamp Hous‐

h re
ing

hole

spec
❑ Removing and instal‐

es, in part or in w

t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.5 Tail Lamps in
Body, Removing and In‐

rrectness of i
stalling”, page 175 .

l purpos
2 - Left Rear Turn Signal Bulb
- M6- / Right Rear Turn Signal
Bulb - M8-

nform
❑ Not for USA and Cana‐ mercia
da

at
om

ion
❑ 12 V WY 21 W
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ Removing and instal‐

at

do
riv

ling. Refer to
p

cum
or

⇒ “5.10 Turn Signal

f

en
g

Bulb, Removing and In‐

n

t.
yi Co
op
stalling”, page 178 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
3 - Bulb Holder cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Not for USA and Cana‐ Prote AG.
da
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.10 Turn Signal
Bulb, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 178 .
4 - Screw
❑ By hand to a maximum
of 3 Nm

5. Tail Lamps 171

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps

⇒ “5.2.1 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Bulbs”, page 172
⇒ “5.2.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, LED”, page 172

5.2.1 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Bulbs

1 - Tail Lamp Housing in Rear

Lid
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Rear Lid Tail
Lamp, Removing and
Installing”, page 174 .
2 - Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M4- /
Right Tail Lamp Bulb - M2-
❑ 12 V R 5 W
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.6 Tail Lamp Bulb, AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removing and Instal‐ lksw
agen oes
not
ling”, page 175 . d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
3 - Left Back-Up Lamp Bulb - ut
ho eo
ra
M16- / Right Back-Up Lamp ss a c
Bulb - M17-

ce
le
un

pt
❑ 12 V P 21 W

an
d
itte

y li
erm

❑ Removing and instal‐

ab
ility
ling. Refer to
ot p

wit
⇒ “5.9 Back-Up Lamp,
is n

h re
Removing and Instal‐
ole,

spec
ling”, page 177 .
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
4 - Bulb Holder
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.3.2 Bulb Holder, rrectne
Removing and Instal‐
s

ling, Rear Lid Tail

s o

Lamp”, page 174 .

cial p

f inform

5 - Screw
mer

atio

❑ 3 Nm
om

n
c

❑ Quantity: 2
i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

6 - Left Rear Fog Lamp Bulb -

iv

o
pr

L46-
um
r
fo

en
ng

❑ Left only
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.7 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 176 . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
❑ 12 V P 21 W co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.2.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, LED

The rear lid tail lamp contains:

172 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

The LED module for the fog lamp is located only in the left tail
lamp assembly on RHD vehicles and only in the right tail lamp
assembly on LHD vehicles.

1 - Tail Lamp Housing in Rear

Lid
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Rear Lid Tail
Lamp, Removing and
Installing”, page 174 .
2 - Left Back-Up Lamp Bulb -
M16- / Right Back-Up Lamp
Bulb - M17-
❑ 12 V W 16 W AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
❑ Removing and ed by instal‐
V gu
ara
ling. Referhoristo nte
eo
⇒ “5.9aBack-Up
ut Lamp, ra
c
Removing
ss
and Instal‐

ce
le

ling”, page 177 .

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
3 - Nut
rm

ab
pe

❑ 3 Nm

ility
ot

wit
, is n

❑ Quantity: 2

h re
hole

4 - Bulb Holder
spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Removing and instal‐

ling. Refer to t to the co
⇒ “5.9 Back-Up Lamp,
Removing and Instal‐
rrectness of i

ling”, page 177 .

l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
5.3 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “5.3.1 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing, Body Tail Lamp”,
page 173
⇒ “5.3.2 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing, Rear Lid Tail
Lamp”, page 174

5.3.1 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing,

Body Tail Lamp
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the tail lamp from the body. Refer to
⇒ “5.5 Tail Lamps in Body, Removing and Installing”,
page 175 .

5. Tail Lamps 173

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Unlock the tab in the direction of -arrow- and remove the bulb
holder -2- from the tail lamp housing -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

5.3.2 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing,

Rear Lid Tail Lamp AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
Removing Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment
horis and remove tee
the ignition key. aut or
ac
ss

ce
e

– Remove the tail lamp from the rear lid. Refer to

nl

pt
du

⇒ “5.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”,

an
itte

y li
page 174 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Release the tabs in the direction of -arrow- and remove the

wit
, is n

bulb holder -2- from the tail lamp -1-.

h re
hole

spec
Installing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Install in reverse order of removal.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion

5.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and In‐

c

in t
or

his
e

stalling
at

do
priv

cum
or

Removing
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove C py
t. rig
the ignition key.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the service cover -1- from the trim panel in the rear cted agen
Prote AG.
lid.
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

174 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -2- and remove the tail lamp.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Check the gap dimensions to the body.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps”, page 172 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
5.5 Tail Lamps in Body, Removing and In‐
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
stalling
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Removing

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove

ility
ot p

the ignition key.

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove the cover inside the side trim panel.
hole

spec
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the screw -2- from the tail lamp -3- and then remove
the tail lamp -3- outward.

rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

The connector for the side panel tail lamps must engage “audibly”
nf
ercia

when connecting.
orm
m

atio

– Check the gap dimensions to the body.

om

n in
or c

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

thi
e

tion. Refer to ⇒ “5.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps”, page 169 .

t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
5.6 Tail Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Removing co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the tail lamp bulb holder in the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “5.3.2 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing, Rear Lid Tail
Lamp”, page 174 .
– Push the tail lamp bulb -3- into the bulb socket, turn it to the
left and remove it from the bulb holder -1-.

5. Tail Lamps 175

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Bulb: 12 V R 5 W
Installing

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Perform a function test for the tail lamp.

5.7 Fog Lamp Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the tail lamp bulb holder in the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “5.3.2 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing, Rear Lid Tail
Lamp”, page 174 . wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
– Press the Left Rear Fog Lamp Bulb -edL46- by -4- into the bulb ara
socket, turn it to the left and thenthpull
oris
it out of the bulb holder nte
eo
-1-. sa
u ra
c
s
ce
le

Bulb: 12 V P 21 W
un

pt
an
d
itte

Installing y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
Caution
, is n

h re
hole

spec

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

es, in part or in w

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the

t to the co

light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb

glass.
rrectness of i
l purpos

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Perform a function test for the tail lamp.
nform
ercia

5.8 Brake and Tail Lamp Bulb, Removing

m

a
com

tio

and Installing
n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

Removing
do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
en
ng

t.
yi
the ignition key.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the body tail lamp bulb holder. Refer to
gh ht
pyri by
⇒ “5.3.1 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing, Body Tail
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Lamp”, page 173 . Prote AG.

176 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Push the brake and tail lamp bulb -2- into the bulb socket, turn
it to the left and remove it from the bulb holder -1-.
Bulb: 12 V P 21/5 W
Installing

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Perform a function test for the tail lamp.

5.9 Back-Up Lamp, Removing and Installing

G. Volkswagen
⇒ “5.9.1 Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing
wage
n A and Installing”,
AG do
es n
olks
page 177 d by V ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
⇒ “5.9.2 Back-Up Lamp tho Bulb, Removing and Installing, LED”, or
page 177 s au ac
s

ce
le

5.9.1 Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing and In‐

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
stalling
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

Removing
wit
, is n

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove h re
hole

spec
the ignition key.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Remove the tail lamp bulb holder in the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “5.3.2 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing, Rear Lid Tail
Lamp”, page 174 .
rrectness of i

– Push the back-up lamp bulb -2- into the bulb socket, turn it to
l purpos

the left and remove it from the bulb holder -1-.

Bulb: 12 V P 21 W
nform
ercia

Installing
m

a
com

tion in

Caution
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

rp

cum
fo

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the

en
ng

t.
yi
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
Co
op py
glass.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Perform a function test for the tail lamp.

5.9.2 Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing and In‐

stalling, LED
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the tail lamp assembly from the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”,
page 174 .

5. Tail Lamps 177

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in direction of -arrow-.

– Remove the bulb socket -1- with the back-up lamp bulb from
the tail lamp -2-.
– Pull the back-up lamp bulb -2- out of the bulb socket -1-
-arrow-.

12 V W 16 W Bulb
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Installing lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Caution auth or
ac
ss

ce
e
♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers
nl

pt
du

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the

an
itte

y li
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
erm

ab
glass.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Perform a function test for the tail lamp.

5.10 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

rrectness of i
ling
l purpos

⇒ “5.10.1 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing, Bulb”, page

178

nf
ercia

orm
⇒ “5.10.2 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing, LED”, page
m

atio
m

179
o

n in
or c

5.10.1 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

thi
te

sd
iva

ling, Bulb
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
Removing
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
gh ht
pyri by
the ignition key.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the body tail lamp bulb holder. Refer to
⇒ “5.3.1 Bulb Holder, Removing and Installing, Body Tail
Lamp”, page 173 .
– Push the turn signal bulb -3- into the bulb socket, turn it to the
left and remove it from the bulb holder -1-.

178 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Bulb: 12 V P 21 W
Installing

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Perform a function test for the wtail
agelamp.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
5.10.2 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Instal‐
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
ling, LED ss
a c

ce
le
un

pt
Removing

an
d
itte

y li
erm

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove

ab
ility
the ignition key.
ot p

wit
is n

– Remove the tail lamp assembly from the body. Refer to

h re
ole,

⇒ “5.5 Tail Lamps in Body, Removing and Installing”,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

page 175 .

t to the co
– Turn the bulb socket -1- in direction of -arrow-.
– Remove the bulb socket -1- with the turn signal bulb from the

rrectne
tail lamp -2-.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Remove the turn signal bulb -2- from the bulb socket -1- Cop py
t. rig
-arrow-. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
Bulb: 12 V WY 21 W
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

– Perform a function test for the tail lamp.

5. Tail Lamps 179

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

6 High-Mounted Brake Lamp

⇒ “6.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp”, page 180
⇒ “6.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing”,
page 180
⇒ “6.3 High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb M25 ,A
agen
Removing
G. Volkswagand
en AGIn‐
does
stalling”, page 181 V olksw not
g y ua
db ran
se
6.1 Overview - High-Mounted
ut
ho
ri
Brake Lamp tee
or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

1 - High-Mounted Brake Lamp

pt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Removing and instal‐
rm

ab
ling. Refer to
pe

ility
⇒ “6.2 High-Mounted
ot

wit
, is n

Brake Lamp, Removing

h re
hole

and Installing”,

spec
page 180 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Bulb, Removing and in‐
stalling. Refer to
⇒ “6.3 High-Mounted

rrectness of i
Brake Lamp Bulb M25 ,
Removing and Instal‐
l purpos

ling”, page 181

2 - Screw

nform
ercia

❑ 2 Nm
m

a
com

t
❑ Quantity: 2

ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing

and Installing
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the lower cover on the rear shelf.
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

180 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -3- and remove the high-mounted brake

lamp -2- downward.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “6.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp”, page 180

6.3 High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- ,

Removing and Installing
The High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- contains individual
LEDs.
If One of the LEDs in the High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25-
is Faulty:
♦ The individual LEDs in the High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb -
M25- are in groups of four and are supplied with electricity as
a group.
en AG . Volkswag
♦ The High-Mounted Brake ksw
aLamp
gen AG Bulb - M25- isdodesigned
es n in
such a way that it still
by Vmeets legal requirements when
ol ot gone LED
ua
group fails. rised ran
te
th o e
o
♦ If anotherssLED
au group fails, these legal requirements are no r ac
longer met.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

♦ When one LED group fails, the intact LEDs are given a higher
itte

y li

load, by which failure of other LED groups can be assumed in

erm

ab

the near future.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

♦
h re
hole

spec

Replace the high-mounted brake lamp if more than four individual

es, in part or in w

LEDS in the High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- have burned

t to the co

out. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing”,
page 180 .
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. High-Mounted Brake Lamp 181

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

7 License Plate Lamp

⇒ “7.1 License Plate Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 182

7.1 License Plate Lamp, Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “7.1.1 License Plate Lamp, Removing and Installing, Bolted”,
page 182
⇒ “7.1.2 License Plate Lamp, Removing and Installing, Clipped
On”, page 182

7.1.1 License Plate Lamp, Removing and In‐

stalling, Bolted
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the license plate lamp.
The LEDs cannot be replaced for license platewalamps
gen AG with LEDs.
. Volkswagen AG
does
s
The entire license plate lamp must be replaced
yV
olk if it becomes not
gu
damaged. ris
ed b ara
nt ee
ho
Bulbs: 12 V W5W aut or
ac
ss

ce
le

Installing
un

pt
an
d
itte

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

y li
erm

ab
– Tighten the bolts to 2 Nm. ility
ot p

wit
is n

– Check the function of the license plate lamp.

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

7.1.2 License Plate Lamp, Removing and In‐

rrectne

stalling, Clipped On
Removing
ss o
cial p

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
inform

the ignition key.

mer

atio
m

– Press the tab -1- in direction of -arrow- and remove the license
o

n
c

plate lamp.
i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

The LEDs cannot be replaced for license plate lamps with LEDs.
iv

o
r

The entire license plate lamp must be replaced if it becomes

p

cum
r
fo

damaged.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Bulbs: 12 V W5W
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
Insert the license plate lamp into the bumper cover so that the
connector is facing toward the left side of the vehicle.
– Check the function of the license plate lamp.

182 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

8 Access/Start Authorization
⇒ “8.1 Overview - Access/Start Authorization System”,
page 183
⇒ “8.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 185
⇒ “8.3 Passenger Compartment Antenna for Access/Start Au‐
thorization, Removing and Installing”, page 188 wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
⇒ “8.4 Front Passenger Access/Start Authorization
ed
by Antenna, Re‐ ara
moving and Installing”, page 189 ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
⇒ “8.5 Driver Access/Start Authorization
ss Antenna, Removing and c
Installing”, page 189

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

⇒ “8.6 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment

y li
rm

ab
R137 , Removing and Installing”, page 190
pe

ility
ot

wit
⇒ “8.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 , Re‐
, is n

h re
moving and Installing”, page 190
hole

spec
⇒ “8.8 Access/Start Authorization Antennas and Sensors, Check‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
ing”, page 191
⇒ “8.9 Access/Start Authorization Switch, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 194

rrectness of i
8.1 Overview - Access/Start Authorization
l purpos

System

nform
ercia

⇒ “8.1.1 Overview - Access/Start Authorization System”,

m

page 183

a
com

tion in
⇒ “8.1.2 Overview - Access/Start Authorization System”,
r
te o

thi
page 184

s
iva

do
r
rp

c
8.1.1 Overview - Access/Start Authorization
um
fo

en
ng

System
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
The access/start authorization system is equipped with OBD.
agen
Prote AG.

For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

“Guided Fault Finding” function.
General Information
The KESSY Access system regulates keyless opening, locking
and starting of the vehicle.
Opening
The ID sensor in ignition key must be located within reception
range of lock location (approximately 1.5 meters). The proximity
sensor located on the inside of the door handle is activated when‐
ever the door handle is touched. This then speaks to the ID sensor
inside the key and the door unlocks immediately if the identifica‐
tion is valid. Pulling the door handle opens the vehicle.
Starting
The ID sensor in ignition key must be located in the vehicle inte‐
rior. The clutch pedal must be pressed on manual transmission
vehicles. On vehicles with an automatic transmission and DSG,
the selector lever must be in “P” and the brake pedal must be
pressed. Press the Start System Button - E378- briefly. This
speaks to the ID sensor in the key and if the identification is valid,
the steering is unlocked and start authorization is achieved.

8. Access/Start Authorization 183

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

It is only possible to start the engine with the Start System Button
- E378- when a valid ID sensor is located in the vehicle interior.
Locking
The ID sensor in ignition key must be located within reception
range of lock location (approximately 1.5 meters). Touching the
locking sensor on the outside of the door handle activates the
sensor. This then speaks to the ID sensor inside the key and the
vehicle unlocks if the identification is valid.
The Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518- controls
all access/start authorization functions. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 185 .

8.1.2 Overview - Access/Start Authorization System

1 - Antenna Contact Point Cov‐ agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
erage Area olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
2 - Access/Start System An‐ horis nte
eo
tenna 1 in Vehicle Interior - aut ra
c
R138- ss

ce
le
un

❑ Under the center con‐

pt
an
d
itte

sole in front of the selec‐

y li
rm

ab
tor lever.
pe

ility
❑ Removing and instal‐
ot

wit
, is n

ling. Refer to

h re
hole

⇒ “8.3.1 Access/Start

spec
System Antenna 1 in
es, in part or in w

Vehicle Interior R138 ,

t to the co
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 188 .

rrectness of i
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “8.8.5 Access/Start
l purpos

System Antenna 1 in
Vehicle Interior R138 ,
Checking”, page 193 .

nform
ercia

3 - Front Passenger Side Ex‐

m

a
com

ti
terior Door Handle

on in
r
te o

thi
The following components are
s
iva

integrated in the front passen‐

do
r
rp

ger exterior door handle:

um
fo

en
g

♦ Front Passenger Exterior

n

t.
yi Co
Door Handle Touch Sensor . Cop py
- G416-
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
♦ Front Passenger Access/
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Start System Antenna -
AG.

R135-
Front Passenger Side Exterior
Door Handle, Removing and
installing. Refer to
⇒ “8.4.1 Front Passenger Ex‐
terior Door Handle, Removing
and Installing”, page 189 .
❑ Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna - R135- , Checking. Refer to
⇒ “8.8.2 Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna R135 , Checking”, page 192 .
❑ Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G416- , Checking. Refer to
⇒ “8.8.8 Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor G416 , Checking”, page 194 .
4 - Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper - R136-
❑ Behind the bumper cover in the rear

184 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “8.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 , Removing and Installing”, page 190 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “8.8.3 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 , Checking”, page 192 .
5 - Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment - R137-
❑ Inside the luggage compartment, in the center and in front of the spare wheel well
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “8.6 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment R137 , Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “8.8.4 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment R137 , Checking”, page 192 .
6 - Access/Start System Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior - R139-
❑ Underneath the rear bench seat
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “8.3.2 Access/Start System Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior R139 , Removing and Installing”,
page 188 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “8.8.6 Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior R139 , Checking”, page 193 .
7 - Driver Side Exterior Door Handle
The following components are integrated in driver side exterior door handle:
♦ Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G415-
Volkswa
♦ Driver Access/Start System Antenna - R134- wage
n AG. gen AG
does
olks not
❑ Driver Side Exterior Door Handle, Removing ed by and installing. Refer to
V gu
ara
⇒ “8.5.1 Driver Side Exterior Door Handle,
horis Removing and Installing”, page 189 .ntee
ut or
❑ Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch ss Sensor - G415- , checking. Refer to
a ac
⇒ “8.8.7 Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor G415 , Checking”, page 193 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

❑ Driver Access/Start System Antenna - R134- , checking. Refer to

an
itte

y li
⇒ “8.8.1 Driver Access/Start System Antenna R134 , Checking”, page 191 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

8 - Start System Button - E378-

wit
, is n

❑ Inside the center console storage compartment

h re
hole

spec
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
es, in part or in w

⇒ “2.17 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing”, page 285 .

t to the co
9 - Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518-
❑ Inside the driver footwell above the brake pedal.
rrectness of i
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
l purpos

⇒ “8.2 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Removing and Installing”, page 185 .
❑ Coding. Refer to ⇒ “8.2.3 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Coding”, page 187 .
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

8.2 Access/Start Authorization Control

o

n in
or c

Module - J518- , Removing and Instal‐

thi
te

sd
iva

ling
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

⇒ “8.2.1 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Re‐

t.
yi Co
op
moving and Installing”, page 185
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “8.2.3 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Cod‐ cop Vo
by lksw
ing”, page 187
cted agen
Prote AG.

8.2.1 Access/Start Authorization Control

Module - J518- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
The “access/start authorization” system must be coded after the
Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518- has been re‐
placed. Refer to

8. Access/Start Authorization 185

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

⇒ “8.2.3 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Cod‐

ing”, page 187 .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the footwell vent on the driver side. Refer to ⇒ Heat‐
ing, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 80 ; Heating,
Servicing; Vents, Removing, Jetta from MY 2011 .
– Release the retainer -arrow- and remove the Access/Start Au‐
thorization Control Module - J518- -2- together with the bracket
-3- from the brake pedal bracket toward the rear. Pay attention
to the wires still connected.
– Disconnect the connector -1- and remove the Access/Start
Authorization Control Module - J518- -2- from its bracket -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Slide the Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518-
-2- into the bracket -3-.
– Slide the bracket -3- together with the Access/Start Authori‐
zation Control Module - J518- onto the guides on the brake
pedal bracket until it latches secure.

G. Volkswagen AG d
– Connect and lock the connector
lksw
a-1-.
gen A oes
not
Vo gu
y
The “access/start authorization”
rise
d b
system must be coded after thearant
Access/Start Authorization
ut
ho Control Module - J518- has been re‐
ee
or
placed. Refer to ss
a ac
⇒ “8.2.3 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Cod‐
ce
le
un

pt

ing”, page 187 .

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

8.2.2 Access/Start Authorization Control

rrectne

Module - J518- , Removing and Instal‐

ling, RHD
ss o
cial p

The “access/start authorization” system must be coded after the

inform

Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518- has been re‐

mer

placed. Refer to
atio
m

⇒ “8.2.3 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Cod‐

o

n
c

ing”, page 187 .

or

n thi
te

sd
a

Removing
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
en
ng

t.
yi
the ignition key.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove
c by lksw
cted agen
Compartment, Removing and Installing . Prote AG.

– Release and disconnect the connector on the Access/Start

Authorization Control Module - J518- .

186 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Press the locking tabs on the bracket -1- upward -arrow A-.
– Pivot out and remove the Access/Start Authorization Control
Module - J518- -2- in the -direction of the arrow B- from the
bracket -1-.

– To remove the bracket -1- for the Access/Start Authorization

Control Module - J518- and release the retainer -arrows-.
– Guide the retaining tab -2- on the bracket -1- out the hole on
the central tube and remove the bracket.
Installing
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal, noting
the following: agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oe w s no
olks t gu
byV ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Install the Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518-
itte

y li
erm

-2- into the bracket -1- starting at the bottom.

ab
ility
ot p

The “access/start authorization” system must be coded after the

wit
, is n

Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518- has been re‐

h re
hole

placed. Refer to

spec
⇒ “8.2.3 Access/Start Authorization Control Module J518 , Cod‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
ing”, page 187 .

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

8.2.3 Access/Start Authorization Control

m

at
om

Module - J518- , Coding

ion
c

in t
or

his
e

The “access/start authorization” system must be coded after the

at

do
riv

Access/Start Authorization Control Module - J518- has been re‐

p

cum
or

placed.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Procedure ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode. Prote AG.

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 05 - Access and start authorization
♦ Access/start authorization functions
♦ Control module, coding

8. Access/Start Authorization 187

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

8.3 Passenger Compartment swage

n AG. VoAntenna
lkswagen AG for
does
Access/Start Authorization, Removing
olk not
byV gu
ara
ed
and Installing
ris nte
tho eo
u r ac
sa
⇒ “8.3.1 Access/StartsSystem Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138 ,

ce
le

Removing and Installing”, page 188

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
⇒ “8.3.2 Access/Start System Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior R139 ,
rm

ab
Removing and Installing”, page 188
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

8.3.1 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Ve‐

h re
hole

hicle Interior - R138- , Removing and

spec
es, in part or in w

Installing

t to the co
The Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior - R138- is
located under the front center console in front of the gearshift lev‐

rrectness of i
er.
l purpos

No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if the Access/

Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior - R138- is replaced.

nform
ercia

Erase the existing entry in the DTC memory. Refer to Vehicle Di‐
agnostic Tester .
m

a
com

tio
Removing

n in
r
te o

thi
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove

s
iva

do
the ignition key.
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Remove the button trim inside the center console. Refer to

n

t.
yi Co
⇒ “2.17 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing”, . Cop py
page 285 .
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Remove the Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Inte‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
rior - R138- -1- upward out of the retainer in direction of
AG.

-arrow-. Pay attention to the wires still connected.

– Release and disconnect the connector -2- and remove the
Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior - R138-
-1- from the vehicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
It is not possible to remove the bracket for the Access/Start Sys‐
tem Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior - R138- in the center console
without breaking it. If the antenna bracket must be removed, then
install a new bracket to prevent rattling noises and any malfunc‐
tions.

8.3.2 Access/Start System Antenna 2 in Ve‐

hicle Interior - R139- , Removing and
Installing
The Access/Start System Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior - R139- is
located underneath the center rear bench seat.
No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if the Access/
Start System Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior - R139- is replaced.
Erase the existing entry in the DTC memory. Refer to Vehicle Di‐
agnostic Tester .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.

188 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the rear bench seat. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.

Gr. 72 ; Rear Seats; Rear Bench Seat, Removing and Instal‐
ling .
– Pull the Access/Start System Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior -
R139- -1- vertically upward from the retainer in direction of
-arrow-, while paying attention to the wires still connected.
– Release and disconnect the connector -2- and remove the
Access/Start System Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior - R139-
-1- from the vehicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

8.4 Front Passenger Access/StartwaAuthori‐

gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
zation Antenna, Removing d by V and Instal‐
olks not
gu
ara
ling ut
horise nte
eo
ra
sa c
⇒ “8.4.1 Front Passenger Exterior Door
s Handle, Removing and

ce
e

Installing”, page 189

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
8.4.1 Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle,
erm

ab
ility
Removing and Installing
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
The Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Consists Of:
hole

spec
♦ Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G416-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna - R135-
The entire exterior door handle must always be replaced if mal‐

rrectness of i
functioning.
l purpos

No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when the ex‐

terior door handle is replaced. Erase the existing entry in the DTC
memory. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
nf
ercia

orm

Removing
m

atio
om

n in
c

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
or

thi

the ignition key.

te

sd
iva

o
r

– Remove the right front exterior door handle. Refer to ⇒ Body

rp

cu
o

m
f

Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ; Door Components; Door Handle, Re‐

en
ng

t.
yi
moving and Installing .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Installing
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Install in reverse order of removal.
cted agen
Prote AG.

8.5 Driver Access/Start Authorization An‐

tenna, Removing and Installing
⇒ “8.5.1 Driver Side Exterior Door Handle, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189

8.5.1 Driver Side Exterior Door Handle, Re‐

moving and Installing
The Driver Exterior Door Handle Consists Of:
♦ Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G415-

8. Access/Start Authorization 189

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Driver Access/Start System Antenna - R134-

The entire exterior door handle must always be replaced if mal‐
functioning.
No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when the ex‐
terior door handle is replaced. Erase the existing entry in the DTC
memory. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
– Remove the left front exterior door handle.
db
y V Refer to ⇒ Body gu
ara
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ; Door Components;
rise Door Handle, Re‐ nte
moving and Installing . tho eo
au ra
c
ss
Installing

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Install in reverse order of removal.
itte

y li
erm

ab
8.6 Access/Start System Antenna in Lug‐

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

gage Compartment - R137- , Removing

h re
hole

and Installing

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment -
R137- is located in the luggage compartment, in the center under
the rear shelf.

rrectness of i
No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if the Access/
l purpos

Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment - R137- is re‐

placed. Erase the existing entry in the DTC memory. Refer to
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

nform
ercia

Removing
m

at
om

io
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
n
c

in t
or

the ignition key.

his
ate

do
riv

– If equipped, remove the Subwoofer in Rear Shelf - R157- .

p

cum
or

Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Sound System;

f

en
ng

Subwoofer - R211- , Removing and Installing .

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Pull the Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compart‐ yri
gh by
ht
ment - R137- -1- vertically downward out of the retainer, while
op Vo
by c lksw
paying attention to the length of the connected wires.
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow- and remove the

Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment -
R137- -1- from the vehicle.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

8.7 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear

Bumper - R136- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
The Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper - R136- is lo‐
cated behind the bumper cover in the rear.
No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if the Access/
Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper - R136- is replaced. Erase

190 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

the existing entry in the DTC memory. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic

Tester .
Removing
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Turn off the ignitionolkand
swa all electrical equipment
ge G do
es n and remove
ot g
the ignition key.
d by V ua
r
e an
ris te
– Remove the tho rear bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
eo
au ra
Rep. Gr.
s 63 ; Rear Bumper Cover; Rear Bumper Cover, Re‐
s c
moving and Installing .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Press the tabs outward -arrows- and pull the Access/Start Au‐
itte

y li
rm

thorization Antenna in Rear Bumper - R136- -1- out of the

ab
pe

ility
holder, while paying attention to the wires that are still con‐
ot

wit
nected.
, is n

h re
hole

– Release and disconnect the connector -2- and remove the

spec
Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper - R136- -1-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

8.8 Access/Start Authorization Antennas

r
rp

cum
fo

and Sensors, Checking

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
⇒ “8.8.1 Driver Access/Start System Antenna R134 , Checking”,
ht ht
rig by
py
page 191 co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “8.8.2 Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna R135 ,
AG.

Checking”, page 192

⇒ “8.8.3 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 ,
Checking”, page 192
⇒ “8.8.4 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment
R137 , Checking”, page 192
⇒ “8.8.5 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138 ,
Checking”, page 193
⇒ “8.8.6 Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 in Vehicle Interior
R139 , Checking”, page 193
⇒ “8.8.7 Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor G415 ,
Checking”, page 193
⇒ “8.8.8 Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor
G416 , Checking”, page 194

8.8.1 Driver Access/Start System Antenna -

R134- , Checking
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body

8. Access/Start Authorization 191

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Body repair procedures

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 05 - Access and start authorization
♦ Electrical Components
♦ R134 - driver access/start authorization antenna

8.8.2 Front Passenger Access/Start System

Antenna - R135- , Checking
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 05 - Access and start authorization
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
♦ Electrical Components lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
♦ R135 - Front passenger access/start authorization
o
ir se
d
antenna ran
tee
th or
u
8.8.3 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear ss
a ac

ce
le

Bumper - R136- , Checking

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Procedure
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

t to the co
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body rrectness of i

♦ Body repair procedures

l purpos

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 05 - Access and start authorization
nform
ercia

♦ Electrical Components
m

a
com

tion in

♦ R136 - Access/Start Authorization Antenna (in rear bumper)

r
te o

thi
s
iva

8.8.4 Access/Start System Antenna in Lug‐

do
r
rp

cum

gage Compartment - R137- , Checking

fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Procedure
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems

192 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ 05 - Access and start authorization

♦ Electrical Components
♦ R137 - Luggage Compartment Access/Start Authorization An‐
tenna

8.8.5 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Ve‐

hicle Interior - R138- , Checking
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 05 - Access and start authorization
♦ Electrical Components
♦ R138 - Interior Access/Start
wage
n AG. VolAuthorization
kswagen AG
doe Antenna 1
olks s no
yV tg
8.8.6 Access/Start Authorization Antenna
ris
edb ua
ran
tee
2 in
au
tho Vehicle Interior - R139- , Checking ora
c
ss
ce

Procedure
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

y li
erm

ab
ility

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

ot p

wit
is n

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

h re
ole,

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Body
t to the co

♦ Body repair procedures

rrectne

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 05 - Access and start authorization
ss o

♦ Electrical Components
cial p

f inform
mer

♦ R139 -access/start authorization antenna 2 in vehicle interior

atio
m

8.8.7 Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sen‐

o

n
c

i
or

n thi

sor - G415- , Checking

te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum

Procedure
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
Prote AG.
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 05 - Access and start authorization
♦ Electrical Components

8. Access/Start Authorization 193

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ G415 - driver exterior door handle touch sensor

8.8.8 Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle

Touch Sensor - G416- , Checking
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 05 - Access and start authorization
♦ Electrical Components
♦ G416 - Front passenger exterior door handle touch sensor

8.9 Access/Start Authorization Switch, Re‐

moving and Installing
Vehicles with KESSY have a Start System Button - E378- (ac‐
cess/start authorization switch) in place of the Ignition/Starter
Switch - D- that controls the functions of the ignition lock without
using a key.
The Start System Button - E378- is located inside the center con‐
sole.
Start System Button - E378- , Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.17 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing”, agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
page 285 . yV
olksw not
gu
db a
e ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

194 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

9 Steering Column Switch Module

⇒ “9.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module”, page 195
⇒ “9.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 199
⇒ “9.3 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Removing
and Installing”, page 202
⇒ “9.4 Steering Column Switch Mount, Removing and Installing”,
page 211
⇒ “9.5 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 219
⇒ “9.6 Ignition/Starter Switch D , Removing and Installing”, page
221
⇒ “9.7 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 , Removing and
Installing”, page 224

9.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch

Module
⇒ “9.1.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Valeo”,
page 195
⇒ “9.1.2 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Kostal”,wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
page 197 yV
olks s no
t gu
b ara
ed
⇒ “9.1.3 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module,ris KESSY”, nte
tho e
page 197 sa
u or
ac
s

ce
9.1.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Valeo
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 195

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Steering Column Electron‐

ics Control Module - J527-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “9.2.1 Steering Col‐
umn Electronics Control
Module J527 , Remov‐
ing and Installing, Va‐
leo”, page 199 .
❑ Coding. Refer to
⇒ “9.2.3 Steering Col‐
umn Electronics Control
Module J527 , Coding”,
page 201 .
2 - Steering Column Combina‐
tion Switch - E595-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “9.3.1 Steering Col‐
umn Combination
Switch E595 , Remov‐
ing and Installing, Va‐
leo”, page 202 .
3 - Steering Column Switch
Mount
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “9.4.1 Steering Col‐
umn Switch Mount, Re‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
moving and Installing, ksw
agen oes
not
l
Valeo”, page 211 . by Vo gu
ara
d
ise nte
4 - Shear Bolts uthor eo
a ra
❑ Quantity: 2 ss c
ce
le

❑ Break-off torque: ap‐

un

pt
an
d

proximately 15 Nm
itte

y li
erm

ab

5 - Steering Lock Housing

ility
ot p

wit

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

is n

h re

⇒ “9.6.3 Steering Lock Housing, Removing and Installing”, page 222 .

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

6 - Ignition/Starter Switch and Lock Cylinder

t to the co

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “9.6 Ignition/Starter Switch D , Removing and Installing”, page 221 .
rrectne

7 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
ss

❑ Quantity: 3
o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

196 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

9.1.2 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Kostal

1 - Steering Column Electron‐

ics Control Module - J527-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “9.2.2 Steering Col‐
umn Electronics Control
Module J527 , Remov‐
ing and Installing, Kos‐
tal”, page 200 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Coding. Refer to agen oes
olksw not
⇒ “9.2.3 Steering Col‐ d byV gu
ara
umn Electronics Control orise nte
eo
Module J527 , Coding”, aut
h
ra
page 201 . ss c

ce
le
un

pt
2 - Steering Column Combina‐

an
d
itte

tion Switch - E595-

y li
rm

ab
pe

❑ Removing and instal‐

ility
ot

ling. Refer to

wit
, is n

⇒ “9.3.3 Steering Col‐

h re
hole

umn Combination

spec
Switch E595 , Remov‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
ing and Installing, Kos‐
tal”, page 206 .
3 - Steering Column Switch

rrectness of i
Mount
l purpos

❑ Removing and instal‐

ling. Refer to
⇒ “9.4.3 Steering Col‐

nform
ercia

umn Switch Mount, Re‐

m

moving and Installing,

a
com

tio
Kostal”, page 215 .

n in
r
te o

thi
4 - Shear Bolts
s
iva

do
r

❑ Quantity: 2
rp

cum
fo

en
g

❑ Break-off torque: ap‐

n

t.
yi Co
proximately 15 Nm ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
5 - Screw py by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ 2.5 Nm
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 - Steering Lock Housing

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “9.6.3 Steering Lock Housing, Removing and Installing”, page 222 .
7 - Ignition/Starter Switch and Lock Cylinder
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “9.6 Ignition/Starter Switch D , Removing and Installing”, page 221 .
8 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm

9.1.3 Overview - Steering Column Switch

Module, KESSY
There are different versions of the Steering Column Electronics
Control Module - J527- / Steering Column Combination Switch -
E595- and the steering column switch mount depending on the
manufacturer (Valeo or Kostal). The Valeo version is shown in the
illustration.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 197

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Steering Column Electron‐ agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ics Control Module - J527- Volksw not
gu
by ara
❑ Bolts: 1.5 Nm rise d
nte
ho eo
❑ Removing and s a instal‐
ut ra
c
ling. Refer to
s

ce
e

⇒ “9.2 Steering Column

nl

pt
du

an
Electronics Control
itte

y li
Module J527 , Remov‐
erm

ab
ing and Installing”, page

ility
ot p

199 .

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Coding. Refer to
hole

spec
⇒ “9.2.3 Steering Col‐
es, in part or in w

umn Electronics Control

t to the co
Module J527 , Coding”,
page 201 .

rrectness of i
2 - Steering Column Combina‐
tion Switch - E595-
l purpos

❑ Removing and installing

3 - Steering Column Switch

nform
ercia

Mount
m

at
om

❑ Removing and instal‐

ion
c

ling. Refer to

in t
or

⇒ “9.4 Steering Column

his
ate

do
riv

Switch Mount, Remov‐

p

ing and Installing”, page cum

for

en
g

211 .
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
4 - Shear Bolts
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Quantity: 2 cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Break-off torque: ap‐
Prote AG.

proximately 15 Nm
5 - Electronic Steering Column
Lock Control Module - J764-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “9.5.1 Electronic
Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 , Removing and Installing”, page 220 .
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “9.5.2 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 , Replacing”, page 220 .
6 - Start System Button - E378-
❑ Inside the center console storage compartment
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.17 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing”, page 285 .

198 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

9.2 Steering Column Electronics Control

Module - J527- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
⇒ “9.2.1 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Re‐
moving and Installing, Valeo”, page 199
⇒ “9.2.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Re‐
moving and Installing, Kostal”, page 200
⇒ “9.2.3 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
Coding”, page 201

9.2.1 Steering Column Electronics Control

Module - J527- , Removing and Instal‐
ling, Valeo
lksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
n
o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris
WARNING
ho
tee
aut or
ac
ss
♦ Risk of airbag deployment.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
♦ The airbag unit could deploy if mishandled.
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags.

ility
ot p

Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;

wit
, is n

Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Caution rrectness of i

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
l purpos

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

nform
ercia

Removing
m

at
om

ion

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

c

in t
or

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

his
ate

do
riv

– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,

p

cum
or

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -

f

en
ng

t.
Steering Wheel Airbag .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
gh ht
pyri by
terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
agen
Prote AG.

– Release and disconnect the connectors (depending on vehicle

equipment) -1 through 4-.
Do not twist the Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring
- F138- on the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -
J527- out of its center position when removing it. The front wheels
must be in the “straight-ahead position”.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 199

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Jetta 2011 ➤ yV
olks ot g
b ua
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016 rised ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Remove the screws -arrows- and remove the
ss Steering Column
Electronics Control Module - J527- from the steering column

ce
le
un

pt
switch.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Installing

ility
ot p

wit
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
Caution

t to the co
The return lever on the Turn Signal Switch - E2- could break
off when installing the Steering Column Electronics Control

rrectne
Module - J527- .
The Turn Signal Switch - J527- must be in the 0 position when

ss
installing the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -

o
cial p

f
E2- .

inform
mer

atio
m

– Slide the Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527-

o

n
c

i
or

n
straight onto the steering column switch.

thi
te

sd
va

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

i

o
pr

cum
tion. Refer to
r
fo

en
ng

⇒ “9.1.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Valeo”,

t.
yi Co
op
page 195 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
p by
co Vo
by lksw
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 . Prote
cted AG.
agen

9.2.2 Steering Column Electronics Control

Module - J527- , Removing and Instal‐
ling, Kostal

WARNING

♦ Risk of airbag deployment.

♦ The airbag unit could deploy if mishandled.
♦ Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;
Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
Remove the following components in the correct order:
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -
Steering Wheel Airbag .
– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

200 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release and disconnect the connectors (depending on vehicle

equipment) -1 through 5-.
– Remove the screw -arrow B-.
Do not twist the Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring
- F138- on the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -
J527- out of its center position when removing it. The front wheels
must be in the “straight-ahead position”.
– Open the tabs -arrows A- and remove the Steering Column
Electronics Control Module - J527- from the steering column
switch.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Caution
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
The return lever on the Turn Signal yV
olks
Switch - E2- could break ot g
ua
off when installing the Steering
ir se
d b
Column Electronics Control ran
Module - J527- . o tee
th or
au ac
ss
The Turn Signal Switch - J527- must be off when installing the

ce
le

Steering Column Electronics Control Module - E2- .

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Slide the Steering Column Electronics Control Module - J527-

wit
straight onto the steering column switch until it locks in place.
is n

h re
ole,

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

tion. Refer to

t to the co
⇒ “9.1.2 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Kostal”,
page 197 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 . rrectness

9.2.3 Steering Column Electronics Control

o
cial p

f in

Module - J527- , Coding

form
mer

atio
m

Procedure
o

n
c

i
or

n thi

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

te

sd
iva

o
r

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
yi Co
op py
lection” and the following menu options one after the other: t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Body
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 16 - Steering wheel electronics
♦ Functions of steering wheel electronics
♦ Code Control Module for steering wheel electronics

9. Steering Column Switch Module 201

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Jetta 2011 ➤ d by ua
ran
ir se
Electrical Equipmentth - Edition 01.2016
o tee
or
au ac
ss
9.3 Steering Column Combination Switch -

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
E595- , Removing and Installing
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
⇒ “9.3.1 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Removing
ot p

wit
and Installing, Valeo”, page 202
is n

h re
ole,

⇒ “9.3.2 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Removing

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

and Installing, Valeo KESSY”, page 204

t to the co
⇒ “9.3.3 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Removing
and Installing, Kostal”, page 206

rrectne
⇒ “9.3.4 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Removing
and Installing, Kostal, KESSY”, page 208

ss
9.3.1 Steering Column Combination Switch -

o
cial p

f in
E595- , Removing and Installing, Valeo

form
mer

atio
m

Special tools and workshop equipment required

o

n
c

i
or

n
♦ Angled hand drill

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-

p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
WARNING C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ Risk of airbag deployment.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ The airbag unit could deploy if mishandled.
♦ Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;
Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -
Steering Wheel Airbag .
– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -
J527- . Refer to
⇒ “9.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 199 .

202 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the catches -1- (on top) and -3- (on the bottom), and
remove the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- -2-
straight toward the back from the steering column switch base
carrier.

Note

The Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- may be se‐

cured with an additional screw (1.5 Nm) from underneath.

For a New Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Because a new Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-olkisswage es n
ot g
always delivered with a steering column switch mount asdabycom‐
V ua
ran
plete replacement part, the steering column switch mountrise must tee
also be removed. tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
The shear bolts -1- of the steering lock housing -3- must be drilled
itte

y li
out in order to remove the steering column switch mount -2-. New
erm

ab
shear bolts will be needed for installation later. Refer to the Parts

ility
ot p

Catalog.

wit
, is n

h re
– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the steering lock housing -3-.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
M8 bolts -1-: hole diameter 6.8 mm.
l purpos

– Remove the steering lock housing -3- and the steering column
switch base carrier -2- from the steering column.

nform
ercia

– Remove the steering lock housing from the steering column

m

switch mount.

at
om

ion
c

in t
Installing
or

his
ate

For a Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- That is Being

do
priv

c
Reused um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
– Slide the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
Co
op py
straight into the guides on the steering column switch mount
. C rig
ht ht
rig
until it latches securely. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

The Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- may be se‐

cured with an additional screw (1.5 Nm) from underneath.

For a New Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .

– Install the steering lock housing -3- in the steering column
switch mount -2-.
– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the steering lock housing,
the steering column switch mount and the Steering Column
Combination Switch - E595- all the way onto the steering col‐
umn and line them up with the threaded holes.
– Attach the steering lock housing -3- to the steering column with
new shear bolts -1-.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 203

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Tighten the new shear bolts -1- until the bolt heads shear off.
Refer to
⇒ “9.1.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Valeo”,
page 195 .
Continuation for New and Reused Steering Column Combination
Switches - E595-
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

9.3.2 Steering Column Combination Switch -

E595- , Removing and Installing, Valeo
KESSY
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Angled hand drill
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410- olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
WARNING s au ra
c
s

ce
le
un

♦ Risk of airbag deployment.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
♦ The airbag unit could deploy if mishandled.
rm

ab
pe

ility
♦ Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags.
ot

wit
, is n

Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;

h re
hole

Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and
l purpos

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
nform
mercia

Removing
com

tion in
r

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

te o

thi

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,

fo

en
ng

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -

t.
yi Co
op
Steering Wheel Airbag . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐ cop Vo
by lksw
terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; cted agen
Prote AG.
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -
J527- -2-. Refer to
⇒ “9.2.1 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
Removing and Installing, Valeo”, page 199 .

204 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the catches -1- (on top) and -3- (on the bottom), and
remove the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- -2-
straight toward the back from the steering column switch base
carrier.

Note

The Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- may be se‐

cured with an additional screw (1.5 Nm) from underneath.

For a new Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Because a newd Steering
o
by V Column Combination Switch
gu - E595- is
ar
always delivered
orise with a steering column switch mountanas tee a com‐
plete replacement
aut
h
part, the steering column switch mountormust ac
also be sremoved.
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
The shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐
erm

ab
trol Module - J764- -3- must be drilled out for the removal of the

ility
ot p

steering column switch mount -2-. New shear bolts will be needed

wit
, is n

for installation later. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

h re
hole

– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column spec
es, in part or in w

Lock Control Module - J764- -3-. t to the co

Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

M8 bolts -1-: hole diameter 6.8 mm.

nform
ercia

– Disengage and remove the connector on the rear side of the

ABS Control Module - J764- -3-.
m

at
om

io

– Remove the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module

n
c

in t
r

- J764- -3- together with the steering column switch mount

o

his
te

-2- toward the rear from the steering column.

a

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

– Release the retainers -arrows- on the steering column switch

n

t.
yi Co
mount and remove the steering column switch mount -1- from
Cop py
t. rig
the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764-
yri
gh by
ht
-2-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Installing
AG.

For a Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- That is Being

Reused
– Slide the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
straight onto the guides on the steering column switch mount
until it locks in place.

Note

The Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- may be se‐

cured with an additional screw (1.5 Nm) from underneath.

For a New Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .

9. Steering Column Switch Module 205

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Position the steering column switch mount -1- with the Steer‐
ing Column Combination Switch - E595- onto the Electronic
Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- -2-, until it locks
in place.
– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the Electronic Steering Col‐
umn Lock Control Module - J764- , the steering column switch
mount and the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
all the way onto the steering column and line them up with the
threaded holes.

– Attach the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module -

J764- to the steering column with new shear bolts -1-.
– Tighten the shear bolts -1- until the bolt headswashear gen AGoff. Refer n AG doe
. Volkswage
to Volks s no
t gu
by
⇒ “9.1.3 Overview - Steering Column Switch
ir se
d Module, KESSY”, ara
nte
page 197 . utho eo
r
sa ac
Continuation for New and Reuseds Steering Column Combination

ce
le

Switches - E595-
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
ot

wit
, is n

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

h re
hole

spec
9.3.3 Steering Column Combination Switch -
es, in part or in w

t to the co
E595- , Removing and Installing, Kostal
Special tools and workshop equipment required

rrectness of i
♦ Angled hand drill
l purpos

♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410- nform

ercia

WARNING
m

a
com

tion in

♦ Risk of airbag deployment.

r
te o

thi
s
iva

♦ The airbag unit could deploy if mishandled.

do
r
rp

cum
fo

♦ Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags.

en
ng

t.
yi
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;
Co
op py
Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -
Steering Wheel Airbag .

206 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -
J527- . Refer to
⇒ “9.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 199 .
– Remove the bolt -2- and remove the entire Steering Column
Combination Switch - E595- -1- straight back from the steering
column switch mount.
For a New Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .

Note

Because a new Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- is

always delivered with a steering column switch mount as a com‐
plete replacement part, the steering column switch mount must
also be removed.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 207

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Jetta 2011 aut➤
ho eo
ra
Electrical
s Equipment - Edition 01.2016
s c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
The shear bolts -1- of the steering lock housing -3- must be drilled
itte

y li
out in order to remove the steering column switch mount -2-. New
rm

ab
pe

shear bolts will be needed for installation later. Refer to the Parts

ility
ot

Catalog.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the steering lock housing -3-.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
M8 bolts -1-: hole diameter 6.8 mm.
l purpos

– Remove the steering lock housing -3- and the steering column
switch base carrier -2- from the steering column.

nform
ercia

– Remove the steering lock housing from the steering column

m

a
switch mount.
com

tion in
Installing
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
For a Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- That is Being
r
rp

cum
Reused
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Slide the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
Co
Cop py
straight onto the guides on the steering column switch mount.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
c by lksw
cted agen
tion. Refer to Prote AG.

⇒ “9.1.2 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Kostal”,

page 197 .
For a New Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .
– Install the steering lock housing -3- in the steering column
switch mount -2-.
– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the steering lock housing,
the steering column switch mount and the Steering Column
Combination Switch - E595- all the way onto the steering col‐
umn and line them up with the threaded holes.
– Attach the steering lock housing -3- to the steering column with
new shear bolts -1-.

– Tighten the new shear bolts -1- until the bolt heads shear off.
Refer to
⇒ “9.1.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Valeo”,
page 195 .
Continuation for New and Reused Steering Column Combination
Switches - E595-
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

9.3.4 Steering Column Combination Switch -

E595- , Removing and Installing, Kostal,
KESSY
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Angled hand drill
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-

208 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

WARNING

♦ Risk of airbag deployment.

en AG. V
olkswagen AG
g does
swa
♦ The airbag unitbycould
Vol
k
deploy if mishandled. not
gu
ara
d
ise nte
♦ Follow allthosafety precautions when working on airbags.
r eo
Refer sto
s a ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;ac
u r
Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Caution
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

spec
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

nform
ercia

– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -
m

a
Steering Wheel Airbag .
com

tion in
r

– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

te o

thi
terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
s
iva

do

Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -

n

t.
yi Co
op
J527- . Refer to C py
t. rig
⇒ “9.2.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
gh ht
pyri by
Removing and Installing, Kostal”, page 200 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolt -2- and remove the entire Steering Column
Combination Switch - E595- -1- straight back from the steering
column switch mount.
For a New Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .

Note

Because a new Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- is

always delivered with a steering column switch mount as a com‐
plete replacement part, the steering column switch mount must
also be removed.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 209

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

The shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐
trol Module - J764- -4- must be drilled out in order to remove the
steering column switch mount -3-. New shear bolts will be needed
later for installing. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column
Lock Control Module - J764- -4-.

Note

M8 bolts -1-: hole diameter 6.8 mm.

– Disengage and remove the connector -2- on the rear side of

the ABS Control Module - J103- -4-.
– Remove the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module
- J764- -4- together with the steering column switch mount
-3- toward the rear from the steering column.

– Release the retainers -arrows- on the steering column switch

mount and remove the steering column switch mount -1- from
the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764-
-2-.
Installing
For a Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- That is Being
Reused
– Slide the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
straight onto the guides on the steering column switch mount.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐ wage
n oes
olks not
tion. Refer to by
V gu
ara
⇒ “9.1.3 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, KESSY”, ed nte
oris eo
page 197 . au
th ra
ss c
For a New Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Position the steering column switch mount -1- with the Steer‐
erm

ab
ing Column Combination Switch - E595- onto the Electronic

ility
ot p

Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- -2-, until it locks

wit
, is n

in place.

h re
hole

spec
– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the Electronic Steering Col‐
es, in part or in w

umn Lock Control Module - J764- , the steering column switch

t to the co
mount and the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
all the way onto the steering column and line them up with the
threaded holes. rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm

– Attach the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module -

m

atio
m

J764- -4- to the steering column with new shear bolts -1-.
o

n in
or c

thi

– Tighten the shear bolts -1- until the bolt heads shear off. Refer
te

sd
a

to
iv

o
r
rp

cu

⇒ “9.1.3 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, KESSY”,

o

m
f

en

page 197 .
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Continuation for New and Reused Steering Column Combination t. C rig
gh ht
Switches - E595- pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following: Prote AG.

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

210 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

9.4 Steering Column Switch Mount, Remov‐

ing and Installing
⇒ “9.4.1 Steering Column Switch Mount, Removing and Installing,
Valeo”, page 211
⇒ “9.4.2 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Removing and
Installing, Valeo, KESSY”, page 213
⇒ “9.4.1 Steering Column Switch Mount, Removing and Installing,
Valeo”, page 211
⇒ “9.4.4 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier, Removing and
Installing, Kostal, KESSY”, page 217

9.4.1 Steering Column Switch Mount, Remov‐

ing and Installing, Valeo
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Angled hand drill
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 211

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d
wa oes
olks not
yV gu
The shear bolts -1- of the issteering
ed b lock housing must be drilled ara
nte
out in order to remove the
uth steering column switch mount -2-. New
or eo
shear bolts will be needed
ss
a for installation later. Refer to the Parts ra
c
Catalog.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Caution
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
♦ Before drilling out shear bolts, always make sure all com‐
, is n

h re
ponents secured to steering column switch mount are
hole

spec
removed beforehand.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ By drilling out, drill shavings can reach the neighboring
components, which can lead to damage and malfunctions!

rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution

nf
ercia

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

or
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

m
m

atio
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

Removing

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

en
ng

t.
yi
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, yri
p by
o Vo
Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -
c by lksw
cted agen
Steering Wheel Airbag .
Prote AG.

– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -
J527- . Refer to
⇒ “9.2.1 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
Removing and Installing, Valeo”, page 199 .
– Remove the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .
Refer to
⇒ “9.3.1 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Re‐
moving and Installing, Valeo”, page 202 .
The steering column switch mount can be removed once all the
components attached to it are removed.

– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the steering lock housing -3-.

Note

M8 bolts -1-: hole diameter 6.8 mm.

– Remove the steering lock housing -3- and the steering column
switch base carrier -2- from the steering column.
– Remove the steering lock housing from the steering column
switch mount.
Installing

212 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Install the steering lock housing -3- into the steering column
switch mount -2-.
For a Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- that is Being
Reused
– Slide the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- onto
the steering column switch mount until it locks in place.
Continuation for New and Reused Steering Column Combination
Switches - E595-
– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the steering lock housing,
the steering column switch mount and the Steering Column
Combination Switch - E595- all the way onto the steering col‐
umn and line them up with the threaded holes.
– Attach the steering lock housing -3- to the steering column with
new shear bolts -1-.
– Tighten the new shear bolts -1- until the bolt heads shear off.
Refer to
⇒ “9.1.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Valeo”,
page 195 .
Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
9.4.2 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier,
d by
Vol not
gu
ara
Removing and Installing, Valeo, KESSY
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
Special tools and workshop equipment required s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

♦ Angled hand drill

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 213

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

The shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐
trol Module - J764- must be drilled out in order to remove the
steering column switch mount -2-. New shear bolts will be needed
for installation later. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Caution agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
♦ Before drilling out shear bolts, always
hor
make sure all com‐ eo
ut
ponents secured to steeringsscolumn switch mount are
a ra
c
removed beforehand.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
♦ By drilling out, drill shavings can reach the neighboring
itte

y li
components, which can lead to damage and malfunctions!
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Caution
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing

nf
ercia

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

or
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

m
m

atio
m

– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,

o

n in
or c

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -

thi
te

Steering Wheel Airbag .

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
o

m
f

en
ng

terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;

t.
yi Co
op
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module - op Vo
by c lksw
J527- . Refer to cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “9.2.1 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
Removing and Installing, Valeo”, page 199 .
– Remove the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .
Refer to
⇒ “9.3.2 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Re‐
moving and Installing, Valeo KESSY”, page 204 .
The steering column switch mount can be removed once all the
components attached to it are removed.

– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column
Lock Control Module - J764- -3-.

Note

M8 bolts -1-: hole diameter 6.8 mm.

– Disconnect the connector on the back of the Electronic Steer‐

ing Column Lock Control Module - J764- -3- and then remove
the control module together with the steering column switch
base carrier -2- from the steering column.

214 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the retainers -arrows- on the steering column switch

mount and remove the steering column switch mount -1- from
the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764-
-2-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
– Install the steering column switch mount h-1-
oris on the Electronic nte
eo
Steering Column Lock Control Modules a-uJ764-
t
-2-. ra
c
s
For a Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- That is Being

ce
le
un

pt
Reused

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Slide the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- onto

ility
ot p

the steering column switch base carrier until it latches.

wit
is n

h re
Continuation for New and Reused Steering Column Combination
ole,

Switches - E595-

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the Electronic Steering Col‐
umn Lock Control Module - J764- , the steering column switch
mount and the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
all the way onto the steering column and line them up with the

rrectne
threaded holes.

ss
– Secure the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module

o
cial p

f i
- J764- to the steering column with new shear bolts -1-.

nform
mer

– Tighten the shear bolts -1- until the bolt heads shear off. Refer

atio
m

to
o

n
c

i
⇒ “9.1.3 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, KESSY”,
or

n thi
e

page 197 .
t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
um
r
fo

en
ng

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

t.
yi Co
op py
Install in reverse order of removal.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
Replace the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - by c lksw
cted agen
J764- . Refer to Prote AG.
⇒ “9.5 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 219 .

9.4.3 Steering Column Switch Mount, Remov‐

ing and Installing, Kostal
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Angled hand drill
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-

9. Steering Column Switch Module 215

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

The shear bolts -1- of the steering lock housing must be drilled
out in order to remove the steering column switch mount -2-. New
shear bolts will be needed for installation later. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.

Caution

♦ Before drilling out shear bolts, always make sure all com‐
ponents secured to steering column switch mount are
removed beforehand.
♦ By drilling out, drill shavings can reach the neighboring
components, which can lead to damage and malfunctions!

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Referisetodb ara
nte
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and thor Connecting”, page 7 . eo
au ra
s c
– Remove the steering wheel. sRefer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,

ce
le

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -

un

pt
an
d

Steering Wheel Airbag .

itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

ility
ot p

terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;

wit
is n

Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

h re
ole,

– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module - spec

urposes, in part or in wh

J527- . Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “9.2.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
Removing and Installing, Kostal”, page 200 .
rrectne

– Remove the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .

Refer to
⇒ “9.3.3 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Re‐
ss

moving and Installing, Kostal”, page 206 .

o
cial p

f inform

The steering column switch mount can be removed once all the
mer

components attached to it are removed.

atio
om

– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the steering lock housing -3-.
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

Note
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
M8 bolts -1-: hole diameter 6.8 mm. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Remove the steering lock housing -3- and the steering column
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
switch base carrier -2- from the steering column.
AG.

216 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the steering lock housing from the steering column

switch mount.
Installing

– Install the steering lock housing -3- into the steering column
switch mount -2-. . Volkswag AG en AG
w agen doe
For a Steering Column
yV
olks Combination Switch - E595-
s no That is Being
t gu
Reused ised b ara
n
r tee
ho
– Slides athe
ut Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-or
ac
straight onto the guides on the steering column switch mount.
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Install the lower bolts and tighten to the specified tightening

an
itte

y li
specification. Refer to
erm

ab
⇒ “9.1.2 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Kostal”,
ility
ot p

page 197 .
wit
, is n

Continuation for New and Reused Steering Column Combination h re

hole

spec
Switches - E595-
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the steering lock housing,

the steering column switch mount and the Steering Column
Combination Switch - E595- all the way onto the steering col‐
rrectness of i

umn and line them up with the threaded holes.

l purpos

– Attach the steering lock housing -3- to the steering column with
new shear bolts -1-.
nf
ercia

– Tighten the new shear bolts -1- until the bolt heads shear off.
rm
m

atio

Refer to
om

⇒ “9.1.2 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, Kostal”,

n in
or c

page 197 .
thi
te

sd
iva

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

t.
yi Co
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 . Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9.4.4 Steering Column Switch Base Carrier,

Removing and Installing, Kostal, KES‐
SY
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Angled hand drill
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-

9. Steering Column Switch Module 217

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

The shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐
trol Module - J764- -4- must be drilled out in order to remove the
steering column switch mount -3-. New shear bolts will be needed
later for installing. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

Caution

♦ Before drilling out shear bolts, always make sure all com‐
ponents secured to steering column switch mount are
removed beforehand.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
♦ By drilling out, drill shavings can reach the neighboring
Vol
ksw
a
not
components, which can lead to damage ed and malfunctions!
by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss

ce
e
nl

Caution

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

ility
ot p

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

wit
, is n

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

rrectness of i
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
l purpos

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -

Steering Wheel Airbag .

nform
ercia

– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
m

at
om

i
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

on
c

in t
or

– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -

his
ate

J527- . Refer to
do
priv

⇒ “9.2.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,

um
for

en
g

Removing and Installing, Kostal”, page 200 .

n

t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Refer to p by
co Vo
⇒ “9.3.4 Steering Column Combination Switch E595 , Re‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
moving and Installing, Kostal, KESSY”, page 208 .
AG.

The steering column switch mount can be removed once all the
components attached to it are removed.

– Drill out the shear bolts -1- on the Electronic Steering Column
Lock Control Module - J764- -4-.

Note

M8 bolts -1-: hole diameter 6.8 mm.

– Release and disconnect the connector -2- on the back of the

Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- -4-
and then remove it together with the steering column switch
mount -3- from the steering column.

218 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the retainers -arrows- on the steering column switch

mount and remove the steering column switch mount -1- from
the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764-
-2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Installing agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Install the steering column switch mount -1- on the Electronic
hole

Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- -2-.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
For a Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- That is Being
Reused
– Slide the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-

rrectness of i
straight onto the guides on the steering column switch mount.
l purpos

– Install the lower bolts and tighten to the specified tightening

specification. Refer to
⇒ “9.1.3 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, KESSY”,

nform
ercia

page 197 .
m

a
com

ti
Continuation for New and Reused Steering Column Combination

on in
Switches - E595-
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Slide the pre-assembled unit from the Electronic Steering Col‐

do
r
rp

c
umn Lock Control Module - J764- , the steering column switch

um
fo

en
g

mount and the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-

n

t.
yi Co
all the way onto the steering column and line them up with the Cop py
t. rig
threaded holes. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
– Secure the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module Prote AG.
- J764- -4- to the steering column with new shear bolts -1-.
– Tighten the shear bolts -1- until the bolt heads shear off. Refer
to
⇒ “9.1.3 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module, KESSY”,
page 197 .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
Install in reverse order of removal.
Replace the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module -
J764- . Refer to
⇒ “9.5 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 219 .

9.5 Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐

trol Module - J764- , Removing and In‐
stalling
If the vehicle has KESSY, the steering column does not lock me‐
chanically via the lock cylinder, but rather it locks electrically via
the electronic steering column lock ( Electronic Steering Column
Lock Control Module - J764- ).

9. Steering Column Switch Module 219

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

⇒ “9.5.1 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ,

Removing and Installing”, page 220
⇒ “9.5.2 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ,
Replacing”, page 220

9.5.1 Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐

trol Module - J764- , Removing and In‐
stalling
The “replace electronic steering column lock control module” pro‐
cedure must be performed each time before removing the Elec‐
tronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- to read the
data stored in the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Mod‐
ule - J764- . Refer to
⇒ “9.5.2 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 ,
Replacing”, page 220 .
The Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- and
the steering column switch mount are removed and installed to‐
gether.

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
– Remove the steering column switch mount. Refer to
⇒ “9.4 Steering Column Switch Mount, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 211 .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
9.5.2 Electronic Steering Column Lock Con‐ yV
olks es n
ot g
ua
b
trol Module - J764- , Replacing ho
ir se
d ran
tee
ut or
a ac
The procedure for “replacing the electronic
ss steering column lock
control module” includes the following work to be completed:
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

♦ If a new Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module -

y li
erm

ab

J764- is being installed in the vehicle, then the Electronic

ility
ot p

Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- must be coded.

wit
is n

h re

♦ Then the Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module -

ole,

J764- must be adapted.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

The Procedure to “Replace the Electronic Steering Column Lock

t to the co

Control Module” Can Only Be Performed. Refer to Vehicle Diag‐

nostic Tester in the “Guided Fault Finding” Function.
rrectne

Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
ss o
cial p

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

inform
mer

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

atio
m

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
o

n
c

i
or

♦ Body
thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

♦ Electrical Equipment
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
♦ 2B - Electronic Steering Column Lock
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

220 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Functions
♦ Replace the electronic steering column lock control module

9.6 Ignition/Starter Switch - D- , Removing

and Installing
⇒ “9.6.1 Ignition/Starter Switch D , Removing and Installing”,
page 221
⇒ “9.6.2 Ignition/Starter Switch D , Checking”, page 222
⇒ “9.6.3 Steering Lock Housing, Removing and Installing”,
page 222
⇒ “9.6.4 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 223

9.6.1 Ignition/Starter Switch - D- , Removing

and Installing

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

WARNING

♦ Risk of airbag deployment.

♦ The airbag unit could deploy if mishandled.
♦ Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;
Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .
AG. Volkswagen A
agen G do
es n
ksw
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
Removing horis tee
ut or
ac
s a Battery - A- . Refer
– Disconnect sthe to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,

y li
erm

ab

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel Airbag; Overview -

ility
ot p

Steering Wheel Airbag .

wit
, is n

h re

– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

hole

terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;

spec

Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Disconnect the connector -2- from the Ignition/Starter Switch

- D- -1-.
rrectness of i

– Release the Ignition/Starter Switch - D- with a small screw‐

driver -arrows-.
l purpos

– Remove the Ignition/Starter Switch - D- -1- from the steering

lock housing.
nform
ercia

Installing
m

at
om

ion
c

– Install the Ignition/Starter Switch - D- in the steering lock hous‐

in t
or

ing until it clicks into place.

his
ate

do
riv

– Insert the ignition key into the lock cylinder and turn the key to
p

cum
for

the “Run” position.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 221

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Lock Cylinder Key Positions

1- “Off” Position
2- “Run” Position
3- “Start” Position
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
Further installation is done in reverse Vorder
olkswa
of removal.
AG. gen AG
agen do
Ignition/Starter Switch - D-
ol,ksChecking. Refer to
w es n
ot g
yV
⇒ “9.6.2 Ignition/Starter
sed Switch D , Checking”, page 222 .uara
b
n ri tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

9.6.2 Ignition/Starter Switch - D- , Checking

t to the co
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

rrectne
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
ss
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
o
cial p

f i

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
nform
mer

♦ Body
atio
om

n
c

♦ Electrical Equipment
i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ Electrical Components Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
♦ Ignition/Starter Switch
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
9.6.3 Steering Lock Housing, Removing and
Prote AG.

Installing

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

The steering column switch mount must be removed first in order

to remove the steering lock housing.

Caution

♦ The steering lock could get damaged.

♦ If the steering lock is operated without the lock cylinder, it
will lock up and then it will have to be replaced.
♦ Steering lock must not be operated without a lock cylinder.

222 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
– Remove the steering column switch mount. Refer to
⇒ “9.4 Steering Column Switch Mount, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 211 .

9.6.4 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing

Caution

♦ Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting

and connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
♦ The steering lock could get damaged.
♦ If the steering lock is operated without the lock cylinder, it
will lock up and then it will have to be replaced.
♦ Steering lock must not be operated without a lock cylinder.

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
The Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil - D2- is attached to the
lock cylinder and cannot be replaced separately.
To improve clarity, the ignition key is not shown in the following
illustrations. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
The hole can be located opposite 180° as shown in the illustration. d by V gu
ara
This does not affect removing and installing. orise nte
eo
th
u ra
– Insert the ignition key into the lock cylinder and turn
ss a
the key to c
the “Run” position.
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Lock Cylinder Key Positions

itte

y li
erm

ab
1- “Off” Position
ility
ot p

wit
is n

2- “Run” Position h re
ole,

spec
3- “Start” Position
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 223

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Jetta 2011 ➤ ut
ho eo
ra
a
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Insert steel wire (1.2 mm diameter) into hole in direction of

itte

y li
-arrow- next to the ignition key.

erm

ab
ility
ot p
– Release the lever -3- on the lock cylinder -1- with a steel wire

wit
, is n
-2- -arrow-.

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the lock cylinder -1- from the steering lock housing.

es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Disconnect the connector -arrow- from the Anti-Theft Immo‐ t. Cop py
bilizer Reader Coil - D2- .
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
– Insert the ignition key into the lock cylinder -1- and turn the key
to the “Run” position.
– Unlock the lever -3- with steel wire -2- in direction of -arrow-.
– Insert the lock cylinder -1- into the steering lock housing.
The Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reading Coil - D2- connection must
be inserted into the guide on the steering lock housing.
– Remove the steel wire -2- from the lock cylinder -1- and then
make sure the lock cylinder fit securely in the steering lock
housing.
– Connect the connector to the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader
Coil - D2- .
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
Further installation is done in reverse order of removal.

9.7 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid -

N376- , Removing and Installing
The Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid - N376- must be mounted
next to the Ignition/Starter Switch - D- .
To remove ignition key in vehicles with automatic transmission
and DSG, always shift selector lever into position “P” and then

224 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

switch off the ignition. Otherwise, the Ignition Switch Key Lock
Solenoid - N376- prevents the key from being removed.

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Removing ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
o
– Disconnect the Batteryau-th A- . Refer to eo
ra
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting
ss and Connecting”, page 7 . c

ce
le
un

pt
– Remove the steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

an
d
itte

terior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;

y li
rm

ab
Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
pe

ility
ot

– Open the tab -2- with a screwdriver.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Pull Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid - N376- -1- in the di‐

spec
rection of -arrow- out of its mount.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The connector will disconnect at the same time.
Installing

rrectness of i
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
l purpos

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

nform
ercia

– After attaching the Battery - A- , perform the output diagnostic

m

a
test mode for the Steering Column Electronics Control Module
com

tio
- J527- to activate the Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid -
n in
r
te o

N376- . Use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . thi

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. Steering Column Switch Module 225

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

10 Parking Aid
⇒ “10.1 Overview - Parking Aid”, page 226
⇒ “10.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 229
⇒ “10.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and
Installing”, page 232
⇒ “10.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and
Installing”, page 233
⇒ “10.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page
235
⇒ “10.6 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page
239

10.1 Overview - Parking Aid

⇒ “10.1.1 General Information”, page 226
⇒ “10.1.2 Overview - Parking Aid”, page 227

10.1.1 General Information

Volkswagen AG
Familiarity with the function and operation of the parking system agen
AG. does
ksw
is essential in the event of customer concerns. Refer to the Own‐by Vol not
gu
ara
er's Manual. ris
ed nte
tho eo
It has an eight-channel parking aid with four ultrasonic sensors
ss
au ra
c
(parking aid sensor) installed in the rear bumper, and four ultra‐

ce
e
nl

sonic sensors in the front bumper.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
The parking aid system uses ultrasonic sensors to monitor the
erm

ab
areas near the front and rear bumpers. An acoustic distance

ility
ot p

warning is given by two warning buzzers located in the vehicle

wit
, is n

interior.

h re
hole

spec
Should a trailer be used and the trailer socket is connected, the
es, in part or in w

rear sensors are disabled. However the front sensors stay acti‐

t to the co
vated.
The eight-channel parking aid consists of:

rrectness of i
♦ Parking Aid Control Module - J446-
l purpos

♦ Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-

nform
ercia

♦ Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-

m

♦ Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-

at
om

ion
c

♦ Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252-

in t
or

his
ate

♦ Left Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G203-

do
priv

cum
or

♦ Left Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G204-

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Right Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G205-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Right Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G206-
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22-
AG.

♦ Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15-

♦ Parking Aid Button - E266-
♦ Parking Aid Indicator Lamp - K136-
♦ Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76-

226 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Function
To turn on when the ignition is on, press the Parking Aid Button -
E266- or engage reverse gear. Press the Parking Aid Button -
E266- again to turn it off, or drive forward faster than 15 km/h.
A short signal tone will sound and the Parking Aid Indicator Lamp
- K136- will come on when the parking aid is ready. If a malfunc‐
tion in the system is detected, a five second long tone will sound
and the Parking Aid Indicator Lamp - K136- (in the Parking Aid
Button - E266- ) will flash.
During the distance measurement, the pauses between chime
impulses get shorter as the gap between vehicles gets smaller.
At distances less than 30 cm, a continuous tone is heard.
Exception:
♦ Driving along a wall: no warning
Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator
The Parking Aid Control Module - J446- takes over control of the
parking aid functions.
The Parking Aid Control Module - J446- is equipped with OBD.
For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the
“Guided Fault Finding” function.
To check the entire parking aid system, perform the output diag‐
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
nostic test mode. Refer to lkswage es n
⇒ “10.2.5 Parking Aid Control d byModule
Vo J446 , Parking Aid Output
ot g
ua
Diagnostic Test Mode”, page
o
ir se 231 .
ran
te
th eo
au ra
10.1.2 Overview
ss - Parking Aid c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

10. Parking Aid 227

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Parking Aid Sensor in Rear

Bumper Cover
❑ Left Rear Parking Aid
Sensor - G203-
❑ Left Rear Center Park‐
ing Aid Sensor - G204-
❑ Right Rear Center Park‐
ing Aid Sensor - G205-
❑ Right Rear Parking Aid
Sensor - G206-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “10.6 Rear Parking
Aid Sensor, Removing
and Installing”,
page 239 .
❑ Checking. Refer to
⇒ “10.6.5 Parking Aid
Sensor, Checking”,
page 242 .
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “10.6.3 Parking Aid
Sensor, Replacing”,
page 241 .
❑ Sensor mount, repair‐
ing. Refer to
⇒ “10.6.4 Rear Bumper
Cover Sensor Mount,
Repairing”, page 242 .
❑ Sensor mount adhe‐
sive. Refer to
⇒ “10.6.2 Sensor Mount AG. Volkswagen AG d
Bonding in Rear Bump‐lkswagen oes
not
er Cover”, page 241
d by V.
o gu
a
e ran
ris t
2 - Rear Parking Aid
ut Warning
ho
ee
or
Buzzer - H15- ss a ac
ce
le

❑ In the rear shelf

un

pt
an
d

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

itte

y li
rm

⇒ “10.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and Installing”, page 233 .
ab
pe

ility

❑ Volume, Adjusting. Refer to

ot

wit
, is n

⇒ “10.4.2 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Adapting Volume”, page 234 .
h re
hole

❑ Tone, Adjusting. Refer to

spec

⇒ “10.4.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Adapting Tone”, page 234 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co

❑ Check via the output diagnostic test mode. Refer to

⇒ “10.2.5 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Parking Aid Output Diagnostic Test Mode”, page 231
rrectness of i

3 - Parking Aid Button - E266-

❑ Inside the center console in front of the gearshift lever
l purpos

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

⇒ “2.16 Parking Aid Button E266 , Removing and Installing”, page 283 .
nform
ercia

4 - Parking Aid Control Module - J446-

m

a
com

tio

❑ Via the relay panel underneath the driver side instrument panel
n in
r
te o

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

thi
s
iva

⇒ “10.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Removing and Installing”, page 229 .
do
r
rp

cum

❑ Coding. Refer to ⇒ “10.2.3 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Coding”, page 230 .
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
❑ Adapting the optical illustration. Refer to
Co
op py
⇒ “10.2.4 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Adapting Optical Display”, page 231 .
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Output diagnostic test mode. Refer to cop Vo
by lksw
⇒ “10.2.5 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Parking Aid Output Diagnostic Test Mode”, page 231 .
cted agen
Prote AG.

228 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5 - Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22-

❑ On the relay panel under the driver side instrument panel
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “10.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and Installing”, page 232 .
❑ Volume, Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “10.3.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Adapting Volume”, page 232 .
❑ Tone, Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “10.3.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Adapting Tone”, page 233 .
❑ Check via the output diagnostic test mode. Refer to
⇒ “10.2.5 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Parking Aid Output Diagnostic Test Mode”, page 231
6 - Parking Aid Sensor Inside the Front Bumper Cover
❑ Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-
❑ Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
❑ Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-
❑ Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “10.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 235 .
❑ Checking. Refer to ⇒ “10.5.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Checking”, page 238 .
❑ Replacing. Refer to ⇒ “10.5.3 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Replacing”, page 237 .
❑ Sensor mount, repairing. Refer to
⇒ “10.5.4 Sensor Mount in Front Bumper Cover, Repairing”, page 238 .
❑ Sensor mount adhesive. Refer to
⇒ “10.5.2 Sensor Mount Bonding in Front Bumper Cover”, page 237 .

10.2 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- , Re‐

moving and Installing gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
a oes
lksw not
⇒ “10.2.1 Parking Aid Control Moduledb
y VJ446 Removing and In‐
o gu
ara
stalling”, page 229 or
ise nte
h eo
ut ra
⇒ “10.2.3 Parking Aid Control
ss Module J446 , Coding”,
a c
page 230
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

⇒ “10.2.4 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Adapting Optical

itte

y li

Display”, page 231

erm

ab
ility
ot p

⇒ “10.2.5 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Parking Aid Output

wit
is n

Diagnostic Test Mode”, page 231

h re
ole,

spec

10.2.1 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- Re‐

urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

moving and Installing

The Parking Aid Control Module - J446- is located under the in‐
rrectne

strument panel on the driver side above the relay panel.

Removing
ss o
cial p

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
f in

the ignition key.

form
mer

atio

– Remove the left instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

om

terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Side Instrument Panel

n
c

i
or

Covers, Removing and Installing .

thi
te

sd
iva

– Remove the driver side instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒

pr

cum
r
fo

Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐

en
ng

t.
ers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and In‐
yi Co
op
stalling .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the instrument cluster. Refer to
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
⇒ “1.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and Installing”,
agen
Prote AG.
page 103 .

10. Parking Aid 229

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the footwell vent on the driver side. Refer to ⇒ Heat‐

ing, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 80 ; Heating,
Servicing; Vents, Removing, Jetta from MY 2011 .
– Remove the expanding rivets -arrows- on the Parking Aid
Control Module - J446- -1-.
– Remove the Parking Aid Control Module - J446- -1- toward the
rear and downward out of the bracket -2-.
– Release and disconnect the connectors.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
10.2.2 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- Re‐ h eo
aut ra
s c
moving and Installing, RHD
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

The Parking Aid Control Module - J446- is located under the in‐

y li
erm

ab
strument panel on the driver side above the relay panel.

ility
ot p

Removing

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove

spec
the ignition key.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the right instrument panel cover on the side. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Side Instru‐
ment Panel Covers, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the driver side instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒ rrectness of i
l purpos

Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐

ers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and In‐
stalling .
nform
ercia

– Remove the instrument cluster. Refer to

m

at
om

⇒ “1.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and Installing”,

on
c

page 103 .
in t
or

his
ate

– Remove the footwell vent on the driver side. Refer to ⇒ Heat‐

do
priv

ing, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 80 ; Heating,

um
for

en

Servicing; Vents, Removing, Jetta from MY 2011 .

ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the expanding rivets -arrows- on the Parking Aid t. C rig
gh ht
Control Module - J446- -1-. pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the Parking Aid Control Module - J446- -1- toward the Prote AG.
rear and downward out of the bracket -2-.
– Release and disconnect the connectors.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

10.2.3 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- ,

Coding
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

230 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446
♦ Parking Aid 2 Function
♦ Control module, coding

10.2.4 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- ,

Adapting Optical Display
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446
♦ Parking Aid 2 Function
♦ Adapting the optical illustration

10.2.5 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- ,

Parking Aid Output Diagnostic Test
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Mode yV
olksw oes
not
gu b ara
ed
Procedure thoris nte
e or
au ac
– Connect the Vehicle sDiagnostic
s Tester .
ce
le
un

pt

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

ab
pe

ility

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
ot

wit
, is n

h re

♦ Body
hole

spec

♦ Body repair procedures

es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446
rrectness of i

♦ Parking Aid 2 Function

l purpos

♦ Output Diagnostic Test Mode

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

10. Parking Aid 231

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

10.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H22- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “10.3.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and
Installing”, page 232
⇒ “10.3.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Adapting Vol‐
ume”, page 232
⇒ “10.3.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Adapting
Tone”, page 233

10.3.1 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H22- , Removing and Installing
The Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- is located under the
driver side instrument panel and is secure to the relay panel
bracket.

WARNING

♦ Risk of airbag deployment.

♦ The airbag unit could deploy if mishandled.
♦ Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions;
Safety Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removing agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
rise
d
nte
the ignition key. autho eo
ra
ss c
– Remove the knee airbag and bracket in the driver footwell.

ce
le
un

Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 .

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Remove the driver side instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒
rm

ab
pe

Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐

ility
ot

ers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and In‐

wit
, is n

h re
stalling .
hole

spec
– Loosen the expanding rivets -arrows-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- -1- from rrectness of i
the bracket -3-.
l purpos

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
nform
ercia

If a new Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- is installed, it

m

is not necessary to perform coding, basic setting or adaptation.

com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
10.3.2 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
H22- , Adapting Volume
cted agen
Prote AG.

Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

232 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446
♦ Parking Aid 2 Function
♦ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer, Adjusting Volume

10.3.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H22- , Adapting Tone
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446
♦ Parking Aid 2 Function
♦ Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer , Adjusting Tone
AG. Volkswagen A
10.4 Rear VParking
olks
wage
n
Aid Warning
G do
esBuzzer
not -
H15- , Removing and Installing
by gu
d ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
⇒ “10.4.1ssRear
au Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removingr aand
c
Installing”, page 233
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

⇒ “10.4.2 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Adapting Vol‐

itte

y li

ume”, page 234

erm

ab
ility
ot p

⇒ “10.4.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Adapting

wit
, is n

Tone”, page 234

h re
hole

spec

10.4.1 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

es, in part or in w

t to the co

H15- , Removing and Installing

The Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- is secured to the
rrectness of i

rear shelf plate. It is accessible from the luggage compartment.

l purpos

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
nf
ercia

the ignition key.

orm
m

– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

10. Parking Aid 233

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Loosen the expanding rivets -arrows- and remove the Rear

Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- from the bracket.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
If a new Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- is installed, by V it is
o l not
gu
ara
not necessary to perform coding, basic setting or adaptation.
rise
d
nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

10.4.2 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

h re
hole

H15- , Adapting Volume

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

rrectness of i
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
l purpos

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:

nform
ercia

♦ Body
m

a
com

ti
♦ Body repair procedures

on in
r
te o

thi
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems

s
iva

do
r

♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446

rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
♦ Parking Aid 2 Function
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer, Adjusting Volume gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
10.4.3 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - cted agen
Prote AG.

H15- , Adapting Tone

Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446
♦ Parking Aid 2 Function
♦ Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer Tone, Adjusting

234 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

10.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “10.5.1 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
page 235
⇒ “10.5.2 Sensor Mount Bonding in Front Bumper Cover”,
page 237
⇒ “10.5.3 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Replacing”, page 237
⇒ “10.5.4 Sensor Mount in Front Bumper Cover, Repairing”, page
238
⇒ “10.5.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Checking”, page 238

10.5.1 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing
Parking aid sensor in front bumper cover:
♦ Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-
♦ Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
♦ Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-
G . Volkswage
♦ Right Front Parking
ksw
aAid Sensor
gen A - G252-
n AG d
oes
n
Vol ot g
by
The followingisillustrations
ua
show how to remove and install
ran the Left
ed
Front Parking
uthor
Aid Sensor - G255- . tee
or
s a ac
Removing and installing the other parking aid sensors is identical.
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

Removing
an
itte

y li
erm

ab

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
ility
ot p

the ignition key.

wit
, is n

h re

– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

hole

Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper Cover; Front Bumper Cover, Re‐

spec
es, in part or in w

moving and Installing .

t to the co

Caution
rrectness of i

♦ Always follow the sequence for removing the sensor.

l purpos

♦ Otherwise, the sensor may be damaged. Hairline cracks

which lead to sensor failure can develop if too much force
nf
ercia

is used on the sensor.

orm
m

atio

♦ Remove the sensor from the bracket first and then dis‐
om

n in

connect the connector from the sensor.

or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Push the locking mechanisms -arrows- on the sensor mount

o

m
f

en
ng

-1- toward the outside.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Pull the sensor -2- backward out of the sensor bracket with the
t. rig
gh ht
yri
wires connected.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
When removing the sensor, make sure that the decoupling ring
Prote AG.

(black silicone ring) remains on the sensor head and does not
remain in the bracket or get lost. Do not bend the decoupling ring.
– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.

10. Parking Aid 235

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Disconnect the sensor -1-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Caution

♦ Do not bend the decoupling ring.

♦ An incorrect or damaged decoupling ring can lead to mal‐
functions.
♦ Replace any damaged decoupling rings and be sure in‐
stall the correct decoupling ring.

Since the lengths of the front parking aid sensor heads are dif‐
ferent, the height decoupling rings installed are also different.

– Make sure the correct decoupling ring is installed on the sen‐

sor head.
Type of Sensor Height of Decoupling Ring
-B-
Front parking aid sensor 5.7 mm
– Replace the sensor decoupling ring -1-.
– Install the sensor in the correct location in the bumper cover.
Sensor brackets are designed in different shapes and must be
matched to the respective component location in the bumper cov‐
er.
Be sure to align the electric connection on the sensor when in‐
stalling it.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Parking Aid Sensors Allocation inside the Front Bumper
olks
wage
n
Cover: oes
not
yV gu
1- LF - Outer Left db ara
rise nte
tho eo
2- FLC - Front Left Center au ra
c
ss
ce
e

3- FRC - Front Right Center

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

4- RF - Outer Right
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Make sure that the sensors -1 through 4- are matched up with the
wit

connectors.
, is n

h re
hole

When installing the sensor, make sure the decoupling ring is cor‐
spec

rectly mounted on the sensor head and that it does not fall off or
es, in part or in w

t to the co

roll up when being inserted into the sensor mount.

Both retaining clips on the sensor mount must engage audibly
when installing the sensor.
rrectness of i

– Make sure the sensor is seated correctly in the bracket after

l purpos

installation.
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

236 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Dimension -a- for the circular gap between the sensor head and
bumper cover must be visibly even all around on the outer side
of the bumper cover.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
10.5.2 Sensor Mount Bonding in Front Bumper
rm

ab
pe

ility
Cover
ot

wit
, is n

h re
The sensor mount bonding in the front bumper cover is performed
hole

spec
in the same way. To assist in aligning the sensor retainers in their
es, in part or in w

proper positions when bonding, sensor location punched holes

t to the co
with corresponding retainer bonding adhesive surfaces are
marked on the inside of the bumper cover. Before proceeding with
bonding procedure, ensure that the sensor mount and bumper

rrectness of i
cover materials are between 15 and 25 °C (59 and 77 °F).
l purpos

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ PDC Holder Tool Set - Centering Drift - VAS6614/3-
nform
ercia

Procedure
m

a
com

tio

– Remove any remaining adhesive still on the inside of the

n in
r

bumper cover.
te o

thi
s
iva

do

– Clean the marked adhesive surface -1- on the inside of the

r
rp

cum

bumper thoroughly with isopropyl alcohol.

fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Apply the bonding agent “Scotchmount 4298” evenly in the
Cop py
. rig
marked adhesion surface -1-.
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Let the bonding agent air dry for approximately five minutes.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Allocate the sensor brackets to be bonded to their proper com‐
ponent location. Refer to ⇒ page 236 .
– Remove both protection foils from sensor mount bonding area
-2- so that a gray surface becomes visible.
– Align the sensor bracket -2- with respect to marked adhesive
surface -1- so that there is a uniform edge of approximately 3
mm. Use PDC Holder Tool Set - Centering Drift - VAS6614/3-
for aligning with the punched hole.
Make sure that openings for sensor connection in the sensor
bracket face in the correct direction as depicted in the assign‐
ment. If the sensor mount is glued in incorrectly, the connecting
wires for the sensors are too short.
– Press the sensor bracket -2- with significant pressure into the
bumper cover for approximately 10 seconds.
The contact pressure and pressing time is crucial for the bonding
durability.

10.5.3 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Replacing

If a new parking aid sensor is installed, the sensor head must first
be painted to match the color of the bumper cover. The following
requirements must be observed when painting the sensors to en‐
sure the parking aid system will not be impaired.

10. Parking Aid 237

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Sensor, Painting
Procedure
– Remove the decoupling ring (black silicone ring) from the new
sensor head.
– Use isopropyl alcohol to remove the grease from the black
sensor head -1- in the area to be painted -2-.
– Paint the sensor in the area to be painted -2- the same color
as the bumper cover.
Paint application dimension -B- is 3 mm (+ maximum 2 mm).
– When the paint has dried, reinstall the decoupling ring (black
silicone ring) on the sensor head.

Caution

♦ Do not bend the decoupling ring.

♦ Using a damaged decoupling ring can cause malfunc‐
tions.
♦ Replace any damaged decoupling rings.

10.5.4 Sensor Mount in Front Bumper Cover,

Repairing
New Front Bumper Cover with Sensor Mount Glued On
If a new front bumper cover is installed, the front parking aid sen‐
sor brackets are already installed and the new bumper cover can
be painted. Follow the requirements for painting. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
New Front Bumper Cover without Attached Sensor Mount by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
♦ Procedure. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front
thor eo
Bumper Cover; Parking Aid Bracket, Installing . s au ra
c
s

ce
le

Sensor Mount Allocation. Refer to ⇒ page 236 .

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Bonding the Sensor Bracket in the Bumper Cover. Refer to
rm

⇒ “10.5.2 Sensor Mount Bonding in Front Bumper Cover”, ab

pe

ility
page 237 .
ot

wit
, is n

h re

10.5.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Checking

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

This function can be used to check the following components via

t to the co

the Parking Aid Control Module - J446- :

♦ Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-
rrectness of i

♦ Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-

l purpos

♦ Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-

nform
ercia

♦ Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252-

m

Procedure
a
com

tion in

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

en
ng

t.
yi
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Body
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
♦ Body repair procedures
agen
Prote AG.

238 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446
♦ Electrical Components
♦ Parking Aid Sensor

10.6 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “10.6.1 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
page 239
⇒ “10.6.2 Sensor Mount Bonding in Rear Bumper Cover”,
page 241
⇒ “10.6.3 Parking Aid Sensor, Replacing”, page 241
⇒ “10.6.4 Rear Bumper Cover Sensor Mount, Repairing”,
page 242
⇒ “10.6.5 Parking Aid Sensor, Checking”, page 242

10.6.1 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Parking Aid Sender Release Tool - T10345-
Parking aid sensor in rear bumper cover:
♦ Left Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G203-
♦ Left Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G204-
♦ Right Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G205-
wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es ks not
Vol gu
♦ Right Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G206-
ed
by ara
nte
is
or eo
Removal and installation is the same
au
th for all sensors so the fol‐ ra
lowing information describes only
s one of them.
s c
ce
le
un

pt

Removing
an
d
itte

y li
erm

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
ab
ility

the ignition key.

ot p

wit
is n

– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

h re
ole,

Rep. Gr. 63 ; Rear Bumper Cover; Rear Bumper Cover, Re‐

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

moving and Installing .

t to the co

Caution
rrectne

♦ Always follow the sequence for removing the sensor.

s

♦ Otherwise, the sensor may be damaged. Hairline cracks

s o

which lead to sensor failure can develop if too much force

cial p

f in

is used on the sensor.

form
mer

atio

♦ Remove the sensor from the bracket first and then dis‐
om

connect the connector from the sensor.

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

10. Parking Aid 239

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the tabs -arrows- using the Parking Aid Sender Re‐
lease Tool - T10345- and remove the sensor -2- with the
connector still connected from the bumper cover.
When removing the sensor, make sure that the decoupling ring
(black silicone ring) remains on the sensor head and does not
remain in the bracket or get lost.
Do not bend the decoupling ring.
– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.

– Disconnect the sensor -1-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Caution
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
♦ Do not bend the decoupling ring. d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
o
♦ Using a damaged decoupling ring can cause malfunc‐
auth or
ac
tions. ss

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Replace any damaged decoupling rings.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Sensor brackets are designed in different shapes and must be
ot

wit
, is n

matched to the respective component location in the bumper cov‐

h re
er.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Be sure to align the electric connection on the sensor when in‐

t to the co
stalling it.

Parking Aid Sensor Allocation inside the Rear Bumper Cover:

rrectness of i
A - OR - Outer Right
l purpos

B - RRC - Rear Right Center

nform
ercia

C - LRC - Left Rear Center

m

a
com

D - LR - Outer Rear tion in

r
te o

When removing the sensor, make sure that the decoupling ring
thi
s
iva

(black silicone ring) remains on the sensor head and does not
do
r

remain in the bracket or get lost.

rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
Both retainers on the sensor must engage audibly in the sensor
yi Co
op
mount when installing.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Make sure that the sensor is seated correctly in the bracket cop Vo
by lksw
after installation.
cted agen
Prote AG.

240 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
Dimension -a- for the circularrisegap between the sensor head and
d
nte
sensor mount must be even ut all around on the outer side of the
ho eo
ra
bumper cover. ss a c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
10.6.2 Sensor Mount Bonding in Rear Bumper
l purpos

Cover
The sensor mount bonding in the rear bumper cover is performed

nform
ercia

in the same way. To assist in aligning the sensor retainers in their

m

at
proper positions when bonding, sensor location punched holes
om

io
with corresponding retainer bonding adhesive surfaces are

n
c

in t
r

marked on the inside of the bumper cover. Before proceeding with

o

his
te

bonding procedure, ensure that the sensor mount and bumper

a

do
riv

cover materials are between 15 and 25 °C (59 and 77 °F).

p

cum
for

en
ng

Special tools and workshop equipment required

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ PDC Holder Tool Set - Centering Drift - VAS6614/3- opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c
Procedure
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove any remaining adhesive still on the inside of the
bumper cover.
– Clean the marked adhesive surface -1- on the inside of the
bumper thoroughly with isopropyl alcohol.
– Apply the bonding agent “Scotchmount 4298” evenly in the
marked adhesion surface -1-.
– Let the bonding agent air dry for approximately five minutes.
– Allocate the sensor brackets to be bonded to their proper com‐
ponent location. Refer to ⇒ page 240 .
– Remove both protection foils from sensor mount bonding area
-2- so that a gray surface becomes visible.
– Align the sensor bracket -2- with respect to marked adhesive
surface -1- so that there is a uniform edge of approximately 3
mm. Use PDC Holder Tool Set - Centering Drift - VAS6614/3-
for aligning with the punched hole.
Make sure that openings for sensor connection in the sensor
bracket face in the correct direction as depicted in the assign‐
ment. If the sensor mount is glued in incorrectly, the connecting
wires for the sensors are too short.
– Press the sensor bracket -2- with significant pressure into the
bumper cover for approximately 10 seconds.
The contact pressure and pressing time is crucial for the bonding
durability.

10.6.3 Parking Aid Sensor, Replacing

If a new parking aid sensor is installed, the sensor head must first
be painted to match the color of the bumper cover. The following
requirements must be observed when painting the sensors to en‐
sure the parking aid system will not be impaired.

10. Parking Aid 241

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Jetta 2011 ➤ by Vol
gu
ara
d
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016 orise nte
eo
th
au ra
s c
Sensor, Painting s

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Procedure

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove the decoupling ring (black silicone ring) from the new

ility
ot p
sensor head.

wit
, is n

h re
– Use isopropyl alcohol to remove the grease from the black

hole
sensor head -1- in the area to be painted -2-.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Paint the sensor in the area to be painted -2- the same color
as the bumper cover.
Paint application dimension -B- is 3 mm (+ maximum 2 mm).

rrectness of i
– When the paint has dried, reinstall the decoupling ring (black

l purpos
silicone ring) on the sensor head.

nf
ercia

o
Caution

rm
m

atio
m

♦ Do not bend the decoupling ring.

o

n in
or c

thi
e

♦ Using a damaged decoupling ring can cause malfunc‐

t

sd
iva

tions.

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

♦ Replace any damaged decoupling rings.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
10.6.4 Rear Bumper Cover Sensor Mount, Re‐
cted agen
Prote AG.

pairing
New Rear Bumper Cover with Attached Sensor Mount
If a new front bumper cover is installed, the front parking aid sen‐
sor brackets are already installed and the new bumper cover can
be painted. Follow the requirements for painting.
New Rear Bumper Cover without the Sensor Mount Glued On
♦ Procedure. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Rear
Bumper Cover; Parking Aid Bracket, Installing .
Sensor Mount Allocation. Refer to ⇒ page 240 .
Bonding the Sensor Bracket in the Bumper Cover. Refer to
⇒ “10.6.2 Sensor Mount Bonding in Rear Bumper Cover”,
page 241 .

10.6.5 Parking Aid Sensor, Checking

This function can be used to check the following components via
the Parking Aid Control Module - J446- :
♦ Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-
♦ Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
♦ Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-
♦ Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252-
♦ Left Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G203-
♦ Left Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G204-
♦ Right Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor - G205-
♦ Right Rear Parking Aid Sensor - G206-
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

242 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Body repair procedures
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 10 - Parking Aid Control Module 2 J446
♦ Electrical Components
♦ Parking Aid Sensor

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

10. Parking Aid 243

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

11 High Beam Assist

⇒ “11.1 Overview - High Beam Assist”, page 244
⇒ “11.2 Component Location Overview - High Beam Assist”, page
244
⇒ “11.3 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 245
⇒ “11.4 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 , Re‐
placing”, page 246
⇒ “11.5 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 , Cod‐
ing”, page 246
⇒ “11.6 Light Recognition Sensor G399 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 247

11.1 Overview - High Beam Assist

The high beam assist turns the high beams on and off automati‐
cally depending on the surrounding traffic conditions and the
vehicle speed. The Light Recognition Sensor - G399- inside the
rearview mirror base and the Automatic High Beam Assist Control AG. Volkswagen AG d
Module - J844- inside the interior rearview mirror control it. agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Turn on the high beam assistant: rised
nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Ignition switched on ss a ra
c

ce
le

♦ Turn the Light Switch - E1- to the AUTO position

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
♦ Tilt the turn signal lever into the high beam position
rm

ab
pe

ility
The high beam assist will switch off when the ignition is turned
ot

wit
, is n

off.

h re
hole

The high beam assist may not switch off at the right time or not at

spec
es, in part or in w

all under the following conditions:

t to the co
♦ On poorly lit streets with street signs that are highly reflective
♦ For other motorists that are not easily seen (pedestrians, and

rrectness of i
bicyclists).
l purpos

♦ Narrow curves, oncoming traffic partially covered, steep hills.

♦ For oncoming vehicles on streets with a center barrier, when

nform
ercia

the driver can see clearly over the barrier, for example, truck
m

drivers.
a
com

♦ For faulty high beam assists. tion in

r
te o

thi
s
iva

♦ Fog, snow and heavy rain

do
r
rp

cum
fo

♦ Dust and sand

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Stone impact in the field of vision for the Light Recognition C py
ht. rig
Sensor - G399- . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
♦ The field of vision of the Light Recognition Sensor - G399- is Prote
cted AG.
agen
fogged up, dirty or covered by a sticker, snow or ice.
Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator
The high beam assist is equipped with OBD.
For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the
“Guided Fault Finding” function.

11.2 Component Location Overview - High Beam Assist

244 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Automatic High Beam As‐

sist Control Module - J844-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “11.3 Automatic High
Beam Assist Control
Module J844 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
245 .
❑ Replacing. Refer to
⇒ “11.4 Automatic High
Beam Assist Control
Module J844 , Replac‐
ing”, page 246 .
❑ Coding. Refer to
⇒ “11.5 Automatic High
Beam Assist Control
Module J844 , Coding”,
page 246 .
2 - Light Recognition Sensor -
G399-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “11.6 Light Recogni‐
tion Sensor G399 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 247 .
3 - Rain/Light Recognition
Sensor - G397- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Removing and instal‐ olksw not
yV gu
ling. Refer to ed b ara
nte
is
⇒ “1.7 Rain/Light Rec‐ hor eo
ut
ognition Sensor G397 , ss a ra
c
Removing and Instal‐
ce
le
un

ling”, page 114 .

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

11.3 Automatic High Beam Assist Control

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Module - J844- , Removing and Instal‐

t to the co

ling
Always perform the “Replace automatic high beam assist control
rrectne

module” procedure to read the data stored in the Automatic High

Beam Assist Control Module - J844- before removing the interior
ss

rearview mirror. Refer to

o
cial p

⇒ “11.4 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 , Re‐

inform

placing”, page 246 .

mer

atio

The Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844- is in‐

om

stalled inside the interior rearview mirror and cannot be replaced

c

i
or

n thi

separately. If a failure occurs, the entire interior rearview mirror

te

sd
a

must be replaced.
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Removing
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; C py
ht. rig
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mir‐ rig ht
py by
ror, Removing and Installing .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Install the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mir‐
ror, Removing and Installing .

11. High Beam Assist 245

 Jetta 2011 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen 01.2016
Electrical Equipment V-oEdition oes
lksw not
by gu
ara
ed n
– Code the new Automatic oris High Beam Assist Control Module - tee o
th
J844- after installing
ss
au it. Refer to ra
c
⇒ “11.5 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 ,

ce
e
Coding”, page 246 . nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
It is not necessary to calibrate the new Automatic High Beam As‐
erm

ab
sist Control Module - J844- after installing it. The system auto‐

ility
ot p

matically calibrates the control module.

wit
, is n

h re
11.4 Automatic High Beam Assist Control
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Module - J844- , Replacing

t to the co
The procedure for “replacing the automatic high beam control
module” includes the following steps:

rrectness of i
♦ If a new Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844-
l purpos

(new interior rearview mirror) is installed in the vehicle, then

the Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844- must
be coded.

nform
ercia

♦ Then the Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844-

m

at
om

must be adapted.

ion
c

in t
or

The Procedure to “Replace the Automatic High Beam Control

his
ate

Module” Can Only Be Performed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic

do
priv

c
Tester in the “Guided Fault Finding” Function.

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
Procedure
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 20 - Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module -J844
♦ High beam assistant, functions
♦ Replace control module

11.5 Automatic High Beam Assist Control

Module - J844- , Coding
Code the new automatic high beam assist control module after
installing it.
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 20 - Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module-J844
♦ High beam assistant, functions
♦ Control module, coding

246 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

11.6 Light Recognition Sensor - G399- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Always perform the “Replace automatic high beam assist control
module” procedure to read the data stored in the Automatic High
Beam Assist Control Module - J844- before removing the interior
rearview mirror. Refer to
⇒ “11.4 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 , Re‐
placing”, page 246 .
The Light Recognition Sensor - G399- for the high beam assist is
installed in the mirror base for the interior rearview mirror and
cannot be replaced separately. If a failure occurs, the entire inte‐
rior rearview mirror must be replaced.
Removing
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mir‐
ror, Removing and Installing .
Installing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Install the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body ed bInterior;
yV gu
ara
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; InteriorhoRearview
ris Mir‐ nte
eo
ror, Removing and Installing . aut ra
c
ss
– Code the Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module - J844-

ce
e
nl

pt
du

in the interior rearview mirror after installing the Light Recog‐

an
itte

y li
nition Sensor - G399- . Refer to
erm

ab
⇒ “11.5 Automatic High Beam Assist Control Module J844 ,

ility
ot p

Coding”, page 246 .

wit
, is n

h re
It is not necessary to calibrate the new Light Recognition Sensor
hole

spec
- G399- after installing it. The system automatically calibrates the
es, in part or in w

control module.

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

11. High Beam Assist 247

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

12 Automatic Headlamp Range Control

⇒ “12.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control”,
page 248
⇒ “12.2 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
J745 , Removing and Installing”, page 249

12.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control

1 - Cornering Lamp and Head‐

lamp Range Control Module -
J745-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “12.2 Cornering
Lamp and Headlamp . Volkswagen AG
Range Control Module kswagen AG does
not
l
J745 , Removing andbIn‐ yV
o gu
ara
stalling”, page 249rise. d
nte
ho eo
❑ Replacing. Refer s aut
to ra
c
⇒ “12.2.3 Cornering
s

ce
le

Lamp and Headlamp

un

pt
an
d

Range Control Module

itte

y li
J745 , Replacing”,
erm

ab
page 250 .
ility
ot p

wit
is n

2 - Adhesive Pad
h re
ole,

spec
3 - Left Rear Level Control Sys‐
urposes, in part or in wh

tem Sensor - G76-

t to the co

❑ Removing and instal‐

ling. Refer to ⇒ Suspen‐
sion, Wheels, Steering;
rrectne

Rep. Gr. 42 ; Subframe,

Transverse Link and Tie
ss

Rod (Multi-Link Suspen‐

o
cial p

sion) .
inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

248 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

12.2 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range

Control Module - J745- , Removing and
Installing
⇒ “12.2.1 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
J745 , Removing and Installing”, page 249
⇒ “12.2.3 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
J745 , Replacing”, page 250
⇒ “12.2.2 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
J745 , Coding”, page 250
⇒ “12.2.4 Headlamp, Performing Basic Setting”, page 250

12.2.1 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range

Control Module - J745- , Removing and
Installing
The “Replace headlamp range control module” procedure must
be performed each time before removing the Headlamp Range
Control Module - J431- to read the data stored in the Headlamp
Range Control Module - J431- . Refer to
⇒ “12.2.3 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module
J745 , Replacing”, page 250 .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
The Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module -
J745- -2- is attached with two Velcro pads -3- onto the glove
compartment -1-.
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove
Compartment, Removing and Installing .
Volkswa
– Release and disconnect
agen the connector
AG. gen AG
from
does the Cornering
ksw
Lamp and Headlamp
by Vol Range Control Module - gJ745-
not
ua -2-.
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

– Pull the Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Mod‐

erm

ab
ility

ule - J745- -2- off of the Velcro pad -3- and remove it.
ot p

wit
, is n

Installing
h re
hole

spec

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

es, in part or in w

t to the co

A Velcro pad is already attached to the new Cornering Lamp and

Headlamp Range Control Module - J745- .
rrectness of i

– Using gentle turning motions, press the Cornering Lamp and

Headlamp Range Control Module - J745- onto the Velcro pad
l purpos

on the glove compartment.

After installing a new Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range
nform
ercia

Control Module - J745- , the Cornering Lamp and Headlamp

Range Control Module - J745- must be coded (refer to
m

at
om

⇒ “12.2.2 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module

ion
c

J745 , Coding”, page 250 ) and then the basic setting for the
in t
or

headlamps must be performed. Refer to

his
ate

⇒ “12.2.4 Headlamp, Performing Basic Setting”, page 250 .

do
priv

cum
for

– Check the headlamp functions.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
249
Prote AG.
12. Automatic Headlamp Range Control
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

12.2.2 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range

Control Module - J745- , Coding
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 55 - Headlamp Range Control
♦ Headlamp range control functions
♦ Control module, coding

12.2.3 Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range

Control Module - J745- , Replacing
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
Vol
ksw not
gu
y
db ara
– Use the GO TO button to select the r se
i“function/component se‐ nte
ho eo
ut
lection” and the following menus aoptions one after the other: ra
s c
ce
♦ Body
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

♦ Electrical Equipment
y li
erm

ab
ility

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
ot p

wit
, is n

♦ 55 - Headlamp Range Control

h re
hole

spec

♦ Headlamp range control functions

es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Replace control module

12.2.4 Headlamp, Performing Basic Setting

rrectness of i

Procedure
l purpos

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

nform
ercia

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

m

at

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

om

ion

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
c

in t
or

his
te

♦ Body
a

do
priv

cum
or

♦ Electrical Equipment
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Automatic Headlamp Range Control p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Functions Prote AG.

♦ Performing the basic setting

250 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

13 Trailer Hitch
⇒ “13.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket”, page 251
⇒ “13.2 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , Removing
and Installing”, page 251
⇒ “13.3 Trailer Socket U10 , Removing and Installing”,
page 252

13.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket

1 - Trailer Socket - U10-

❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “13.3 Trailer Socket
U10 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 252 .
2 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
3 - Towing Recognition Control
Module - J345-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “13.2 Towing Recog‐
nition Control Module
J345 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 251 .
4 - Screw
❑ 1.2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

13.2 Towing Recognition Control Module -

l purpos

J345- , Removing and Installing

nf
ercia

Removing
rm
m

atio
m

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
o

n in
c

the ignition key.

or

thi
te

sd
a

– Remove the right luggage compartment side trim panel. Refer

iv

o
r
rp

cu

to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim

o

m
f

en

Panels; Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing

ng

t.
yi Co
and Installing . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
251
AG.
13. Trailer Hitch
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the Towing Recognition Control Module - J345- -1-
from the side panel.
– Release and disconnect the connectors.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “13.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket”, page 251 .

13.3 Trailer Socket - U10- , Removing and

Installing
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
– Turn off the ignition andVall
olkselectrical equipment andsremove
w e n
ot g
the ignition key. sed by ua
ran
i tee
th or
– Remove the bolts
au -arrows-.
or
ac
ss
– Remove the Trailer Socket - U10- from the retaining plate.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the connector -2- in the direction of -arrow- from the

Trailer Socket - U10- -1-.
nf
ercia

– Release the securing tabs -arrows- and then release the clips
or

-1, 3 through 5-.

m
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

252 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the retainer from the connectors -2-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
Make sure that the gaskets -1- and -3- are not damaged.

– Push the connectors -4- into the retainer -2- until they audibly
latch.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “13.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket”, page 251 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Trailer Socket - U10- connector assignment

ility
ot p

wit
is n

1- Terminal BL (Left Turn Signal)

h re
ole,

spec
2- Terminal NSL (Rear Fog Lamp)
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
3- Terminal 31
4- Terminal BR (Right Turn Signal)

rrectne
5- Terminal 58R (Right Tail Lamp)
6- Terminal 54 (Brake Lamp)

ss o
cial p

f
7- Terminal 58L (Left Tail Lamp)

inform
mer

8- Terminal RF (Back-Up Lamp)

atio
om

9- Terminal 30
n
c

i
or

n thi
e

10 - Reserved for Terminal 30

t

sd
iva

o
pr

11 - Reserved for Terminal 31

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
12 - Not Assigned
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
13 - Terminal 31
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

13. Trailer Hitch 253

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

14 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Parking Aid Sender Release Tool - T10345-

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410- s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ PDC Holder Tool Set - Centering Drift - VAS6614/3-

254 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

96 – Interior Lights, Switches

1 Lamps
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Lamps”,
page 255
⇒ “1.2 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment
Lamps”, page 257
⇒ “1.3 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps”,
page 258
⇒ “1.4 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Installing”,
AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 258 lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
⇒ “1.5 Central Locking -Safe- rIndicator
ise
db Lamp K133 , Removing ran
tee
and Installing”, page 260 utho
or
sa ac
⇒ “1.6 Luggage Compartment
s
Lamp W3 , Removing and Instal‐

ce
le

ling”, page 260

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
⇒ “1.7 Illuminated Vanity Mirror, Removing and Installing”,
rm

ab
page 262
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

⇒ “1.8 Front Interior Lamp W1 Bulb, Replacing”, page 263

h re
hole

spec
⇒ “1.9 Center Reading Lamps, Removing and Installing”,
es, in part or in w

page 264

t to the co
⇒ “1.10 Rear Interior Lamp W43 Bulb, Replacing”, page 265

1.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Lamps

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Lamps 255
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1 - Glove Compartment Lamp

- W6- agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Removing and instal‐ d by
Vo gu
ara
ling. Refer to orise nte
⇒ “1.4 Glove Compart‐ aut
h eo
ra
ment Lamp W6 , Re‐ ss c
moving and Installing”,

ce
e
nl

pt
du
page 258 .

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

256 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.2 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Lamps

1 - Luggage Compartment
Lamp - W3-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Luggage Com‐
partment Lamp W3 , Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 260 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Lamps 257
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.3 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps

1 - Front Interior Lamp - W1-

❑ Bulb, Replacing. Refer
to
⇒ “1.8 Front Interior
Lamp W1 Bulb, Replac‐
ing”, page 263 wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
Center Reading Lamps byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
❑ Removing and instal‐ auth or
ac
ling. Refer to ss
⇒ “1.9 Center Reading

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Lamps, Removing and

an
itte

y li
Installing”, page 264 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

2 - Rear Interior Lamp - W43-

wit
, is n

❑ Bulb, Replacing. Refer

h re
hole

to

spec
⇒ “1.10 Rear Interior
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Lamp W43 Bulb, Re‐
placing”, page 265
3 - Front Passenger Vanity Mir‐

rrectness of i
ror Lamp - W14- / Driver Vanity
Mirror Lamp - W20-
l purpos

❑ Removing and instal‐

ling. Refer to

nf
ercia

o
⇒ “1.7 Illuminated Vani‐

rm
m

ty Mirror, Removing and

atio
m

Installing”, page 262 .

o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.4 Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Open the glove compartment.

258 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Carefully pry out the Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- with the
Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-. d b ua
ran
ir se tee
ho
Replacing the Bulb aut or
ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Release the tabs -1- and remove the heat shield -2- from the
diffusion lens on the Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- .
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Carefully pry the bulb out of the socket.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Bulb: 12 V/5 W glass base bulb

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Make sure the Glove Compartment Lamp Switch - E26- works
correctly. The Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- must not come
on when the glove compartment is closed.

1. Lamps 259
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

1.5 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp -

K133- , Removing and Installing
The Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp - K133- is installed
near the exterior rearview mirror in the driverolkdoor
en AG. V
swagetrim
n AGpanel.
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
Caution ris
ed nte
tho eo
au ra
♦ When removing ss and installing components in visible area c

ce
e

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

nl

pt
du

come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

an
itte

y li
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
erm

ab
adhesive tape.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Removing

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the driver side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

rrectness of i
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door Trim Panels; Driver Side Front Door
Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
l purpos

– Press the tabs -arrows- and remove the Central Locking -Safe-
Indicator Lamp - K133- -1- from the door trim panel.

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release and disconnect the connector -1- from the Central

Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp - K133- -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Make sure the Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp - K133-
engages in the door trim securely.

1.6 Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- ,

Removing and Installing
The Luggage Compartment Light - W3- is located in the luggage
compartment trim panel on the right side.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

260 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- , pry the Luggage
Compartment Lamp - W3- -1- out of the luggage compartment
trim panel -arrow-.

– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

Replacing the Bulb

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Lamps 261
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Press the contact plate -1- on the Luggage Compartment

Lamp - W3- toward the outside and remove the bulb -2- from
the socket.
Bulbs: 12 V, 10 W tubular bulb

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Check the functionality of the Luggage Compartment Lamp -
W3- .
There may be Luggage Compartment Lamps - W3- with LEDs
installed. The Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- will not function
if it is not connected according to the correct polarity.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Note the polarity. olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
♦ PIN 1 - negative orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
♦ PIN 2 - positive ss a c ce
le
un

pt
an

1.7 Illuminated Vanity Mirror, Removing and

d
itte

y li
rm

ab

Installing
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

The Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp - W14- / Driver Vanity

h re

Mirror Lamp - W20- are removed and installed the same way so
hole

spec

the procedure is only described for one of them.

es, in part or in w

t to the co

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

nform
ercia

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
m

a
com

ti

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available

on in

adhesive tape.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

Removing
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove C py
ht. rig
the ignition key. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

262 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Carefully pry the Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp - W14-

out of the roof trim panel using the Trim Removal Wedge -
3409- .

– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

Replacing the bulb AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– Press the contact plate -1- in the direction of -arrow- and re‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
move the tubular bulb -2-.
Bulbs: 12 V/5 W tubular bulb

rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers nform
ercia

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the

light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
m

at

glass.
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

Installing
p

cum
for

Install in reverse order of removal.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
1.8 Front Interior Lamp - W1- Bulb, Replac‐
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
ing cted agen
Prote AG.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.

1. Lamps 263
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Carefully pry the diffusion lens out of the Front Interior Lamp
- W1- -arrow- using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .

– Push the contact plate -1- of the Front Interior Lamp - W1- to
the side -arrow- and remove the bulb -2- with the contact plate
from the Front Interior Lamp - W1- .

– Remove the contact plate in direction of -arrow- from the faulty

bulb.
Bulbs: 12 V, 10 W tubular bulb

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud thegbulbAG. Volkswagen AG d
glass. a en oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
Installing ss
au ra
c
ce
e

Install in reverse order of removal.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

1.9 Center Reading Lamps, Removing and

ility
ot p

Installing
wit
, is n

h re
hole

The Left Center Reading Light - W39- / Right Center Reading

spec

Light - W40- are removed and installed the same way so the pro‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co

cedure is only described for one of them.

Removing
rrectness of i

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
l purpos

– Removing the Front Interior Lamp - W1- . Refer to

⇒ “2.29 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
nform
ercia

stalling”, page 295 .

m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
264
copy Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches cted agen
Prote AG.
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Turn the Left Center Reading Lamp - W39- bulb socket

-arrows- 90 degrees to the left.
– Remove the bulb socket and bulb from the Left Center Read‐
ing Lamp - W39- .

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Carefully pull the bulb outVoof the
lksw
a
socket. not
y gu
db ara
Bulbs: 12 V/5 W glassorbase
ise bulb nte
eo
th
s au ra
c
s
Caution

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers
rm

ab
will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
pe

ility
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
ot

wit
, is n

glass.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

rrectness of i
1.10 Rear Interior Lamp - W43- Bulb, Replac‐
l purpos

ing
nform
ercia

Removing
m

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
com

tion in

the ignition key.

r
te o

thi

– Remove the Rear Interior Lamp - W43- . Refer to

s
iva

do
r

⇒ “2.30.1 Rear Interior Lamp W43 , Removing and Installing”,

rp

cum
fo

page 297 .
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Release the tabs -arrows- on the diffusion lens -1- and remove C py
t. rig
it straight upward from the Rear Interior Lamp - W43- .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Lamps 265
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bulb -1- from the bulb socket -arrows-.

Bulbs: 12 V/5 W tubular bulb

Caution

♦ Do not touch the bulb glass when installing a bulb. Fingers

will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
light is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the bulb
glass.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

266 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Controls 267
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2 Controls
⇒ “2.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Con‐
trols”, page 269
⇒ “2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors”,
page 270
⇒ “2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors”,
page 271
⇒ “2.4 Component Location Overviewwa-gControls
en AG. V in a
olkswCenter
gen AG Con‐
does
sole”, page 272 y Volks not
gu b ara
ed
⇒ “2.5 Component Location risOverview - Controls in Roof Trim nte
tho e
Panel”, page 273 sa
u or
ac
s
⇒ “2.6 Light Switch E1 , Removing and Installing”, page 273

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

⇒ “2.7 Instrument Panel and Switch Illumination Dimmer Switch

y li
erm

ab
E20 , Removing and Installing”, page 275

ility
ot p

wit
⇒ “2.9 Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button E492 , Removing
is n

h re
and Installing”, page 277
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “2.10 Rear Center Interior Locking Switch E286 , Removing

t to the co
and Installing”, page 277
⇒ “2.11 Driver Interior Locking Button E308 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 278

rrectne
⇒ “2.12 Front Passenger Interior Locking Button E309 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 279

ss o
cial p

f
⇒ “2.13 Fuel Filler Door/Rear Lid Remote Release Button E463 ,
inform
Removing and Installing”, page 280
mer

atio
m

⇒ “2.14 Start/Stop Mode Button E693 , Removing and Installing”,

o

n
c

page 281
i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

⇒ “2.15 ASR/ESP Button E256 , Removing and Installing”, page

iv

o
pr

282
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
⇒ “2.16 Parking Aid Button E266 , Removing and Installing”, page
yi Co
op
283
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “2.17 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing”, cop Vo
by lksw
cted
page 285
agen
Prote AG.

⇒ “2.18 Electrical Drive Button E656 , Removing and Installing,

High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 286
⇒ “2.19 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp K145 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 287
⇒ “2.20 Emergency Flasher Button E229 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 288
⇒ “2.21 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 , Removing and
Installing”, page 289
⇒ “2.22 Mirror Adjustment Switch E43 , Removing and Installing”,
page 289
⇒ “2.23 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 290
⇒ “2.24 Front Passenger Door Window Regulator Switch E107 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 291
⇒ “2.25 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 , Removing
and Installing”, page 292
⇒ “2.27 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and Installing”, page
294

268 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

⇒ “2.28 Sunroof Tilt Button 1 E582 , Removing and Installing”,

page 294
⇒ “2.29 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 295
⇒ “2.30 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 297
⇒ “2.31 Garage Door Opener Control Head E284 , Removing and
Installing”, page 298

2.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Controls

1 - Tire Pressure Monitoring

Display Button - E492-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Tire Pressure
Monitoring Display But‐
ton E492 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 277 .
2 - Front Passenger Airbag De‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
activation Key Switch - E224- lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
❑ Removing and instal‐ ed b y ara
nte
ling. Refer to thoris
eo
⇒ “2.8 Front Passenger
s au ra
c
Airbag Deactivation Key
s

ce
le

Switch E224 , Remov‐

un

pt
an
d

ing and Installing”, page

itte

276 . y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

3 - Light Switch - E1- wit

, is n

h re
❑ Removing and instal‐
hole

spec

ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w

⇒ “2.6 Light Switch E1 ,

t to the co

Removing and Instal‐

ling”, page 273 .
rrectness of i

4 - Instrument Panel and

Switch Illumination Dimmer
l purpos

Switch - E20-
❑ Removing and instal‐
nform
ercia

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Instrument Panel
m

and Switch Illumination

com

tio

Dimmer Switch E20 ,

n in
r
te o

Removing and Instal‐

thi
s
iva

ling”, page 275 .

do
r
rp

cum
fo

5 - Emergency Flasher Button

en
ng

t.
- E229-
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Removing and instal‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ling. Refer to ⇒ “2.20 Emergency Flasher Button E229 , Removing and Installing”, page 288 .
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Controls 269
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors

1 - Front Passenger Interior

Locking Button - E309-
❑ Cover screws: 2 Nm
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.12 Front Passen‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ger Interior Locking But‐ ksw
agen oes
not
l
ton E309 , Removing byV
o gu
ara
and Installing”, rised
nte
page 279 . aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
2 - Front Passenger Door Win‐

ce
le
un
dow Regulator Switch - E107-

pt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Removing and instal‐
rm

ab
ling. Refer to
pe

ility
⇒ “2.24 Front Passen‐
ot

wit
, is n

ger Door Window Regu‐

h re
hole

lator Switch E107 , Re‐

spec
moving and Installing”,
es, in part or in w

page 291 .

t to the co
3 - Mirror Adjusting Switch -
E43-

rrectness of i
❑ Removing and instal‐
l purpos

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.22 Mirror Adjust‐
ment Switch E43 , Re‐

nform
ercia

moving and Installing”,

page 289 .
m

a
com

tion in
4 - Driver Interior Locking But‐
r
te o

thi
ton - E308-

s
iva

do
❑ Cover screws: 2 Nm
r
rp

cum
fo

❑ Removing and instal‐

en
ng

t.
yi
ling. Refer to
Co
Cop py
⇒ “2.11 Driver Interior ht. rig
rig ht
Locking Button E308 , py by
co Vo
lksw
Removing and Instal‐
by
cted agen
Prote
ling”, page 278 .
AG.

5 - Left Front Window Regulator Switch - E40- / Right Front Power Window Switch in Driver Door - E81-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.23 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Removing and Installing”, page 290 .
6 - Child Safety Lock Button - E318-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.23 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Removing and Installing”, page 290 .
7 - Left Rear Window Regulator Switch in Driver Door - E53- / Right Rear Window Regulator Switch in Driver
Door - E55-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.23 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Removing and Installing”, page 290 .
8 - Fuel Filler Door/Rear Lid Remote Release Button - E463-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.13 Fuel Filler Door/Rear Lid Remote Release Button E463 , Removing and Installing”, page 280 .

270 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors

1 - Right Rear Window Switch

in Right Rear Door - E54-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.26 Rear Door Win‐
dow Regulator Switch,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 293 .
2 - Left Rear Power Window
Switch in Left Rear Door - E52-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.26 Rear Door Win‐
dow Regulator Switch,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 293 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Controls 271
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center Console

1 - Electrical Drive Button -

E656- / Start/Stop Mode But‐
ton - E693- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Electrical Drive Button - olksw not
yV gu
E656- , removing and in‐ ed b ara
nte
is
stalling. Refer to hor eo
ut
⇒ “2.18 Electrical Drive ss a ra
c
Button E656 , Removing

ce
e
nl
and Installing, High-

pt
du

an
Voltage Vehicle”,

itte

y li
erm
page 286 .

ab
ility
ot p
❑ Start/Stop Mode Button

wit
, is n
- E693- , removing and

h re
installing. Refer to
hole

spec
⇒ “2.14 Start/Stop
es, in part or in w

Mode Button E693 , Re‐

t to the co
moving and Installing”,
page 281 .

rrectness of i
2 - Parking Aid Button - E266-
l purpos

❑ Removing and instal‐

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.16 Parking Aid But‐

nf
ercia

ton E266 , Removing

orm
and Installing”,
m

atio
m

page 283 .
o

n in
or c

3 - ASR/ESP Button - E256-

thi
te

sd
iva

❑ Removing and instal‐

o
r
rp

cu
ling. Refer to
o

m
f

en
ng

⇒ “2.15 ASR/ESP But‐

t.
yi Co
op
ton E256 , Removing C py
ht. rig
and Installing”, rig ht
py by
page 282 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4 - Start System Button - E378-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.17 Start System
Button E378 , Removing
and Installing”, page 285 .

No Illustration
♦ Frame screws: 2 Nm

272 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim Panel

1 - Front Interior Lamp - W1-

❑ Screws: 2 Nm
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.29 Front Interior
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 295 .
2 - Rear Interior Lamp - W43-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.30.1 Rear Interior
Lamp W43 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 297 .
3 - Sunroof Tilt Button 1 -
E582-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.28 Sunroof Tilt But‐
ton 1 E582 , Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d
and Installing”, agen oes
olksw not
page 294 by.V gu
ara
ed nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

2.6 Light Switch - E1- , Removing and In‐

nform
ercia

stalling
m

The Light Switch - E1- Has the Following Components:

com

tion in
r

♦ Light Switch - E1-

te o

thi
s
iva

do

♦ Fog Lamp Switch - E7-

r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

♦ Rear Fog Lamp Switch - E18-

n

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Headlamp Switch Illumination Bulb - L9-
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Caution
AG.

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

2. Controls 273
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
The Light Switch - E1- may be checked using the before remov‐
ing. Refer to ⇒ “2.6.1 Light Switch E1 , Checking”, page 274 .
– Turn the Light Switch - E1- to “0”.
– Push the handle on the Light Switch - E1- -1- in -arrow C- and
then turn it slightly to the right in direction of -arrow A-.
– Hold the rotary handle in this position and remove the Light
Switch - E1- -1- at the rotary handle from the instrument panel
-arrow B-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

wit
is n

h re
Installing
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Connect the connector.

t to the co
– Hold Light Switch - E1- firmly and press in rotary handle of
Light Switch - E1- in direction of -arrow 1- and turn slightly
toward right in direction of -arrow 2-.

rrectne
– Hold the rotary handle in this position and insert the Light

s
Switch - E1- into the instrument panel in direction of

s o
-arrow 3-.
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
– Turn the rotary switch to the “0” position, release it and engage
c

i
or

the Light Switch - E1- .

thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.6.1 Light Switch - E1- , Checking

Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment

274 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519
♦ Electrical Components
♦ E1 Headlamp switch

2.7 Instrument Panel and Switch Illumina‐

tion Dimmer Switch - E20- , Removing
and Installing

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
– Turn off the ignition and by
V all electrical equipment and remove
o l not
gu
the ignition key. rise d ara
nte
ho eo
The Instrument Panel
aut and Switch Illumination Dimmer Switch - ra
s c
E20- may be checked before removing. Refer to
s
ce
le

⇒ “2.7.1 Instrument Panel and Switch Illumination Dimmer Switch

un

pt
an
d

E20 , Checking”, page 275 .

itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove the instrument panel cover on the driver side. Refer
ility
ot p

to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and

wit
is n

Covers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and

h re
ole,

Installing .
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Release and disconnect the connector.

t to the co

– Open the tabs -arrows- and remove the Instrument Panel and
Switch Illumination Dimmer Switch - E20- -1-.
rrectne

Installing
s

Install in reverse order of removal.

s o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
2.7.1 Instrument Panel and Switch Illumina‐
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
tion Dimmer Switch - E20- , Checking
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems

2. Controls 275
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ 09 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519

♦ Electrical Components
♦ E20 Instrument panel illumination dimmer switch

2.8 Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation

Key Switch - E224- , Removing and In‐
stalling
The Front Passenger Airbag Deactivation Key Switch - E224-
-1- is inside the glove compartment. wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
WARNING ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags. Refer

ce
le
un
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions; Safety

pt
an
d
itte
Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

Removing

h re
ole,

spec
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
urposes, in part or in wh

the ignition key.

t to the co
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove

rrectne
Compartment, Removing and Installing .

s
– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

s o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Open the tabs -arrows- and remove the Front Passenger Air‐
bag Deactivation Key Switch - E224- .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

276 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.9 Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button

- E492- , Removing and Installing
The Tire Pressure Monitoring Display Button - E492- -1- is located
in the glove compartment.

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removing agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by a
– Turn off theoriignition
se and all electrical equipment andraremove
nte
the ignition
aut key.
h eo
ra
ss c
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;

ce
e
nl

pt
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove
du

an
itte

Compartment, Removing and Installing .

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Tire Pressure Mon‐
or

thi
e

itoring Display Button - E492- .

t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Installing
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Install in reverse order of removal.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.10 Rear Center Interior Locking Switch -

E286- , Removing and Installing

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

2. Controls 277
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the center console. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 68 ; Center Console .
– Release and disconnect the connector.
Volkswagen AG
– Release the retaining tabs -arrows- and remove the Rear Cen‐ agen
AG. does
ksw
ter Interior Locking Switch - E286- -2- from the center console
by
Vol not
gu
ara
-1-. ris
ed nte
tho eo
Installing ss au ra
c

ce
le
Install in reverse order of removal.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2.11 Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- ,

rrectness of i
Removing and Installing
l purpos

The Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76- is integrated in the Driver

Interior Locking Button - E308- and cannot be replaced separate‐
ly.

nform
mercia

a
com

ti
Caution

on in
r
te o

thi
♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

s
iva

do
r

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

rp

cum
fo

come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

en
ng

t.
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
yi Co
op py
adhesive tape. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the driver side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door Trim Panels; Driver Side Front Door
Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Release and disconnect the connectors.
– Remove the screws -arrows- and remove the cover -1- from
the door trim panel -2-.

278 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Driver Interior Lock‐
ing Button - E308- -1- from the door trim panel -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Frontgen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
Doors”, page 270 yV
olk not
gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
h
2.12 Front Passenger Interior Locking Button
t or
au ac
ss
- E309- , Removing and Installing

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
The Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76- is integrated in the Front
rm

ab
Passenger Interior Locking Button - E309- and cannot be re‐
pe

ility
placed separately.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Caution
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ When removing and installing components in visible area
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

rrectness of i
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.
l purpos

nform
ercia

Removing
m

a
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
com

tion in
the ignition key.
r
te o

thi
– Remove the passenger side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body

s
iva

do
r

Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door Trim Panels; Passenger Side Front

rp

cum
fo

Door Trim, Removing and Installing .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Release and disconnect the connectors. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the screws -arrows- and remove the cover -1- from
op Vo
by c lksw
the door trim panel -2-. cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Controls 279
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Front Passenger

Interior Locking Button - E309- -1- from the door trim panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
Tightening Specifications agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ Refer to ed by V gu
ara
⇒ “2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Fronthoris nte
eo
Doors”, page 270 aut ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
2.13 Fuel Filler Door/Rear Lid Remote Re‐

du

an
itte

y li
lease Button - E463- , Removing and erm

ab
ility
ot p

Installing

wit
, is n

h re
The Fuel Filler Door/Rear Lid Remote Release Button - E463-
hole

spec
-1- is located inside the driver side door trim panel at the bottom.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76- is integrated in the Fuel
Filler Door/Rear Lid Remote Release Button - E463- and cannot
be replaced separately.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

nf
ercia

o
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

rm
m

atio
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
om

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available

n in
or c

adhesive tape.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
Removing
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove t. C rig
gh ht
the ignition key. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Remove the driver side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐ Prote AG.
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door Trim Panels; Driver Side Front Door
Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

280 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Fuel Filler Door/
Rear Lid Remote Release Button - E463- from the door trim
panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.14 Start/Stop Mode Button - E693- , Re‐

moving and Installing

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components swa

gein
n Avisible
G. Volksarea
wagen AG
does
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
yV
o lk not
gu
come in contacted with a prying risetool
d b
( Trim Removal ara
nte
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) ut with commercially available
ho eo
ra
adhesive tape. ss a c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Removing
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove

wit
, is n

the ignition key.

h re
hole

– Carefully pry the selector lever boot out of the center console

spec
-arrows-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

p

cum
for

en
g

– Remove the ashtray from the center console.

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Controls 281
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Start/Stop Mode

wit
, is n

Button - E693- from the frame.

h re
hole

spec
Installing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Install in reverse order of removal.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

rrectness of i
tion.
l purpos

Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to

nform
ercia

⇒ “2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center

Console”, page 272
m

a
com

tion in
2.15 ASR/ESP Button - E256- , Removing
r
te o

thi
s
iva

and Installing

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Caution . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
py
♦ When removing and installing components in visible area co Vo
by lksw
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
cted agen
Prote AG.
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Carefully pry the selector lever boot out of the center console
-arrows-.

282 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the ashtray from the center console.

– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the ASR/ESP Button -

E256- from the frame.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw not
Tightening Specifications
by
Vo gu
ara
ed nte
ris
♦ Refer to ut
ho eo
ra
⇒ “2.4
ss aComponent Location Overview - Controls in Center c
Console”, page 272
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

2.16 Parking Aid Button - E266- , Removing

erm

ab
ility
ot p

and Installing
wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec

Caution
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
rrectne

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available

adhesive tape.
ss o
cial p

f inform

Removing
mer

atio
m

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
o

n
c

the ignition key.

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Controls 283
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Carefully pry the selector lever boot out of the center console
-arrows-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-. agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Remove the ashtray from the center console. ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Parking Aid Button
. C rig
ht ht
rig
- E266- from the frame. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Installing Prote AG.

Install in reverse order of removal.

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center
Console”, page 272

284 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
by
Vol not
gu Jetta 2011 ➤
d ara
orise Electrical
nte Equipment - Edition 01.2016
h eo
aut ra
s c
2.17 Start System Button - E378- , Removing
s

ce
le
un

pt
and Installing

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Caution
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

spec
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
es, in part or in w

t to the co
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove

nform
ercia

the ignition key.

m

a
– Carefully pry the selector lever boot out of the center console
com

tion in
-arrows-.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the ashtray from the center console.

– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

2. Controls 285
 Jetta 2011 ➤ gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
Electrical Equipment - Edition
yV
o lk 01.2016 not
gu
b ara
ed nte
ris
– Release the tabs -arrows-
au
th and remove
o
the Start System But‐ e or
ac
ton - E378- from the frame.
ss

ce
le
un
Installing

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Install in reverse order of removal.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

wit
is n

tion.

h re
ole,

spec
Tightening Specifications
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center
Console”, page 272

rrectne
2.18 Electrical Drive Button - E656- , Remov‐

ss
ing and Installing, High-Voltage Vehicle

o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
Caution
om

n
c

i
or

n
♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

thi
te

sd
a

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

iv

o
pr

c
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

um
r
fo

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available

en
ng

t.
yi Co
adhesive tape. ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Removing
agen
Prote AG.

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Carefully pry the selector lever boot out of the center console
-arrows-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the ashtray from the center console.

286 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Electrical Drive

Button - E656- from the frame.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
Tightening Specifications agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
♦ Refer to ed byV gu
ara
⇒ “2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls
horis in Center nte
eo
Console”, page 272 s aut ra
c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
2.19 Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indi‐
du

an
itte

y li
cator Lamp - K145- , Removing and In‐
erm

ab
ility
ot p

stalling

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
WARNING
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Follow all safety precautions when working on airbags. Refer
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety Precautions; Safety
Precautions for Pyrotechnic Components .

rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution nf
ercia

orm
m

atio

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

om

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

n in
or c

come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

thi
te

sd

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available

iva

o
r

adhesive tape.
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Removing
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
the ignition key.
AG.

– Remove the instrument panel center trim. Refer to ⇒ Body

Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel .
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

2. Controls 287
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Press the locking mechanisms away from each other in direc‐

tion of -arrow- and remove the Front Passenger Airbag -
Disabled- Indicator Lamp - K145- -2- from the trim frame. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Installing d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
Install in reverse order of removal. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
2.20 Emergency Flasher Button - E229- , Re‐ es, in part or in w

t to the co
moving and Installing
The Emergency Flasher Button - E229- -1- is located in the center

rrectness of i
of the instrument panel between the vents.
l purpos

Caution

nform
ercia

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

m

at
om

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

ion
c

come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

in t
or

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available

his
ate

adhesive tape.

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Removing C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove co Vo
by lksw
the ignition key. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the center vent. Refer to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation and

Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 80 ; Heating, Servicing; Vents, Re‐
moving, Jetta from MY 2011 .

– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Emergency Flasher

Button - E229- .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

288 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.21 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch -

E26- , Removing and Installing
The Glove Compartment Lamp Switch - E26- is located on the
rear side of the glove compartment.
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove
Compartment, Removing and Installing .
– Release the tab -1- and slide the Glove Compartment Lamp
Switch - E26- out of the guide rail in direction of -arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.22 Mirror Adjustment Switch - E43- , Re‐

moving and Installing
Mirror Adjusting Switch - E43- (Depending on the Vehicle Equip‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ment): lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
♦ Mirror Adjusting Switch - E43- edb ran
ris tee
tho or
♦ Mirror Selector Switch - E48- s au ac
s
ce
e

♦ Exterior Rearview Mirror Heating Switch - E231-

nl

pt
du

an
itte

♦ Mirror Folding Switch - E263-

y li
erm

ab
ility

♦ Mirror Adjustment Switch Illumination Bulb - L78-

ot p

wit
, is n

The components listed above cannot be replaced separately.

h re
hole

spec

– Replace the Mirror Adjusting Switch - E43- if it is faulty.

es, in part or in w

t to the co

Caution
rrectness of i

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
l purpos

come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
nf
ercia

adhesive tape.
orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

Removing
or

thi
te

sd
a

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
iv

o
r
rp

cu

the ignition key.

o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the driver side door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
Co
op py
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Door Trim Panels; Driver Side Front Door
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Controls 289
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Mirror Adjusting

ce
le
un

Switch - E43- -1- from the door trim panel -2-.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Installing
rm

ab
pe

ility
Install in reverse order of removal.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

2.23 Power Window Control Head in Driver

nform
ercia

Door - E512- , Removing and Installing

m

a
com

tio
Power Window Control Head in Driver Door - E512- Components

n in
r
te o

thi
♦ Left Front Window Regulator Switch - E40-

s
iva

do
r
rp

c
♦ Left Rear Window Regulator Switch in Driver Door - E53-

um
fo

en
ng

t.
♦ Right Rear Window Regulator Switch in Driver Door - E55-
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Right Front Power Window Switch in Driver Door - E81-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Child Safety Lock Button - E318- cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76-

The components listed above cannot be replaced separately. Re‐
place the Power Window Control Head in Driver Door - E512- if it
is faulty.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.

290 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Carefully pry the handle trim -1- out of the pull handle -2- at
the tabs -arrows- using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Disconnect the connector -3-.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
– Release the six tabs -2- (three on both the right and left side)
r
rp

cum
and remove the Power Window Control Head in Driver Door -
fo

en
g

E512- -3- from the handle trim -1-.

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Installing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Make sure the tabs click into place when installing.

2.24 Front Passenger Door Window Regula‐

tor Switch - E107- , Removing and In‐
stalling
The Push Button Illumination Bulb - L76- is integrated in the Front
Passenger Door Window Regulator Switch - E107- and cannot
be replaced separately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

2. Controls 291
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Carefully pry the handle trim -1- out of the pull handle -2- at
the tabs -arrows- using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .

– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Release the four tabs -arrows- (two on both the right and left

an
itte

side) and remove the Front Passenger Door Window Regula‐

y li
erm

ab
tor Switch - E107- -2- from the handle trim -1-.

ility
ot p

wit
Installing
, is n

h re
hole

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

spec
es, in part or in w

– Make sure the tabs click into place when installing.

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

2.25 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch -

m

E267- , Removing and Installing

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

Special tools and workshop equipment required

his
ate

do
riv

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Caution Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ When removing and installing components in visible area
co Vo
by lksw
cted
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
agen
Prote AG.
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

292 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Unclip the switch -1- from the trim panel using the Trim Re‐
moval Wedge - 3409- .
– Release and disconnect the connector.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.26 Rear Door Window Regulator Switch,

Removing and Installing
The Left Rear Power Window Switch in Left Rear Door - E52- /
Right Rear Window Switch in Right Rear Door - E54- are both
removed and installed the same way, so therefore the procedure
is only described for one of them.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

Caution
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage e
♦ When removing and installing Vol
ks components in visiblesareanot
gu
by
(switches, covers, trim,
ise
d etc.), cover the areas that will ara
nte
come in contacted thor
with a prying tool ( Trim Removal eo
Wedge - 3409- a, screwdriver) with commercially available
u ra
ss c
adhesive tape.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

Removing
ility
ot p

wit

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
, is n

h re

the ignition key.

hole

spec

– Carefully pry the handle trim -1- out of the pull handle -2- at
es, in part or in w

t to the co

the tabs -arrows- using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Controls 293
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.

– Release the four tabs -arrows- (two on both the right and left
side) and remove the Front Passenger Door Window Regula‐
tor Switch - E107- -2- from the handle trim -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Make sure the tabs click into place when installing.

2.27 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and

Installing
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “2.27.1 Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 , Removing and Installing”,
Vol
ksw
a
not
page 294 ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
tho eo
2.27.1 Rear Lid Lock Unit - F256- , Removing ss
au ra
c
and Installing ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

The Rear Lid Lock Unit - F256- is integrated in the rear lid latch y li
erm

ab
and cannot be replaced separately. ility
ot p

wit
– Replace the rear lid lock if it is faulty. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
is n

h re

Rep. Gr. 55 ; Rear Lid; Rear Lid, Removing and Installing .

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

2.28 Sunroof Tilt Button 1 - E582- , Removing

t to the co

and Installing
Removing
rrectne

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
ss o
cial p

– Removing the Front Interior Lamp - W1- . Refer to

inform

⇒ “2.29.2 Front Interior Lamp W1 , Removing and Installing,

mer

with Sliding Sunroof”, page 296 .

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

294 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Sunroof Tilt Button
1 - E582- from the frame.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.29 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Re‐

moving and Installing
⇒ “2.29.1 Front Interior Lamp W1 , Removing and Installing,
without Sliding Sunroof”, page 295
⇒ “2.29.2 Front Interior Lamp W1 , Removing and Installing, with
Sliding Sunroof”, page 296
olkswagen AG
en AG. V wag does
2.29.1 Front Interior Lamp - W1- , Removing
yV
olks not
gu
db ara
and Installing, without Sliding
tho
ris
e
Sunroof nte
eo
au ra
Special tools and workshop equipment required
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility

Caution
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

hole

spec

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

es, in part or in w

come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

t to the co

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available

adhesive tape.
rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
nf
ercia

the ignition key.

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen

295
Prote AG.
2. Controls
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Carefully pry the trim out of the Front Interior Lamp - W1- using
the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- -arrows-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the Front Interior Lamp - W1- from the bracket in the
headliner.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Release and disconnect ithesed connectors -arrows-.
b ara
nte
or eo
h
Installing aut ra
ss c
ce

Install in reverse order of removal.

le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐

y li
erm

ab

tion.
ility
ot p

wit

Tightening Specifications
is n

h re
ole,

♦ Refer to
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim

t to the co

Panel”, page 273

rrectne

2.29.2 Front Interior Lamp - W1- , Removing

and Installing, with Sliding Sunroof
ss o
cial p

Special tools and workshop equipment required

inform
mer

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

atio
om

n
c

i
or

Caution
thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

r
fo

en
ng

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

t.
yi Co
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal Cop py
ht. rig
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available rig ht
py by
adhesive tape. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.

296 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Carefully pry the trim out of the Front Interior Lamp - W1- using
the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- -arrows-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Remove the Front Interior Lamp - W1- from the bracket in the

t to the co
headliner.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

– Release and disconnect the connectors -arrows-.

iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Installing
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Install in reverse order of removal.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
cop Vo
by lksw
tion.
cted agen
Prote AG.

Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim
Panel”, page 273

2.30 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Re‐

moving and Installing
⇒ “2.30.1 Rear Interior Lamp W43 , Removing and Installing”,
page 297

2.30.1 Rear Interior Lamp - W43- , Removing

and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

2. Controls 297
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Unclip the Rear Interior Lamp - W43- -1- from the roof trim
panel using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .
– Release and disconnect the connector -arrow-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove the Rear Interior Lamp - W43- .

wit
, is n

Installing

h re
hole

spec
Install in reverse order of removal.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

io
2.31 Garage Door Opener Control Head -

n
c

in t
or

his
e

E284- , Removing and Installing

at

do
priv

cum
or

Garage Door Opener Control Head - E284- is installed in sun visor

f

en
ng

t.
on driver side. Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
The sun visor and Garage Door Opener Control Head - E284- can gh ht
yri by
only be replaced together. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the driver side sun visor and the Garage Door Opener
Control Head - E284- -1-. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
68 ; Equipment; Sun Visor, Removing and Installing .
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

298 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3 Immobilizer
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Immobilizer”, page 299
⇒ “3.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 ”, page 300
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil D2 ”, page 301
⇒ “3.4 Ignition Key”, page 301

3.1 Overview - Immobilizer

General Information
The fourth generation anti-theft immobilizer on the vehicle has an
online connection and download capability. The chief integral
component of the fourth generation immobilizer is a central data‐
base, in which all anti-theft relevant data of participating control
modules is stored. It is not possible to adapt the participating con‐
trol modules to the immobilizer without an online connection to
this data bank.
Online system test. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.4 Online System Test”, page 301 .
♦ The immobilizer PIN cannot beagrequested
en AG. V
olkswby
agefax and
n AG doesthe im‐
mobilizer cannot be enabled
Vol in
ksw advance. not
g by ua
ed ra
♦ All components participating
ris on the immobilizer must be adap‐ntee
ted online. tho or
au ac
ss
♦ All vehicle keys (subsequently ordered keys as well) are al‐
ce
e
nl

pt
du

ready pre-coded to a specific vehicle from the factory and can

an
itte

y li
only be adapted to this vehicle.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ It is necessary to have the VIN to be able to order replacement

wit

keys.
, is n

h re
hole

♦ It is not possible to perform adaptation on components origi‐

spec

nating from other Volkswagen group brands.

es, in part or in w

t to the co

Anti-Theft Immobilizer Components:

♦ Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module - J362- . Refer to
rrectness of i

⇒ “3.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 ”,

page 300 .
l purpos

♦ Engine Control Module - J623- . Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ;

Engine Control Module or ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Engine Control
nform
ercia

Module .
m

at
om

♦ Ignition key. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Ignition Key”, page 301 .

on
c

in t
or

New Identity When Changing All Immobilizer Components. Refer

his
ate

to
do
priv

⇒ “3.2.3 New Identity when Replacing all Components”,

um
for

en
g

page 300 .
n

t.
yi Co
op py
Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module - J362- Function
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
♦ Communication of all components participating on immobilizer
o
by c lksw
cted agen
with each other. Prote AG.

♦ Data encryption between participating control modules.

Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator
The anti-theft immobilizer is equipped with OBD.
For troubleshooting, use the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the
“Guided Fault Finding” function.

3. Immobilizer 299
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module -

J362-
⇒ “3.2.1 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 , Removing
and Installing”, page 300
⇒ “3.2.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 , Adapting”,
page 300
⇒ “3.2.3 New Identity when Replacing all Components”,
page 300
⇒ “3.2.4 Online System Test”, page 301

3.2.1 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module -

J362- , Removing and Installing
The Anti-theft Immobilizer Control Module - J362- is integrated
into the instrument cluster. If the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control
Module - J362- is faulty, the instrument cluster must be replaced.
Replace instrument cluster. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Instrument Cluster, Removing and Installing”, page 103 .

3.2.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module -

J362- , Adapting
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
♦ 25 - Anti-theft immobilizer rise nte
tho eo
au ra
♦ Anti-theft immobilizer functions ss c
ce
le
un

pt

♦ Anti-Theft Immobilizer, Adapting

an
d
itte

y li
erm

3.2.3 New Identity when Replacing all Com‐

ab
ility
ot p

ponents
wit
is n

h re
ole,

Procedure
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

t to the co

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

rrectne

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
ss

♦ Body
o
cial p

f in

♦ Electrical Equipment
form
mer

atio

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
om

n
c

♦ 25 - Anti-theft immobilizer
or

n thi
te

sd
va

♦ Anti-theft immobilizer functions

i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

♦ New identity
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

300 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

3.2.4 Online System Test

The following steps will be performed by this test program:
♦ System test for the online connection
♦ Test of user authorization
♦ Test of correct wire online connection to Volkswagen data‐
base
Prerequisite for this is the ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester online con‐
nection.
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester Vehicle Diagnostic
Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault
agen
AG. Volkswagemode.
Finding n AG d
o
ksw es n
Vol ot g
– Use the GO eTO d button to select
by the “function/component
ua
ran se‐
lection” and ris
tho the following menu options one after the teother:
eo
au ra
♦ Body ss c

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Electrical Equipment

an
d
itte

y li
erm

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
ab
ility
ot p

♦ 25 - Anti-theft immobilizer
wit
is n

h re
ole,

♦ Anti-theft immobilizer functions spec

urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Online System Test

t to the co

3.3 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil - D2-

rrectne

The Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reading Coil - D2- is connected to the

Ignition Switch - D- and cannot be replaced separately.
ss

Ignition/Starter Switch - D- , Removing and installing. Refer to

o
cial p

⇒ “9.6 Ignition/Starter Switch D , Removing and Installing”, page

inform

221 .
mer

atio
m

3.4 Ignition Key

o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Battery for ignition key with radio remote control, removing and
t

sd
va

installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ; Central Lock‐

i

o
pr

cum
r

ing .
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Ignition key radio frequency unit (transmitter for radio-operated
Cop py
.
central locking), removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exte‐
t rig
gh ht
yri by
rior; Rep. Gr. 57 ; Central Locking . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Refer to
AG.

⇒ “3.4.1 Ignition Key, Variable Code Transponder”, page 301

Refer to ⇒ “3.4.2 Lost Ignition Key”, page 302
Refer to
⇒ “3.4.3 Ignition Key, Adapting to Immobilizer”, page 302
Refer to ⇒ “3.4.4 Remote Key, Checking”, page 302

3.4.1 Ignition Key, Variable Code Transpond‐

er
It is not possible to replace variable code transponder in ignition
key.
Ignition key must always be replaced if variable code transponder
is malfunctioning.
If an Ignition Key Is Replaced or Another Ignition Key Is Required,
the New Ignition Key Must Always Be Adapted to the Immobilizer.

3. Immobilizer 301
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Refer to byV gu
ara
ed
⇒ “3.4.3 Ignition Key, Adapting to Immobilizer”, page 302 h.oris nte
eo
aut ra
3.4.2 Lost Ignition Key ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
All vehicle keys (subsequently ordered keys as well) are already

d
itte

y li
pre-coded to a specific vehicle from the factory and can only be

rm

ab
pe
adapted to this vehicle. The subsequent ordering of a vehicle key

ility
ot
must be performed via entry of the respective Vehicle Identifica‐

wit
, is n
tion Number (VIN) and then the new key must be adapted to the

h re
hole
Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module - J362- .

spec
es, in part or in w
The Function »New Identity when Replacing all Components«

t to the co
Must Be Performed Before Replacing the Lock Set or the Control
Modules. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.3 New Identity when Replacing all Components”,

rrectness of i
page 300 .
l purpos

Adapting the Key to the Immobilizer. Refer to

⇒ “3.4.3 Ignition Key, Adapting to Immobilizer”, page 302 .

nform
ercia

Checking the Remote Key. Refer to

m

⇒ “3.4.4 Remote Key, Checking”, page 302 .

a
com

tion in
3.4.3 Ignition Key, Adapting to Immobilizer
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
Procedure
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
AG.

♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 25 - Anti-theft immobilizer
♦ Anti-theft immobilizer functions
♦ Adapting a key

3.4.4 Remote Key, Checking

Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions
♦ Remote Control Key, Checking

302 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

4 Anti-Theft Alarm System

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring”, page 303
⇒ “4.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating/Deactivating”,
page 304
⇒ “4.3 Central Locking and Anti-Theft Alarm System Antenna
R47 ”, page 305
⇒ “4.5 Interior Monitoring Sensor G273 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 306
⇒ “4.6 Engine Hood Contact Switch F266 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 306
⇒ “4.7 Anti-Theft Alarm System Adaptations”, page 307

4.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring

Components of anti-theft alarm system and interior monitoring are
dependent on vehicle equipment.

1 - Alarm Horn - H12-

❑ Not for USA and Cana‐
da market
❑ Nut: 10 Nm
❑ In the center of the ple‐
num chamber
❑ Removing and instal‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
ling. Refer to Volksw
oes
not
gu
⇒ “4.4 Alarm Horn edH12 ,
by ara
nte
Removing andthoInstal‐
ris
eo
ling”, page s305 .
au ra
c
s
ce
le

2 - Front Passenger Door Con‐

un

pt

trol Module - J387-

an
d
itte

y li
erm

❑ In the front passenger

ab
ility

door
ot p

wit
is n

❑ Removing and instal‐

h re
ole,

ling. Refer to ⇒ Body

spec

Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ;

urposes, in part or in wh

Front Door Window;

t to the co

Window Regulator, Re‐

moving and Installing .
rrectne

3 - Front Passenger Door Con‐

tact Switch - F3-
ss

❑ Inside the Front Pas‐

o
cial p

senger Central Locking

inform

Lock Unit - F221-

mer

❑ Removing and instal‐

atio
m

ling. Refer to ⇒ Body

o

n
c

i
or

Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ;

thi
te

Door Components;
sd
iva

o
r

Door Lock, Removing

p

cum
r
fo

and Installing .
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
4 - Right Rear Door Control C py
ht. rig
Module - J389- rig ht
py by
co Vo
❑ Inside the right rear door
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Rear Door Window; Window Regulator,
Removing and Installing .
5 - Interior Monitoring Sensor - G273-
❑ In the Front Interior Lamp - W1-

4. Anti-Theft Alarm System 303

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to . Volkswagen AG
gen AG page 306
⇒ “4.5 Interior Monitoring Sensor G273 , Removing andlkInstalling”, . does n
swa o ot g
yV u
6 - Driver Door Contact Switch - F2- ris
ed
b ara
nte
o eo
❑ Inside the Driver Central Locking Lock Unit - aF220-
ut
h
ra
ss c
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ; Door Components; Door Lock, Re‐

ce
e
nl
moving and Installing .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
7 - Rear Lid Lock Unit - F256-

erm

ab
ility
ot p
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

wit
⇒ “2.27.1 Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 , Removing and Installing”, page 294 .

, is n

h re
hole
8 - Left Rear Door Control Module - J388-

spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Inside the left rear door

t to the co
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Rear Door Window; Window Regulator,
Removing and Installing .

rrectness of i
9 - Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch - E267-
l purpos

❑ Inside the B-pillar trim on the driver side

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to

nf
ercia

⇒ “2.25 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 , Removing and Installing”, page 292 .

orm
m

10 - Driver Door Control Module - J386-

atio
om

n in
❑ In the driver door
or c

thi
e

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 64 ; Front Door Window; Window Regulator,
t

sd
iva

Removing and Installing .

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

11 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- yi

t.
Co
op
❑ Inside the footwell on the driver side under the instrument panel
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
❑ Includes the Central Locking and Anti-Theft Alarm System Antenna - R47- py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “2.2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing and Installing, High Version”, page
321 .
12 - Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266-
❑ Inside the latch
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “4.6 Engine Hood Contact Switch F266 , Removing and Installing”, page 306 .

4.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating/De‐

activating
Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating.
Anti-theft alarm system is automatically switched on by locking
the vehicle. Anti-theft alarm system is then activated immediately.
So that anti-theft alarm system does not trigger unnecessary
alarms, close all windows and doors before locking the vehicle.
Deactivate the Anti-Theft Alarm System.
The anti-theft alarm system is deactivated if
♦ The vehicle is unlocked using the unlock button on the remote
control key
♦ The ignition is switched on.
Unlocking Vehicle Mechanically (Emergency Opening).
– Lock the vehicle on the driver door.
Anti-theft alarm system remains activated, however no alarm is
triggered.
– Turn on the ignition within 15 seconds.

304 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua Jetta 2011 ➤
d ran
ir se
tho Electricaltee
oEquipment - Edition 01.2016
au ra
ss c
The alarm will go off after 15 seconds if the ignition is not turned

ce
e
nl

pt
on.

du

an
itte

y li
erm
By switching on the ignition, the electronic immobilizer recognizes

ab
ility
a valid vehicle key and deactivates the anti-theft alarm system.
ot p

wit
, is n

4.3 Central Locking and Anti-Theft Alarm

h re
hole

spec
System Antenna - R47-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The Central Locking and Anti-Theft Alarm System Antenna - R47-
receives radio signals from the remote control key and relays
them to the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- .

rrectness of i
The Central Locking and Anti-Theft Alarm System Antenna - R47-
l purpos

is integrated inside the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module

- J519- and cannot be replaced separately. Replace the Vehicle

nf
ercia

Electrical System Control Module - J519- if it is faulty. Refer to

or
⇒ “2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing

m
m

atio
and Installing”, page 319 .
om

n in
or c

4.4 Alarm Horn - H12- , Removing and In‐

thi
te

sd
a

stalling
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

The Alarm Horn - H12- is located inside the plenum chamber on

t.
yi Co
op
the right side next to the wiper unit. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
The anti-theft alarm system must be deactivated in order to re‐
p by
co Vo
by lksw
move the Alarm Horn - H12- . Refer to Prote
cted AG.
agen
⇒ “4.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activating/Deactivating”,
page 304 .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 50 ; Plenum Chamber Cover; Plenum Chamber
Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Release and disconnect the connector -2-.

4. Anti-Theft Alarm System 305

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the nut -3- and remove the Alarm Horn - H12- -1- from
the plenum chamber.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
Alarm Horn - H12- , Checking.
The Alarm Horn - H12- can be checked using the Vehicle Elec‐
trical System Control Module - J519- output diagnostic test. Refer
to
⇒ “2.2.5 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Output
Diagnostic Test Mode”, page 323 .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring”, page 303
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
4.5 Interior Monitoring Sensor - G273- y,VRe‐
olks
wag does
not
gu
moving and Installing d b ara
ise nte
or th eo
au ra
c
ss
Caution

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ When removing and installing components in visible area
erm

ab
(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will

ility
ot p

come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal

wit
, is n

Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available

h re
adhesive tape.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove

rrectness of i
the ignition key.
l purpos

– Removing the Front Interior Lamp - W1- . Refer to

⇒ “2.29 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐

nf
ercia

stalling”, page 295 .

orm
m

– Unclip the sensors -2-.

atio
om

n in
c

– Remove the cable form the cable guide.

or

thi
te

sd
a

– Release the tabs -arrows- and remove the Interior Monitoring

iv

o
r
rp

cu

Sensor - G273- -1- with the sensors -2- from the Front Interior
o

m
f

Lamp - W1- .
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Installing
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
Install in reverse order of removal.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.6 Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266- ,

Removing and Installing
Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266- is integrated in lid lock and
cannot be replaced separately.

306 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

If there is a malfunction, the entire latch must be replaced. Refer

to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 55 ; Hood; Latch, Removing and
Installing .

4.7 Anti-Theft Alarm System Adaptations

⇒ “4.7.1 Alarm Delay when Opening the Driver Door, Adapting”,
page 307
⇒ “4.7.2 Alarm Horn H12 , Adapting Market Version”,
page 307

4.7.1 Alarm Delay when Opening the Driver

Door, Adapting
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw not
♦ Anti-theft alarm delay when openingddriver
by
Vo door gu
ara
ise nte
or
4.7.2 Alarm Horn - H12-
s au , Adapting Market
th eo
ra
c
Version s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Procedure
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

h re
hole

spec

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

es, in part or in w

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
t to the co

♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
rrectness of i

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
l purpos

♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module

nform
ercia

♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions

m

a
com

♦ Market version for the intelligent alarm horn, adapting

ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Anti-Theft Alarm System 307

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5 Cigarette Lighter and Socket

⇒ “5.1 Converter with Socket, Removing and Installing”,
page 308

5.1 Converter with Socket, Removing and

Installing

WARNING

♦ In the housing for the Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V

- U13- / Converter with Socket, 12 V-115 V - U27- there
are condensers that can be charged with residual voltage.
♦ There is a danger of electric shock.
♦ The housing for the Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V -
U13- / Converter with Socket, 12 V-115 V - U27- must not
be opened at any time.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.
♦ The connections, wires or 230 V socket/115 V socket must
not be repaired under any circumstances.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
♦ If there is a connection, wire or 230 V osocket/115
lksw
age V socket es n
ot g
malfunction, replace the entire unit.
db
y V ua
ran
e
ris tee
tho or
au ac
Removing ss
ce
le
un

pt

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
an
d
itte

y li

the ignition key.

erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Open the cover -1-.

wit
is n

h re

– Using a Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- , remove the socket

ole,

spec

cover -2- (clipped into both sides of the socket).

urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Remove the two bolts -3-.

– Remove the inner socket unit -4-. Both side brackets -5- must
be loosened to do this.
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

308 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.

rrectne

– Release the socket -4- at the tabs -arrows- and remove it from
s

the trim.
s o
cial p

f i

– Remove the bolts -2 and 3-.

nform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Cigarette Lighter and Socket 309

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the converter -1-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Bolts: 1.5 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

310 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

6 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. Special Tools 311

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

97 – Wiring
1 Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-
Boxes
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Panels, Fuse Pan‐
els and E-Boxes”, page 312
⇒ “1.2 E-Box, Removing and Installing”, page 313
⇒ “1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Removing and Installing”,
page 314
⇒ “1.4 Relay and Fuse Panel Behind Instrument Panel on Driver
Side, Removing and Installing”, page 315
⇒ “1.5 Fuse Panel on Battery A , Removing and Installing, High-
Voltage Vehicle”, page 317

1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes

1 - Relay Panel on Vehicle

Electrical System Control
Module - J519-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4.2 Relay Panel on
Vehicle Electrical Sys‐
tem Control Module
J519 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 316 .
2 - Fuse Panel Behind the In‐
strument Panel on the Driver
Side
❑ Removing and instal‐ wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
ling. Refer to yV
olks ot g
ua
⇒ “1.4.1 Fuse Panel be‐ ir se
d b ran
hind Driver Side Instru‐ utho tee
or
ment Panel, Removing ss
a ac
and Installing”,
ce
le
un

page 315 .
pt
an
d
itte

y li

3 - Screw
rm

ab
pe

ility

❑ 2.5 Nm
ot

wit
, is n

❑ Quantity: 2
h re
hole

spec

4 - Nut
es, in part or in w

t to the co

❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
rrectness of i

5 - E-Box
❑ Removing and instal‐
l purpos

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 E-Box, Removing
nform
ercia

and Installing”,
page 313 .
m

a
com

tio

6 - Relay and Fuse Panel in the

n in
r

E-box
te o

thi
s
iva

❑ Removing and instal‐

do
r
rp

ling. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Removing and Installing”, page 314 .
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

312
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

No Illustration
♦ Nuts (wire connections to the E-box): 9 Nm
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
1.2 E-Box, Removing and Installing olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
Caution ss
a ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

an
itte

y li
connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
erm

ab
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Removing

spec
es, in part or in w

– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to

t to the co
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
– Press the catches in the direction of -arrow- and remove the

rrectness of i
cover from the E-box -1-.
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Disconnect the wires -2-.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the wires from the connecting pins.
Prote AG.

– Press the tabs -arrows- on the relay and fuse panel -1-.
– Remove the relay and fuse panel -1- from the E-box.
– Pull the Engine Control Module - J623- -4- with the bracket
from the E-box -1-.
– Remove the nuts -2- for the E-box -1-.

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 313

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the E-box -1- from the vehicle.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Then check whether the cover -1- of the E-box is correctly en‐ised b ara
nte
gaged. hor eo
aut ra
s c
Tightening Specifications s

ce
e
nl

pt
du
♦ Refer to

an
itte

y li
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Panels, Fuse
erm

ab
Panels and E-Boxes”, page 312

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Remov‐
l purpos

ing and Installing

nform
ercia

Caution
m

at
om

io
Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

n
c

in t
r

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to

o

his
te

⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

a

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Removing t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to yri
p by
o Vo
by c
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press the catches in the direction of -arrow- and remove the
cover from the E-box -1-.
– Disconnect the wires -2-.

314 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the wires from the connecting pins.

– Press the tabs -arrows- on the relay and fuse panel -1-.

– Remove the relay and fuse panel -1- from the E-box.
G. Volkswagen
nA AG do
wage es n
Installing y Volks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
Install in reverse order ofthorremoval. Note the following:
is tee
or
au ac
– Tighten the threadedss connections to the tightening specifica‐

ce
le

tion.
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to

y li
rm

ab
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Then check whether the cover -1- of the E-box is correctly en‐
gaged.

rrectness of i
Tightening Specifications
l purpos

♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Panels, Fuse
Panels and E-Boxes”, page 312
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
1.4 Relay and Fuse Panel Behind Instru‐
C py
t. rig
gh ht
ment Panel on Driver Side, Removing
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
and Installing
cted agen
Prote AG.

⇒ “1.4.1 Fuse Panel behind Driver Side Instrument Panel, Re‐

moving and Installing”, page 315
⇒ “1.4.2 Relay Panel on Vehicle Electrical System Control Module
J519 , Removing and Installing”, page 316

1.4.1 Fuse Panel behind Driver Side Instru‐

ment Panel, Removing and Installing

Caution

Always follow the instructions regarding disconnecting and

connecting the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 315

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Caution

♦ When removing and installing components in visible area

(switches, covers, trim, etc.), cover the areas that will
come in contacted with a prying tool ( Trim Removal
Wedge - 3409- , screwdriver) with commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 .
– Remove the instrument panel cover on the driver side. Refer
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and
Covers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and
Installing .
– Remove the bolts -1- and guide the fuse panel -2- downward.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
tion.
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 7 . olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Tightening Specifications rise nte
tho eo
au ra
♦ Refer to ss c

ce
e

⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Panels, Fuse

nl

pt
du

Panels and E-Boxes”, page 312

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
1.4.2 Relay Panel on Vehicle Electrical Sys‐
ot p

wit
, is n

tem Control Module - J519- , Removing

h re
hole

spec
and Installing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The relay panel on the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module
- J519- is attached to the instrument panel central tube and cannot
be removed without removing the instrument panel.

rrectness of i
The individual relay sockets can be removed without having to
l purpos

remove the relay panel.

Removing
nf
ercia

or
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
m
m

atio

the ignition key.

om

n in
or c

– Remove the instrument panel cover on the driver side. Refer

thi
te

sd

to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and

iva

o
r

Covers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and

rp

cu
o

Installing .
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the relay from the relay panel.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
The number of relays is dependent on vehicle equipment. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

316 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Clip the tabs -arrows- toward the outside and push the con‐
nector -2- through the relay panel -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.5 Fuse Panel won Battery

agen -gA-
AG. Volkswa , dRemoving
en AG
oes
ks
and Installing, High-Voltage Vehicle
ol not
y V gu
db e
ara
ris nte
The Battery - A- uinside
tho the luggage compartment (high-voltagee or a
sa
vehicle) has asfuse panel for the 12 V on the positive terminal. c

ce
e
nl

Removing

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
erm

ab
⇒ “1.5.3 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Disconnecting,

ility
ot p

High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 9 .

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Remove the nut -arrow- from the positive terminal.

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove the fuse panel -1- from the Battery - A- -2-.

t to the co
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following: rrectness of i
– Tighten the threaded connections to the tightening specifica‐
l purpos

tion.
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
nform
ercia

⇒ “1.5.4 Battery A in Luggage Compartment, Connecting,

m

at

High-Voltage Vehicle”, page 10 .

om

ion
c

in t

Tightening Specifications
or

his
ate

♦ Refer to
do
priv

⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Battery A in Luggage Compartment, High-

um
for

en
g

Voltage Vehicle”, page 3

n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Relay Panels, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 317

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2 Control Modules
⇒ “2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules”,
page 318
⇒ “2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing
and Installing”, page 319
⇒ “2.3 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Removing
and Installing”, page 326

2.1 Component Location Overview - Control

swa
gen AGModules
. Volkswagen AG
does
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
1 - Vehicle Electrical System tho eo
Control Module - J519- au ra
c
ss

ce
le

❑ Removing and instal‐

un

pt
ling. Refer to

an
d
itte

y li
⇒ “2.2 Vehicle Electrical
rm

ab
System Control Module
pe

ility
ot

J519 , Removing and In‐

wit
, is n

stalling”, page 319 .

h re
hole

spec
2 - Data Bus on Board Diag‐
es, in part or in w

nostic Interface - J533-

t to the co
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to

rrectness of i
⇒ “2.3 Data Bus on
Board Diagnostic Inter‐
l purpos

face J533 , Removing

and Installing”,
page 326 .

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

318 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “2.2.1 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Descrip‐
tion”, page 319
⇒ “2.2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐
moving and Installing, High Version”, page 321
⇒ “2.2.3 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐
moving and Installing, Low Version”, page 322 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks ot g
⇒ “2.2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module
d b J519 , Re‐
yV ua
ran
placing”, page 323 rise tee
ho t or
au ac
⇒ “2.2.5 Vehicle Electrical System Control
ss Module J519 , Output
Diagnostic Test Mode”, page 323

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

⇒ “2.2.6 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Cod‐

y li
erm

ab
ing”, page 324

ility
ot p

⇒ “2.2.7 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Deac‐

wit
, is n

h re
tivating Factory Mode”, page 325
hole

spec
⇒ “2.2.8 Remote Control Key, Adapting”, page 325
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “2.2.9 Remote Control Key, Checking”, page 325
⇒ “2.2.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , Coding”,

rrectness of i
page 325
l purpos

2.2.1 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- Description

nform
ercia

General Information
m

at
om

io
The Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- is clipped

n
c

in t
or

to the bottom of the relay panel and can be removed.

his
ate

do
riv

In the Low version, the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface

p

cum
or

- J533- is integrated in the Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

f

en
ng

ule - J519- .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
The Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- Has the yri
gh by
ht
following Functions in the Vehicle:
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Low Version
AG.

♦ Audible confirmation when locking and unlocking

♦ Expressway blinking, activating/deactivating
♦ Adapting automatic unlocking when key is removed
♦ Adapts automatic locking at 15 km/h
♦ Adapting the automatic locking mechanism of the rear lid at 5
km/h
♦ Activates and deactivates parking lamp on both sides
♦ Adapts the blink cycles for convenience turn signals
♦ Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- , Coding
♦ Adapts single door opening
♦ Deactivates factory mode
♦ Confirms convenience closing with turn signals
♦ Market version for the intelligent alarm horn, adapting
♦ Reads the measured value for the Vehicle Electrical System
Control Module - J519- Convenience

2. Control Modules 319

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Reads the measured value for the Vehicle Electrical System

Control Module - J519- central electric
♦ Interior light control
♦ Activates/deactivates emergency braking blinking
♦ Activates/deactivates emergency blinking AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Optical confirmation when locking and unlocking by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Activates/deactivates parking lamps hor eo
aut ra
c
♦ Coding the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor -sG397-
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du
♦ Adapts the switch-on time for the exterior mirror heating

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Adapts the switch-on time for the rear window defogger

ility
ot p

♦ Adapts the remote control key

wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ Remote Control Key, Checking

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Activates/deactivates the windshield wiper service position

t to the co
♦ Adapts horn at terminal 15
♦ Activates/deactivates position lamp at terminal 15

rrectness of i
♦ Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- output diag‐
l purpos

nostic test mode

♦ Activates/deactivates intermediate wiping

nform
mercia

High Version

at
om

ion
c

♦ Electric load management/exterior lighting control

in t
or

his
ate

♦ Turn signal control

do
priv

cum
or

♦ Windshield wiper and washer system

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Coding the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Rear window defogger
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Interior light control
Prote AG.

♦ Terminal control
♦ Dimming, instrument illumination
♦ Footwell lamps
♦ Fuel pump supply
♦ Pre-energizing of the generator
♦ Horn
♦ Warning lamp
♦ Release control
♦ Control central locking
♦ Activates front and rear door control modules
♦ Activates the rear lid remote unlock
♦ Activates the fuel filler door unlock
♦ Activates the anti-theft alarm system
♦ Immobilizer activation
♦ Activates the start authorization
♦ Adapts acoustic acknowledgement when unlocking
♦ Adapts acoustic acknowledgement when locking

320 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Adapts the blinking cycle during one-touch lane change sig‐

naling
♦ Adapting automatic unlocking when key is removed
♦ Adapts automatic locking at 15 km/h
♦ Adapts convenience locking confirmation
♦ Adapts coming home time
♦ Adapts leaving home time
♦ Adapts anti-theft alarm delay when opening driver door
♦ Adapts single door opening
♦ Deactivates factory mode
♦ Adapts footwell illumination intensity
♦ Adapts Convenience operation via remote control
♦ Market version for the intelligent alarm horn, adapting
♦ Adapts the visual acknowledgment when locking
♦ Adapts the remote control key
♦ Remote Control Key, Checking
♦ Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- output diag‐
nostic test mode
♦ Deactivates the Wiper Motor Control Module - J400- APP
function
♦ Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- , Coding
It depends on the vehicle equipment whether the adaptations lis‐
ted above can be performed.
If the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- is to be
replaced, the “Replace the vehicle electricalgesystem
n AG. Volkcontrol
swagen Amod‐
G do
ule” procedure must always be performed Volkswato read out the codes es n
ot g
stored in the Vehicle Electrical System
ed
by Control Module - J519- . ua
ra
is nte
or
Malfunction Recognition and
au Malfunction Indicator
th eo
ra
ss c
The Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- is equipped
ce
e
nl

pt

with OBD.
du

an
itte

y li

For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

erm

ab
ility

“Guided Fault Finding” function.

ot p

wit
, is n

2.2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

h re
hole

spec

ule - J519- , Removing and Installing,

es, in part or in w

t to the co

High Version
If the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- is to be
rrectness of i

replaced, the “Replace the vehicle electrical system control mod‐

ule” procedure must always be performed to read out the data
l purpos

stored in the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- .

Refer to
⇒ “2.2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐
nform
ercia

placing”, page 323 .

m

at
om

It is permissible for the number of connectors to deviate from the

ion
c

illustration, depending on the vehicle variants.

in t
or

his
ate

Removing
do
priv

cum
or

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
f

en
ng

t.
yi
the ignition key.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the instrument panel cover on the driver side. Refer
gh ht
pyri by
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Control Modules 321

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

Covers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and

Installing .
– Press the catches -arrows- and swivel the Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module - J519- downward.
– Pull the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-
downward and opposite the drive direction and remove it from
the bracket.
– Release and disconnect the connectors.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Insert the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-
first with the back of the module into the bracket and push it
up until it audibly latches.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u
2.2.3 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐ a ra
ss c

ce
e

ule - J519- , Removing and Installing,

nl

pt
du

an
itte

Low Version
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

If the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- is to be

wit
, is n

replaced, the “Replace the vehicle electrical system control mod‐ h re

ule” procedure must always be performed to read out the data
hole

spec
stored in the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- .
es, in part or in w

Refer to
t to the co

⇒ “2.2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐

placing”, page 323 .
rrectness of i

Removing
l purpos

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
nform
ercia

– Remove the instrument panel cover on the driver side. Refer

to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and
m

at
om

Covers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and

ion
c

Installing .
in t
or

his
ate

– Loosen the locking mechanisms -3- and push the Vehicle

do
riv

Electrical System Control Module - J519- -2- downward in the

p

cum
for

direction of -arrow-.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Release and disconnect the connectors -1-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Install in reverse order of removal.

322 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- , Replacing
Volkswa
The work procedure “replace the vehicle electricalagsystem
en AG. control
gen AG
does
ksw
module” contains the following scope of work:
by
Vol not
gu
a d ran
se
♦ If a new Vehicle Electrical System hoControl Module - J519- is
ri tee
ut or
installed, it must be coded online.
ss
a ac

ce
le
♦ The factory mode in the Vehicle Electrical System Control

un

pt
an
Module - J519- is deactivated.
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
♦ All of the remote keys are programmed again.
pe

ility
ot

wit
The Procedure to “Replace the Vehicle Electrical System Control
, is n

h re
Module” Can Only Be Performed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic
hole

spec
Tester in the “Guided Fault Finding” Function.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

rrectness of i
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
l purpos

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:

nform
ercia

♦ Body
m

a
com

t
♦ Electrical Equipment

ion in
r
te o

♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems

thi
s
iva

do
r

♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module

rp

cum
fo

en
ng

♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
♦ Replace the vehicle electrical system control module
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo

2.2.5 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

ule - J519- , Output Diagnostic Test

Mode
It depends on the vehicle equipment whether the components
listed below can be checked.
Check the following components and functions via the output di‐
agnostic test mode of the Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐
ule - J519- :
♦ Left Position Lamp Bulb - M1- / Right Position Lamp Bulb -
M3- / Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M4- / Right Tail Lamp Bulb - M2-
♦ Left Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M29- / Right Low Beam
Headlamp Bulb - M31-
♦ Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174- / Right Daytime Run‐
ning Lamp Bulb - L175-
♦ Left High Beam Headlamp Bulb - M30- / Right High Beam
Headlamp Bulb - M32-
♦ Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22- / Right Front Fog Lamp Bulb
- L23-
♦ Right Back-Up Lamp Bulb - M17- / Left Back-Up Lamp Bulb -
M16-
♦ Left Brake Lamp Bulb - M9- / Right Brake Lamp Bulb - M10- /
High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25-
♦ Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- / Left Rear Turn Signal Bulb
- M6-

2. Control Modules 323

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

♦ Right Front Turn Signal Bulb - M7- / Right Rear Turn Signal
Bulb - M8-
♦ License Plate Lamp - X-
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
♦ Interior light dimmed lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
♦ Instrument illumination of all buttons and switches
ir se and of in‐
d b ran
tee
strument cluster utho
or
a ac
ss
♦ Terminal 30 Power Supply Relay - J317-

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Heated rear window

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
♦ Heated exterior rearview mirror
pe

ility
ot

wit
♦ Enabling - Sliding/Tilting Sunroof
, is n

h re
hole

♦ Enabling of seat heater

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Fuel Pump Relay - J17-

t to the co
♦ Windshield wiper

rrectness of i
♦ Wiper module reversing point
l purpos

♦ Windshield Washer Pump - V5-

♦ Dual Tone Horn Relay - J4- / Signal Horn and Dual Tone Horn

nform
ercia

- H1-
m

♦ Luggage compartment lock

a
com

tion in
Procedure
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
C py
t. rig
gh ht
lection” and the following menu options one after the other: pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
♦ Body
agen
Prote AG.

♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module output diagnostic test

2.2.6 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- , Coding
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions
♦ Coding the vehicle electrical system control module online

324 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

2.2.7 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- , Deactivating Factory Mode n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Procedure byV
o ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . utho tee
or
a ac
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode. ss

ce
le
un

pt
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

an
d
itte

y li
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:

rm

ab
pe

ility
♦ Body

ot

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Electrical Equipment

hole

spec
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions

rrectness of i
♦ Deactivates factory mode
l purpos

2.2.8 Remote Control Key, Adapting

nform
ercia

Procedure
m

a
com

t
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

ion in
r
te o

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

thi
s
iva

do
r

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

rp

cum
fo

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Body t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Electrical Equipment
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions
♦ Adapts the remote control key

2.2.9 Remote Control Key, Checking

Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions
♦ Remote Control Key, Checking

2.2.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- ,

Coding
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

2. Control Modules 325

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 09 - vehicle electrical system control module
♦ Vehicle electrical system control module functions
♦ Rain/light recognition sensor, coding

2.3 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “2.3.1 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 Descrip‐
tion”, page 326
⇒ “2.3.2 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Replac‐
ing”, page 327
⇒ “2.3.3 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Remov‐
ing and Installing, High Version”, page 327 gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw not
⇒ “2.3.5 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface db
yJ533
Vo , Coding”, gu
ara
page 328 o
ir se nte
eo
h
ut ra
⇒ “2.3.6 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic sInterface
sa J533 , Checking c
Bus Activity”, page 329

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
⇒ “2.3.7 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Adapting
itte

y li
erm

Bus Participants”, page 329

ab
ility
ot p

2.3.1 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface

wit
, is n

h re
- J533- Description
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

There is a Low and High version of the Data Bus On Board Di‐
t to the co
agnostic Interface - J533- .
High Version General Description
rrectness of i

The Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is designed

l purpos

as a separate control module. It has the following tasks in the

vehicle:
nf
ercia

♦ Exchanges the data between the powertrain CAN bus, Con‐

orm

venience CAN bus and Infotainment CAN bus.

m

atio
om

n in

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- , removing and

or c

installing. Refer to
thi
te

sd
a

⇒ “2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing

iv

o
r
rp

cu

and Installing”, page 319 .

o

m
f

en
ng

t.
If the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is to be
yi Co
op py
replaced, the work procedure to read out the codes stored in the t. C rig
gh
device must always be performed.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Low Version General Description
agen
Prote AG.

The Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is integrated

in the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- .
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- , removing and
installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing
and Installing”, page 319 .

326 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Malfunction Recognition and Malfunction Indicator agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
The Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is equipped
rised
nte
with OBD. aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
For troubleshooting. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in the

ce
le
un
“Guided Fault Finding” function.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2.3.2 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface

rm

ab
pe

ility
- J533- , Replacing

ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole
The procedure “replace the Data bus OBED interface” contains

spec
the following work to be completed:

es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ If a new Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is
installed, it must be coded online.

rrectness of i
The Procedure to “Replace the Data Bus on Board Diagnostic
Interface” Can Only Be Performed. Refer to Vehicle Diagnostic
l purpos

Tester in the “Guided Fault Finding” Function.

Procedure

nform
ercia

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

m

a
com

tio
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

n in
r
te o

thi
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐

s
iva

do
r

lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

♦ Body
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
♦ Electrical Equipment
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ 19 - Data bus on board diagnostic interface J533
♦ Functions of the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface
♦ Replace control module

2.3.3 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Removing and Installing, High
Version
The Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is located in
the driver footwell at the right next to the steering column.
Always perform the “Replace data bus on board diagnostic inter‐
face” procedure before removing the Data Bus On Board Diag‐
nostic Interface - J533- in order to read out the data stored in the
device. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.2 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Replac‐
ing”, page 327 .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the instrument panel cover on the driver side. Refer
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and
Covers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and
Installing .
– Release the connector -1- and remove them from the Data Bus
On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- -2-.
– Press the tabs -3- together -arrows- and pull them out of the
holes.

2. Control Modules 327

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Remove the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533-

-2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.3.4 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Removing and Installing, RHD,
High Version
The Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- is located in
the driver side footwell to the left on the bracket for the A/C unit.
Always perform the “Replace data bus on board diagnostic inter‐
face” procedure before removing the Data Bus On Board Diag‐
nostic Interface - J533- in order to read out the data stored in the
device. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.2 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Replac‐ swage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
ing”, page 327 . byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
Removing tho tee
or
au ac
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
ss

ce
e

the ignition key.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Removing and installing the instrument panel cover on the

y li
erm

ab
driver side. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage

ility
ot p

Compartments and Covers; Driver Side Instrument Panel

wit
, is n

Cover, Removing and Installing .

h re
hole

spec
– Remove the footwell vent on the driver side. Refer to ⇒ Heat‐
es, in part or in w

ing, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 80 ; Heating,

t to the co
Servicing; Vents, Removing, Jetta from MY 2011 .
– Release and disconnect the connector on the Data Bus On

rrectness of i
Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- .
l purpos

– Press the mounting pins -2- on the Data Bus On Board Diag‐
nostic Interface - J533- -1- together and remove it from the
holes on the bracket -5-.
nf
ercia

or
– Guide the retaining tab -3- on the Data Bus On Board Diag‐
m
m

atio

nostic Interface - J533- -1- out of the hole on the bracket -5-
om

n in

and remove the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -

or c

J533- .
thi
te

sd
iva

– To remove the bracket -5- for the Data Bus On Board Diag‐
r
rp

cu
o

nostic Interface - J533- and release the retainer -4-.

f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the bracket -5- from the A/C unit bracket. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Install in reverse order of removal.
AG.

2.3.5 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Coding
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

328 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
ut
ho eo
ra Jetta 2011 ➤
a
ss Electrical
c Equipment - Edition 01.2016

ce
le
un

pt
an
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

d
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
pe

ility
ot
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Body
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Electrical Equipment

t to the co
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 19 - Data bus on board diagnostic interface J533

rrectness of i
♦ Functions of the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface
l purpos

♦ Control module, coding

nform
ercia

2.3.6 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface

m

a
- J533- , Checking Bus Activity
com

tion in
r
te o

Procedure

thi
s
iva

do
r

– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

rp

cum
fo

en
ng

– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐ gh ht
pyri by
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 19 - Data bus on board diagnostic interface J533
♦ Functions of the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface
♦ Bus Activity, Checking

2.3.7 Data Bus on Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Adapting Bus Participants
This test checks the status of the connection from the Data Bus
On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533- to another bus participant.
Procedure
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Select the Guided Fault Finding mode.
– Use the GO TO button to select the “function/component se‐
lection” and the following menu options one after the other:
♦ Body
♦ Electrical Equipment
♦ 01 - OBD-capable systems
♦ 19 - Data bus on board diagnostic interface J533
♦ Functions of the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface
♦ Adapt the intended installation list control module

2.4 Garage Door Opener Control Module -

J530- , Removing and Installing
The Garage Door Opener Control Module - J530- is found in the
Garage Door Opener Control Head - E284- in the sun visor.
– Garage Door Opener Control Module - J530- , removing and
installing. Refer to

2. Control Modules 329

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

⇒ “2.31 Garage Door Opener Control Head E284 , Removing

and Installing”, page 298 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

330 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
ksw
agen oes
not
Jetta 2011 ➤
ol
byV Electrical Equipment - Edition
gu
ara 01.2016
ed nte
oris eo
h
aut ra
3 Connectors ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
⇒ “3.1 Left Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting”, page 331

itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “3.2 Right Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting”, page 332

ility
ot p

wit
is n
⇒ “3.3 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing”,

h re
page 333

ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
3.1 Left Door Cut-Off Connector, Discon‐

t to the co
necting
⇒ “3.1.1 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting, A-Pillar”,

rrectne
page 331

s
⇒ “3.1.2 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting, B-Pillar”,

s o
page 331
cial p

f inform
mer

3.1.1 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting,

atio
m

A-Pillar
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Removing
t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove

um
r
fo

en
ng

the ignition key.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; ht. rig
rig ht
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Unlock the connector -arrow- and remove the door cut-off Prote AG.
connector -1- toward the inside in direction of -arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

3.1.2 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting,

B-Pillar
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove
the ignition key.
– Remove the B-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; B-Pillar Lower Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .

3. Connectors 331
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

– Unlock the connector -arrow- and remove the door cut-off

connector -1- toward the inside in direction of -arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

3.2 Right Door Cut-Off Connector, Discon‐

necting
⇒ “3.2.1 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting, A-Pillar”,
page 332
⇒ “3.2.2 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting, B-Pillar”,
page 332

3.2.1 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting,

A-Pillar lksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
n o ot g
yV ua
Removing risedb ran
tee
tho or
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical auequipment and remove ac
the ignition key. ss

ce
le
un

pt
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;

an
d
itte

y li
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels .
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Unlock the connector -arrow- and remove the door cut-off
ot

wit
, is n

connector -1- toward the inside in direction of -arrow-.

h re
hole

spec
Installing
es, in part or in w

Install in reverse order of removal. t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in

3.2.2 Door Cut-Off Connector, Disconnecting,

r
te o

thi

B-Pillar
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

Removing
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and remove C py
t. rig
the ignition key.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the B-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. cted agen
Prote AG.
70 ; Vehicle Interior Trim Panels; B-Pillar Lower Trim Panel,
Removing and Installing .

332 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Volksw not
gu
Jetta 2011 ➤
y
rise
d b ara
nte Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016
tho eo
au ra
– Unlock
ss the connector -arrow- and remove the door cut-off
c
connector -1- toward the inside in direction of -arrow-.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Installing

y li
erm

ab
Install in reverse order of removal.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

3.3 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Re‐

pairing

nform
mercia

at
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
om

io
97 .

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Connectors 333
 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

4 Vehicle Diagnostic Tester

Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr.
97 ; Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

334 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

 Jetta 2011 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 01.2016

5 Revision History
DRUCK NUMBER: K0059071521
Fac‐ Edit Job Fee Notes Quality
tory Edi‐ Type dba Checke
Edi‐ tion ck d By
tion
01.2 02/1 Fac‐ Update only includes Joe Y
016 6/20 tory changes to Overview - Horn
16 Up‐
date
05.2 01/2 Lo‐ N/A Overview - Horn ~ Tom P
014 0/20 cal - Changed items 1 and 2 per
16 Fac‐ Pro factory feedback
tory vi‐
Feed ded
back by
fac‐
tory
05.2 10/1 Lo‐ 112 Daytime running lamp Tom P
014 2/20 cal 644 change
15 Fac‐ 5
tory
Feed
back
05.2 06/1 Re‐ 110 Reformat to current stand‐ Eric P.
014 8/20 for‐ 198 ards, link checking. Hide
15 mat / 3 references to alarm horn in
Lo‐ plenum chamber.
cal
Feed AG. Volkswagen AG d
back agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
05.2 01/1 Lo‐ised b107 Factory update provided Tom
ara P.
nte
014 4/20 tcalho
r
027 via email eo
15 ss a Fac‐ 2
u ra
c
tory
ce
e
nl

Feed
pt
du

an

back
itte

y li
erm

ab

05.2 09/1 Fac‐ Tom P.

ility
ot p

014 6/20 tory

wit
, is n

14 Up‐
h re
hole

date
spec
es, in part or in w

03/1 Lo‐ N/A Factory approved V5 pump Tom P.

t to the co

0/20 cal procedure update per

14 Up‐ change in SRT from Rainer.
date
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. Revision History 335

 Cautions & Warnings

Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.

•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before AG.beginning repairs
Volkswagen A on any vehicle that may still be covered
agen G do
es n
olksw issued by Volkswagen.
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties ot g
V
by ua
ed ran
ris t
•= utho
Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) whenever you work on theeefuel
or system or the electrical
a ac
system. Do not smoke or work nearss heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
•= Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
itte

y li
erm

are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always

ab
ility
ot p

check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.

wit
, is n

h re
•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
hole

spec
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
es, in part or in w

t to the co
•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a

rrectness of i
vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work under the vehicle while the engine is running.
l purpos

•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correct radio activation code before disconnecting the
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered when the power is restored, the radio may lock up and

nform
ercia

become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later attempt.

m

at
om

io
•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
n
c

in t
or

keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from his
ate

starting the vehicle while you are under it.

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

•= Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
n

t.
yi Co
op
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from ht. C py
rig
being fully alert. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
AG.

•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.

•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
injury could result.

•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.

Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
 Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.

•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.

•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.

•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work and use only
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications. Makeshift tools, parts and procedures will not make good
repairs.

•= Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that
might mislead someone into drinking from them. . VolStore
kswageflammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
gen AG
once, but do not store the oily rags,olkwhich
n AG d
swa can ignite and burn oesspontaneously.
no
yV t gu
db ara
ise nte
•= Use pneumatic and electric ho tools only to
r loosen threaded parts and fasteners.
eo Never use these tools to tighten
ut ra
fasteners, especially onss alight alloy parts. Always use a torque wrench to tighten c fasteners to the tightening torque
listed.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
erm

ab
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
hole

the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that spec
es, in part or in w

govern the disposal of wastes. t to the co

•= The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
rrectness of i

serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
l purpos

automotive chemical refrigerants.

nf
ercia

•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
orm

negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
m

atio
om

n in
c

•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase
or

thi
e

system pressure and may cause the system to burst.

t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these . Cop py
rig
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s). py
rig
ht
by
ht
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that
Prote AG.
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.

Page 2 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
 olksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
Cautions & Warnings
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
•= utho
Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer
e o than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at
ra
the
a
battery with
ss the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute
c before boosting the battery a second time.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
itte

y li
rm

Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit

ab
pe

ility
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
hole

spec
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
es, in part or in w

t to the co
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.

rrectness of i
•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the
vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
l purpos

nform
ercia

I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.

m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Page 3 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0